Harvard

6
7
SAFETY PROGRAM MANUAL
2009
16
17
SAFETYPROGRAM MANUAL
OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DISTRIBUTION LIST (at end of Table of Contents)
DISCLAIMER
FORMS CD Safety Program Forms
26
1.0 INTRODUCTION 27
Section 1 - Forms
Policy On Health Safety And The Environment
Policy On Drug and Alcohol
Policy On Violence and Harassment
Petroleum Industry Guiding Principles for Worker Safety
2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
36
2.1 HARVARD 37
2.1.1 PRIME CONTRACTOR/OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES
2.1.2 OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES
2.1.3 WORK SITE SAFETY PLAN
2.1.4 MONITORING PROCESS
2.2 MANAGERS RESPONSIBILITIES
2.3 SUPERVISORS RESPONSIBILITIES
2.4 WORKERS RESPONSIBILITIES
2.5 SAFETY PROFESSIONALS RESPONSIBILITIES
2.6 VISITORS RESPONSIBILITIES 46
2.7 DUE DILIGENCE 47
2.8 DRILLING & COMPLETIONS SPECIFIC RESPONSIBILITIES
2.9 STANDARDS FOR WELLSITE SUPERVISION OF DRILLING,
COMPLETION ANDWORKOVERS VOL. 7 2002
Section 2 - Forms
Work Site Safety Plan Checklist
Bill C-45 Explanation
WHS Bulletin Due Diligence
56
3.0 SAFETY MANAGEMENT PLAN 57
3.1 THE OPERATIONS PROGRAM (DRILLING & COMPLETIONS)
3.2 THE SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST
3.3 THE SAFETY STATEMENT
Figure 1: The Elements of a Basic Safety Program
Section 3 - Forms
Safety Statement
66
67
OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - ii
4.0 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT
4.1 OVERVIEW
4.2 RESPONSIBILITY
4.3 SIZE AND SCOPE OF ASSESSMENTS
4.4 ASSESSMENT INTERVALS
4.5 PROCESS OF HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
4.6 TYPES OF INSPECTIONS
4.6.1 ON-GOING INFORMAL INSPECTIONS 76
4.6.2 PLANNED INSPECTIONS (FORMAL) 77
4.6.3 SAFETY AUDITS, LOSS PREVENTION SURVEYS AND REGULATORY INSPECTIONS
4.6.4 EQUIPMENT PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE
4.6.5 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION FINDINGS
Figure 1: Hazard Identification, Elimination & Control Flowchart
4.7 RISK MATRIX
4.8 HAZARD ASSESSMENT TOOLS & CHECKLISTS
4.8.1 CHEMICALS AND FUELS
4.8.2 COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS
4.8.3 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY 86
4.8.4 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 87
4.8.5 EMERGENCY INSTRUCTIONS
4.8.6 EMERGENCY RESCUE EQUIPMENT
4.8.7 ENERGY ISOLATION
4.8.8 ERGONOMIC FACTORS
4.8.9 EXIT/EGRESS
4.8.10 EYE BATH AND SHOWERS
4.8.11 FATIGUE
4.8.12 FIRE PROTECTION
4.8.13 FIRST AID KITS/STATIONS/EQUIPMENT 96
4.8.14 HAND AND PORTABLE TOOLS 97
4.8.15 HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEMS
4.8.16 LADDERS
4.8.17 LIFTING GEAR/EQUIPMENT
4.8.18 LIGHTING
4.8.19 MATERIAL HANDLING
4.8.20 MECHANICAL POWER SYSTEMS
4.8.21 NOISE EXPOSURE
4.8.22 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
4.8.23 PLATFORMS/SCAFFOLDING 106
4.8.24 PNEUMATIC POWER SYSTEMS 107
4.8.25 PRESSURE VESSEL AND PIPING
4.8.26 SIGNS AND TAGS
4.8.27 STACKING AND STORAGE
4.8.28 STAIRS
4.8.29 SUBSTANCE ABUSE
4.8.30 TRENCHING/EXCAVATING
4.8.31 VALVES AND MECHANICAL CONTROLS
4.8.32 VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT
4.8.33 VENTILATION AND EXTRACTION 116
4.8.34 VIOLENCE AND HARASSMENT 117
4.8.35 WARNING SYSTEMS
4.8.36 WASTE DISPOSAL
4.8.37 WHMIS/TDG
4.8.38 WORK SURFACES, FLOORS AND ROADWAYS
4.9 WELL SERVICING SPACING REQUIREMENTS
OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - iii
4.10 DRILL SITE SPACING REQUIREMENTS
4.11 BATTERY SPACING REQUIREMENTS
Section 4 Forms
Well Safety Check and Hazard Identification 126
Vehicle Safety Inspection Checklist 127
Hazard Identification & Control Form
Service Rig Inspection Checklist
Drilling Rig Inspection Checklist
5.0 COMMUNICATION
5.1 MEETINGS
5.1.1 GENERAL SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT MEETINGS
Figure 1: Planning a General HSE Meeting 136
5.1.2 PROJECT / PRE-JOB / TAILGATE SAFETY MEETINGS 137
Figure 2: Project / Pre-Job / Tailgate Safety Meeting Agenda
5.2 WORK PERMIT SYSTEM
5.2.1 WORK CLEARANCE, PERMIT REQUIREMENTS AND PRE-JOB SAFETY
MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR DRILLING & SERVICE RIG OPERATIONS
5.2.2 ISSUING A WORK PERMIT
5.2.3 DEFINITIONS READ PRIOR TO ISSUING ACCESS/WORK PERMIT
Section 5 Forms
Drilling and Completions HSE Meeting Report 146
HSE Meeting Report 147
Work Permit
6.0 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND ANALYSIS
6.1 OVERVIEW
6.2 INCIDENT REPORTING
6.3 ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND FOLLOW-UP
6.4 LOSS CONTROL STATISTICS
6.5 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION RESPONSIBILITY FLOWCHART 156
6.6 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION METHODOLOGY FLOWCHART 157
6.7 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT
SUMMARY OF RESPONSIBILITIES AND EXPLANATIONS
FOR FILLING OUT THE FORM
Section 6 - Forms
Incident Investigation Report
Spill Site Assessment
Basic Causes of Loss
Regulatory Reporting Requirements for Spills and Releases 166
Reportable Spill Volumes for TDG Controlled Substances 167
OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - iv
7.0 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS 176
177
7.1 OVERVIEW
8.0 WORK PROCEDURES
8.1 CODES OF PRACTICE
8.1.1 ASBESTOS
8.1.2 BENZENE
8.1.3 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY 186
8.1.4 RELEASE OF HARMFUL SUBSTANCE 187
8.1.5 RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
8.1.5.1 SELECTION, MAINTENANCE & USE OF RESPIRATORY
PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Figure 1: Selection of Respiratory Equipment
Respiratory Protective Equipment Worksheet
8.1.5.2 FIT TESTING REQUIREMENTS & PROCEDURES FOR RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION
8.1.5.3 INSPECTION OF AIR PURIFYING RESPIRATORS & ATMOSPHERE 196
SUPPLYING RESPIRATORS 197
8.1.5.4 CLEANING & STORAGE OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
8.1.5.5 TRAINING OF WORKERS IN THE SELECTION, USE, CARE AND
MAINTENANCE OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTION EQUIPMENT
8.1.5.6 DEFINITIONS RESPIRATORY HAZARDS
8.1.6 SOUR SERVICE
8.2 WORK PROCEDURES
8.2.1 AIRCRAFT AWARENESS
8.2.2 ALL TERRAIN VEHICLES (ATVs) 206
- ATV CHECKLIST 207
8.2.3 BLOWDOWNS
8.2.4 CABLES, CHAINS AND ROPES
8.2.5 CHEMICAL & BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS
8.2.5.1 ASBESTOS
8.2.5.2 BENZENE
8.2.5.3 HANTA VIRUS
8.2.5.4 SEWAGE
8.2.6 COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT
8.2.7 COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS 216
8.2.8 CRANES AND HOISTING DEVICES 217
8.2.9 CRITICAL LIFT PROCEDURES
8.2.10 CROWN SAVERS
8.2.11 DRIVING CONDUCT
8.2.12 FALL PROTECTION
8.2.13 FIRE & EXPLOSION HAZARD MANAGEMENT
8.2.14 FIRE PREVENTION
8.2.15 FLAMMABLE AND HAZARDOUS LIQUID
8.2.16 FLOWBACKS
8.2.17 FUEL AND CHEMICAL STORAGE 226
8.2.18 GROUND DISTURBANCE 227
8.2.19 HAND AND POWER TOOLS
8.2.20 HEATERS & OPEN FLAME EQUIPMENT
OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - v
8.2.21 HIGH PRESSURE GAS WELLS (EQUIPPING, START-UP & OPERATIONS)
8.2.22 HOT OILING
8.2.23 HOT TAPS
8.2.24 HOT WORK PROCEDURES
8.2.25 HOUSEKEEPING
8.2.26 HYDRATE / ICE PLUG HANDLING
8.2.27 MANAGING CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY 236
8.2.28 NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS (NORM) 237
8.2.30 PIGGING GUIDELINES
8.2.31 PORTABLE PUMPING EQUIPMENT & OPERATIONS
8.2.32 PURGING
8.2.33 RIG INSPECTIONS
8.2.33.1 RIG ANCHORS
8.2.34 SAFE WORK PERMITS
8.2.35 TANK TRUCK LOADING PROCEDURES FOR FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
8.2.36 TIMBER REMOVAL 246
8.2.37 TRAILERS & BUNKHOUSES 247
8.2.37.1 TOILETS & WASHING FACILITIES
8.2.38 TRENCHING
8.2.39 VEHICLE, MOBILE EQUIPMENT & MACHINERY
8.2.40 WELDING & BURNING
8.2.41 WILDLIFE AWARENESS
8.2.42 WORKING ALONE
8.2.43 WORKING NEAR OVERHEAD POWER LINES
Section 8 Forms
256
Figure 1: Check-in Procedure Worksheet 257
Figure 2: Working Alone Check-in Procedure
Fire and Explosion Prevention Plan
Fire Tetrahedron
Fall Protection Plan Form
9.0 TRAINING
9.1 OVERVIEW
9.1.1 SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT ORIENTATION 266
9.1.2 ON-THE-JOB TRAINING 267
9.1.3 CORE SAFETY TRAINING
9.1.4 SUPERVISORY TRAINING
9.1.5 OPTIONAL AND NON-OPTIONAL TRAINING
9.2 SAFETY ORIENTATION
9.3 ON-THE-JOB TRAINING
9.4 OPTIONAL AND NON-OPTIONAL TRAINING
9.5 TECHNICAL TRAINING
9.6 SUPERVISORY TRAINING
9.7 TRAINING RECORDS 276
277
Section 9 - Forms
Checklist For Developing An On-The-Job Training Program
HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire
HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire ANSWER KEY
OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - vi
10.0 CONTRACTOR OPERATIONS
10.1 OVERVIEW 286
10.2 SELECTION 287
10.3 CONTROL
10.4 FOLLOW-UP
Section 10 - Forms
Contractor Safety Evaluation
11.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY CONTROLS
11.1 OVERVIEW 296
11.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 297
11.2.1 TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS
11.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMS
11.3.1 HEARING CONSERVATION
11.3.2 NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS (NORM)
11.3.3 ASBESTOS CONTROL
11.3.4 BENZENE
11.4 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
11.4.1 GENERAL
11.4.2 HEAD PROTECTION 306
11.4.3 EYE AND FACE PROTECTION 307
11.4.4 HEARING PROTECTION
11.4.5 HAND PROTECTION
11.4.6 BODY PROTECTION
11.4.7 RESPIRATORY EQUIPMENT
11.4.8 FOOT PROTECTION
11.4.9 FIRE-RETARDANT CLOTHING STANDARD
11.4.10 PRESCRIPTION SAFETY GLASSES PURCHASE PROCEDURE
11.5 RULES AND ENFORCEMENT
11.5.1 OVERVIEW 316
11.5.2 ENFORCEMENT GUIDELINES 317
12.0 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION & PROGRAM AUDITING
12.1 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION
Section 12 - Forms
Health Safety and Environment Management Review
13.0 RECORDS MANAGEMENT AND DOCUMENTS 326
327
13.1 OVERVIEW
13.2 MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE
13.3 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
13.3.1 COMPANY DOCUMENTS
13.3.2 GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS
13.3.3 GENERAL DOCUMENTS
13.4 RECORD KEEPING
OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - vii
14.0 ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES
336
14.1 OVERVIEW 337
14.2 WASTE MANAGEMENT
14.3 AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS
14.3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
14.3.2 COMMUNICATION & REPORT
14.3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
14.4 PROCEDURES
14.4.1 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - DRILLINGWASTE MANAGEMENT
14.4.2 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - GENERAL HOUSEKEEPING 346
14.4.3 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - HISTORICAL RESOURCES PROTECTION 347
14.4.4 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - LEASE PREPARATION
14.4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - NOISE CONTROL
14.4.6 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - SITE SELECTION
14.4.7 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - SPILL SITE RESPONSE & RECLAMATION
14.4.8 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - STORAGE
14.4.9 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - SURFACE/GROUNDWATER PROTECTION
14.4.10 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - WELL SITE RECLAMATION
14.4.11 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION - ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTION CHECKLIST
356
357
15.0 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY
15.1 INTRODUCTION
15.2 SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST
15.3 EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION
15.4 WEEKLY SAFETY MEETINGS
15.5 SHUT DOWN OF PRODUCTION
Section 15 - Forms 366
Construction Safety Plan Checklist 367
Emergency Contact Information
Lease Construction Tailgate Meeting Report
Construction HSE Meeting Report
Safety Meeting Attendance
Ground Disturbance Permit
Backfill Inspection Form
16.0 GENERAL INFORMATION 376
377
16.1 GLOSSARY OF TERMS
386
387
OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - viii
17.0 FORMS AND CHECKLISTS
Section 17 Forms
HARVARD Policy on Health, Safety and the Environment
HARVARD Policy on Violence and Harassment
HARVARD Policy on Drug and Alcohol
HARVARD Safety Statement 396
Worksite Safety Plan Checklist 397
Well Safety Check and Hazard ID
Monthly HSE Meeting Report
Hazard Identification and Control
Work Permit
HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire Answer Key 406
Health, Safety and Environment Management Review 407
Construction Safety Plan Checklist
Drill and Completions HSE Meeting Report
Lease Construction Tailgate Meeting Form 416
417
426
427
OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - ix
DISTRIBUTION LIST
NAME LOCATION
MANUAL
NUMBER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
436
437
OPX Consulting Inc. Table of Contents - x
DISCLAIMER
The information and data contained in this document has been set forth to be the best
knowledge, information and belief of OPX Consulting Inc.
Although every effort has been made to confirm all such information and data is factual,
complete and accurate, OPX Consulting Inc. make no guarantees or warranties whatsoever,
whether expressed or implied, with respect to such information or data and accepts no 446
responsibility for any loss or damage sustained by the use of this information. 447
Any use, which a third party makes of this document, any reliance on, or decision to be made
based on it, is the responsibility of such third parties. OPX Consulting Inc. accepts no
responsibility for damages, if any, suffered by any third party as a result of decisions or actions
based on this document.
OPX Consulting Inc. Section 1 - 1
1.0 INTRODUCTION
Harvard Energy Ltd. is an oil and gas exploration and development company
operating primarily in Western Canada. HARVARD is committed to conducting 456
operations in a safe and environmentally sound manner. In support of this commitment, 457
HARVARD has developed a General Policy on Health, Safety and the Environment. A
copy of this document follows in this Introduction Section.
In order to fulfill this commitment, HARVARD has developed a Safety Program to
ensure its operations comply with this policy. The program includes a Management
Plan for implementing the Program. This manual is intended to present that Plan and to
provide management, employees and contractors with the tools, information and
references they need to carry out that Plan.
466
It is HARVARDs practice to provide each user of this manual (i.e. operators, 467
supervisors and contractors) with training in its use. This training should be considered
as the primary orientation of new personnel to HARVARDs operations.
Complementary documents, tools and training include HARVARDs:
Health, Safety & Environment Handbook
Emergency Response Plan(s)
Supervisory Training
476
This manual in its entirety should always be considered a work-in-progress. All users 477
are encouraged to provide suggestions to the Engineering and Operations Department
for improvements to its content and format.
The development of this Safety Program, together with supporting training, will help all
HARVARD staff, contractors and supervisors to:
1. Make maximum use of the combined resources of HARVARD, government
agencies, and other outside services to:
486
Assist with orienting, informing, guiding and motivating Company 487
employees and contractors.
Implement policies, procedures, practices, and standards relating
to Company operations.
Provide and maintain a safe working environment including tools,
machines, and equipment.
2. Maintain effective communication. 496
497
3. Ensure immediate, competent responses when handling an emergency.
4. Control work site hazards, thus minimizing the risk to HARVARD employees, its
contractors, and the public.
All personnel directly involved with HARVARD operations, including both Company and
Contract personnel, are responsible for ensuring their activities are consistent with this
manual. 506
507
Following is a brief description of each section of this manual:
Section 2 of this manual describes the legislated responsibilities of Owners and Prime
Contractors at the work site. It is critically important that HARVARD staff and well site
supervisors understand their responsibilities as representatives of the Owner, who
normally will be the Prime Contractor. In addition, all contractors who are employers at
the well site must understand their responsibilities in providing their own safety
programs and competent employees to carry out their activities. Also in this section is a
summary of responsibilities of HARVARD Managers, Supervisors and Workers. 516
517
Section 3 contains information to assist HARVARD management and staff to plan for
implementing the Safety Program.
Section 4 provides information on hazard identification and assessment. Identifying
and eliminating hazards is the most important element of a safety program and must be
done at every work site to comply with Provincial regulations.
Section 5 deals with communication and gives the supervisor the necessary tools to
communicate with other employees and all workers at the site. Once hazards are 526
identified and procedures put into place to eliminate or mitigate the hazards it is 527
necessary to communicate that information to all affected workers. Of particular
importance in this section is the description of the use of Safe Work Permits.
Section 6 presents HARVARDs procedures for incident investigation and analysis.
This is an essential part of any safety program.
Section 7 gives the supervisor some basic information about area emergency
response plans and some suggestions for keeping area plans up to date.
536
Section 8 presents a number of established Codes of Practice and Work Procedures. 537
The Codes of Practice are to be followed when dealing with the subject issues. The
Work Procedures presented have been developed as HARVARDs policy. This section
of the manual should be considered a work in progress. The codes and procedures
should constantly be reviewed for relevancy to current HARVARD policies, government
regulations and practices in the industry. New codes and procedures will be developed
as the need arises.
Section 9 outlines the training expected of HARVARD production employees and the
employees of all contractors involved at a well site. 546
547
Section 10 gives the production supervisor some guidelines to use in selecting
contractors in the field.
Section 11 presents Health and Safety Controls. These, for the most part, are existing
regulations or HARVARD policy and must be strictly adhered to. Special attention
should be paid to HARVARDs Fire Retardant Clothing Standard.
Section 12 provides some suggestions for keeping HARVARD senior management 556
involved in the Program. 557
Section 13 provides some guidelines for keeping records and provides a list of reference material.
Section 14 is intended to provide information to the well site supervisor to help him/her
deal with environmental issues encountered in the field.
Section 15 provides safety information for Construction Supervisors.
Section 16 includes a Glossary and is available to add additional relevant information to this 566
manual. 567
Section 17 includes a section of commonly used forms and checklists.
SECTION 1 FORMS
Policy on Health, Safety and the Environment 576
Policy on Drug and Alcohol 577
Policy on Violence and Harassment
Petroleum Industry Guiding Principles for Worker Safety
586
587
596
597
606
607
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
Harassment and Violence Workplace Policy
Harvard Energy Ltd. will not tolerate unlawful workplace conduct,
including discrimination, intimidation/harassment or violence. Harvard is
dedicated to maintaining a positive workplace where everyone adheres to
relevant human rights legislation and acts ethically, honestly and treats
colleagues with dignity, fairness, and respect. 646
647
This policy applies to management, employees, and contractors of
Harvard. This policy further applies to interactions on or off Company
premises and includes formal and informal Company social gatherings,
conferences and client-related events. This policy is not intended to
constrain reasonable and appropriate consensual social interactions.
Harassment whether or not it is intentional or directed toward a specific
person, includes unwanted physical, verbal, written, electronic, graphic or
non-verbal behavior that results in intimidation hostility or violence or
contributes to an offensive workplace. 656
657
Any incident or complaint involving alleged harassment or
threatened/actual violence should be reported promptly to either any
member of the Board of Directors or any Officer of the Corporation. Any
incident or complaint will be treated sensitively, promptly and in
confidence, to the extent practical; and investigate thoroughly.
Harvard will attempt resolution, however, disciplinary action up to and
including termination can be taken for violations of this policy. Filing a
known false complaint or retaliation against complaints is not tolerated 666
and will be subject to disciplinary action, also including termination. 667
676
677
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
Alcohol and Drug Policy
Harvard Energy Ltd. is committed to protecting the health and safety of
all individuals affected by our activities as well as the communities in
which we work. We recognize that the use of illicit drugs and the
inappropriate use of alcohol and medication can adversely affect job
performance, the work environment and the safety of our employees,
contractors and the public. 686
687
This policy relates to all management, employees and contractors when
they are engaged in Company business, working on or off Company
premises. Harvards contractors are expected to develop and enforce
Alcohol and Drug policies that are consistent with the policy.
The following are expressly prohibited while on Company business or
Company premises:
The use of possession, distribution, offer for sale of illicit drugs or 696
illicit drug paraphernalia; 697
The unauthorized use, possession, distribution, offering for sale of

alcoholic beverages;
The possession of prescribed medication not authorized or

specifically prescribed for personal use;
Reporting for duty impaired by any of the foregoing substances.

Investigation procedures that may be utilized in support of this Policy
include:
706
Pre-assignment testing if in safety sensitive situations; 707
Reasonable cause testing;
Post-incident testing;
Reasonable searches of Company grounds;
Impaired driving investigations.

Disciplinary action up to and including termination will be taken for
violations of this policy.
716
717
We, the members of the petroleum industry, have a responsibility to protect all workers
engaged in its activities from personal injury and health hazards. To meet our responsibility we
will operate under the following guiding principles:
RESPONSIBILITY
The operating company, when acting as prime contractor, is responsible for coordination
and general supervision of all activities at the worksite, including activities carried out
by contractors, subcontractors, service companies and suppliers. While all parties have a
responsibility to promote worker safety, the operating company recognizes its leadership role
worksite situations. It is the responsibility of workers and employers to refuse to perform
unsafe work practices.
PRIORITY
Activities will be conducted on the basis that safety of all personnel is of vital importance,
whether those personnel are employed by an operating company, a contractor, a subcontractor,
a service company or a supplier.
RECOGNITION
The process of selecting contractors, subcontractors, service companies and suppliers, and the
administration of contracts, will include recognition and support of good safety performance.
Support and recognition based on good safety performance will also be provided by all
employers to their employees.
IMPROVEMENT
The operating company, in cooperation with service companies within the industry, will
promote methods and practices that have potential for improving safety performance.
Petroleum Industry Guiding Principles For Worker Safety - www.enform.ca
Wallace E. Baer
President/CEO
Enform
Signed on behalf of the following six sponsoring associations representing the Canadian
petroleum industry:
Signature
Company
Title
Date
Petroleum Industry Guiding Principles
For Worker Safety
Revised September 2008
2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
2.1 HARVARD
HARVARDs overall company responsibilities are to:
736
Insist on safe performance throughout operations by ensuring contractors and 737
employees are competent.
Have an effective safety program.
Ensure the safety program and operations comply with contractual and regulatory
requirements.
Ensure contractors and employees know HARVARDs expectations.
746
Provide sufficient time for contractors and employees to do their job properly. 747
Hire contractors who have Safety Programs and good safety records.
Perform responsibilities of Prime Contractor/Owner
2.1.1 Owner/Prime Contractor Responsibilities
Every work site must have a Prime Contractor, if there are two or more employers 756
involved in work at the worksite at the same time 757
The Prime Contractor for a worksite is the contractor, employer or other person who
enters into an agreement with the owner of the work site to be the Prime Contractor,
or if no agreement has been made or no agreement is in force, the owner of the
work site.
Owners, who have limited capabilities of performing the Prime Contractor function
have the opportunity to assign Prime Contractor responsibilities to a party that is
better equipped to manage those responsibilities.
766
2.1.2 Owner Responsibilities 767
The Owner has two alternatives when dealing with the Prime Contractor issue. The
Owner can either keep the Prime Contractor responsibilities or it can enter into an
agreement with another party so that the party assumes the Prime Contractor
responsibilities. This agreement should be completed in written form.
If the Owner transfers the responsibility to another party, the Owner will be expected to
exercise due diligence in transferring those responsibilities. That is, the Owner must do
everything reasonably practicable to ensure that the contractor assigned the 776
responsibility is capable of fulfilling the Prime Contractor responsibilities. The Owner 777
must be able to demonstrate that the agreement is likely to establish compliance.
Follow-up on the Owners part is necessary to ensure the system is maintained.
Other considerations include:
Once the Owner enters into an agreement, it should step away and not be involved
as a Prime Contractor of the work site. If the owner starts to assume the role of
Prime Contractor, it may become liable for those responsibilities even though it has
entered into an agreement to have someone else assume those responsibilities.
786
The Prime Contractor, be it the Owner/Operator or some other party, is responsible for 787
ensuring that the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Code, and its regulations are
complied with at the work site. In most situations, the Prime Contractor will meet these
responsibilities through the development of a system that will ensure compliance. The
Prime Contractor at a work site has the overall responsibility for occupational health and
safety. However, this does not relieve other employers of their responsibilities at the
work site.
The Well Site Supervisor usually accepts the role of Prime Contractors representative
at the work site. 796
797
In addition to developing a system for ensuring compliance, the role of the Prime
Contractor will be to implement the system, monitor to ensure that it is functioning, and
then make any necessary changes to ensure the system continues to perform as
intended.
The advantages of the system approach are that the process is manageable and that
the Prime Contractor limits its responsibilities. If the Prime Contractor were to take
direct control of all occupational health and safety activities at the work site, particularly
on a large site, it would become an onerous task. If the Prime Contractor begins to take 806
a more assertive role in directing the occupational health and safety activities of other 807
employers on the work site, it may end up with those responsibilities.
2.1.3 Work Site Safety Plan
To successfully address the requirements for a system, the Prime Contractor should
develop a Work Site Safety Plan that is coordinated under the direct supervision of a 816
SITE DESIGNATE. 817
A Work Site Safety Plan communicates the Prime Contractors system of managing
health and safety on the work site. The Work Site Safety Plan Checklist found behind
the Safety Management tab of this Manual outlines the elements for developing a
specific Work Site Safety Plan. The generic plan must be carefully reviewed as it may
not be applicable to the particular conditions experienced on a specific work site, or to
the role of the Site Designate on a particular project.
Employers coming to the site should have functioning health and safety programs in 826
place. All workers and employers should be competent for the tasks they intend to 827
perform. (i.e. Workers are adequately qualified, properly trained and with sufficient
experience to safely perform work without supervision [or with only a minimum degree
of supervision]).
It is important to monitor the effectiveness of the plan, keep records and document the
activities around establishing and maintaining this system. If doubt ever arises, this
proves that everything reasonably practicable has been done to make the work site
safe. The minimum that will be accepted are the standards demonstrated by the
industry. 836
837
Additional tools for developing a Work Site Safety Plan as well as the Work Site Safety
Plan Checklist are found at the end of this section.
.
2.1.4 Monitoring Process
To ensure that the responsibility for health and safety at the work site is fulfilled, the
Prime Contractor must set up a system for monitoring the safety performance of
employers, workers and suppliers. The Prime Contractor must evaluate the outputs of 846
the system/process in order to verify its effectiveness. The following are some 847
monitoring system/process tips:
Instruct employers on site to investigate all accidents/incidents and submit
documentation to you.
Require that all accidents/incidents be analyzed and discussed by the workers
during a safety meeting.
Ensure that the workers are identifying, reporting and recording hazards on the site. 856
857
Ensure that workers are correcting the hazards identified.
Ensure that critical or repetitive hazards are discussed by workers during a safety
meeting.
Participate in New Employee Orientations. Educate the new workers to HARVARD
and its plan to control accidents and near miss accidents.
Require worker participation in safety inspection/audits. 866
867
Promote safety awareness on the work site through leadership by example.
Ensure all work site emergency safety equipment is easily identifiable to all site
personnel (e.g. fire suppression equipment, first aid room, stretcher, etc.) and is in
good operating condition.
Have work site safety on site meeting agendas.
876
2.2 MANAGERS RESPONSIBILITIES 877
Managers protect employees and HARVARD by:
Insisting on performance and behavior that meet the standards of HARVARDs safety
program.
Encouraging employee involvement in safety by demonstrating managements commitment
to safety.
886
Ensuring Company, Contractor and Subcontractor operations comply with government 887
safety requirements.
Providing adequate supervision at every work site.
Ensuring accidents and incidents are reported and investigated and corrective actions are
taken.
Providing appropriate, well-maintained safety and other equipment required for each job.
896
Ensure public consultation is included in project planning. 897
Ensuring workers are adequately qualified to perform their work.
Ensuring training needs are identified and met.
2.3 SUPERVISORS RESPONSIBILITIES
Supervisors maintain a safe work site by ensuring: 906
907
Workers know what safety responsibilities are expected of them.
Training needs are identified and addressed.
Unsafe conditions and behavior are corrected immediately.
Only safe work practices are used.
Appropriate equipment is available and well maintained and workers are trained to safely 916
operate the equipment. 917
Regulatory requirements are met.
Hazards are identified, documented, and removed where possible.
Workers know and are prepared to deal with the hazards of their work and any specific
hazards on the work site.
Personal protective equipment is available, properly used, stored, maintained and replaced 926
when necessary. 927
All accidents and incidents are reported.
2.4 WORKERS RESPONSIBILITIES
Workers protect themselves, fellow workers, the public and the environment by:
Being thoroughly familiar with the safety program. 936
937
Actively participating in safety program development and maintenance.
Following safety standards and safe work procedures set out by the employer, employees
and regulatory requirements.
Refusing to perform work when unsafe conditions exist (as defined in provincial
occupational health and safety legislation).
Refusing to perform work they are not competent to perform. 946
947
Reporting unsafe conditions and potential hazards to supervisors.
Immediately reporting to supervisors all accidents, incidents, injuries and illnesses.
Participating in all training offered by the employer, either on or off the work site (e.g. first aid or
H
2
S).
Using required personal protective and safety equipment.
956
Being trained in the safe operation of equipment. 957
Checking tools and equipment, including personal protective and safety equipment, for
hazards before using them.
Knowing the location, type and operation of emergency equipment.
Presenting themselves physically and mentally fit at the start of each working shift, capable
of performing their duties safely and efficiently. Reporting to the Supervisor any physical or
mental circumstances such as illnesses or fatigue as this may impede the worker from
safely completing their assigned tasks. 966
967
Performing their functions as efficiently as possible while giving due regard to the safety of
themselves, their co-workers and the public.
Cooperating with others during normal and emergency conditions.
Having cranial and facial worn at a length that will not obstruct vision, snag moving parts or
if applicable, prevent the worker from utilizing a breathing apparatus or mechanical
resuscitator in a toxic or oxygen environment.
976
Ensuring they wear clothing that fits close to the body and do not wear dangling 977
jewelry (i.e. necklaces, wristwatches, bracelets) when working near moving parts of
machinery or electrically energized equipment.
Not smoking in any location regardless of a Hot Permit issued, except for designated areas.
Strike anywhere matches and single action lighters are not permitted.
Informing the Harvard Representative if they are taking medication prescribed by a
physician that could impair their judgment. It may be necessary to adjust the workers
duties accordingly. 986
987
Not being in possession of, or under the influence of, alcohol, illegal or mind altering drugs.
Workers will not be permitted to enter or be allowed to remain on a Harvard Work Site.
Adhering to Harvards policy regarding firearms or explosives. Both firearms and
explosives are not permitted on a Harvard operated property unless required by job
responsibilities (flare pistol, seismic work).
Refraining from engaging in practical jokes, wrestling and other forms of horseplay on
Harvard premises. 996
997
Reviewing applicable Data Sheets, as per WHMIS legislation, prior to handling chemicals.
Understanding Harvard prohibits all types of harassment and violence in the workplace.
Harassment, including harassment based on characteristics specified in human rights
legislation, such as sex, race, national origin, religion, disability and age is illegal and will
not be tolerated. As an employer, Harvard has a legal duty to maintain a safe and
harassment free workplace. Actual or threatened violence is strictly prohibited. Incidents of
this nature are to be reported to Harvard management.
1006
Ensuring they have the necessary training and when applicable possesses a valid 1007
certificate when responsible for the transporting of dangerous goods and handling material
or wastes.
2.5 SAFETY PROFESSIONALS RESPONSIBILITIES
The responsibilities of the Safety Professional are to:
Develop and maintain a safety program manual and ensure this document is available to all
employees. 1016
1017
Maintain copies of legislation relevant to Companys operations and ensure copies are
available at all work sites.
Maintain supporting documentation (e.g. standard work procedures, codes of practice,
emergency response plans and other detailed instructions for training, inspections, audits,
accident reporting, investigation and other activities) and ensure copies are accessible at all
work sites.
Maintain files for results of audits, inspections, incident investigation reports and safety and 1026
environmental performance assessments. 1027
Develop and support loss control activities including inspections, loss control meetings, new
employee orientations, on-the-job training sessions, safety and environmental audits and
emergency response drills.
Develop and support a communication framework that may include management walk-
arounds at work sites, newsletters, memos, posters or other communication instruments.
Contribute to industry Health, Safety & Environment associations. 1036
1037
Provide assistance to field personnel in the response and reporting of Safety and
Environmental incidents.
2.6 VISITORS RESPONSIBILITIES
Visitors must:
Ensure they receive an orientation before working/entering work sites. 1046
1047
Follow the instructions of the site supervisor or personal escort.
Wear personal protective equipment when required.
Never walk about a work site unescorted.
2.7 DUE DILIGENCE
1056
See Workplace Health & Safety bulletin and the Bill C-45 Explanation at end of this Section. 1057
2.8 DRILLING & COMPLETIONS SPECIFIC RESPONSIBILITIES
Rig Site Supervisor -Responsibilities and Duties
Corporate and Engineering
HARVARD, as owner and licensee of the well and wellsite, has an overall responsibility to
ensure the safety of workers and the public, the protection of the environment and the 1066
conservation of resources related to all activity at the wellsite. Many rules govern the 1067
development, planning and execution of oil and gas operations, including the management of
Health and Safety of workers on the worksite. These rules are identified in various acts and
regulations, as well as guides and industry recognized standards and recommended practices.
The responsibilities for compliance, with many of these rules, are assigned to the people
planning, designing and programming of well operations both at the office and field level. When
these responsibilities are assigned to the Wellsite Supervisors, the Wellsite Supervisors
conduct their activities as the operator/prime contractors representative, and within HARVARD,
is considered an employee equivalent in regards to legislated acts and regulations. 1076
1077
Safety
HARVARD has overall responsibility for health and safety at the wellsite. In fulfilling this
responsibility, HARVARD will ensure that contractors and employers at the wellsite comply with
all applicable legislation by monitoring the activities at the site to verify compliance with
applicable legislation and safe work procedures. The following responsibilities are assigned to
HARVARD to help achieve this obligation:
Implement an effective safety program, including visible management support, that meets 1086
the requirements for a basic safety program as described in IRP #9, ensuring that all 1087
employers on site are aware of, and comply with, all requirements of this program.
Select contractors that have implemented a safety program that effectively manages their
own operations, and that meets the requirements for a basic safety program as described
above, including safe work procedures and hazard assessments of the hazardous
procedures completed. Any independent contractors or self-employed workers, who do not
have a safety program, will be adopted into either HARVARDs safety program or the safety
program of HARVARD they are sub-contracted to.
1096
Coordinate the efforts and actions of all contractors at the wellsite, ensuring all employers 1097
are aware of their roles and responsibilities, and that they have been informed of any
known hazards of the specific wellsite, program or materials, ensuring that procedures are
in place to eliminate or control these hazards.
Ensure that all safety procedures are compatible and verify that contractors are providing
their workers with training and supervision that addresses the hazards of the tasks they are
exposed to at the wellsite. It is not HARVARDs role to do this training or supervision for
contracted workers, but to ensure that contractors provide training and supervision in a
manner that meets legislated requirements as a minimum, as per Section 7.4.3. of IRP #7. 1106
(Please see IRP#7 on page 2-14) 1107
Ensure that site-specific emergency response procedures are in place and that all
employers and workers know these procedures, have completed drills and are prepared to
follow them.
Ensure that Site Supervisors safety responsibilities have been clearly established and
communicated to all workers completing supervisory activities and that monitoring is
completed on a regular basis.
1116
Conduct an assessment of the supervisors work experience and training to ensure he has 1117
the skills and knowledge required to meet the requirements for the work and duties being
assigned.
The evaluation will include the steps and content described below, and be documented, signed
and kept on file by the person to whom the supervisor is reporting to.
Wellsite Supervisor - General Duties
HARVARD must provide a competent Wellsite Supervisor who has been assigned specific 1126
duties and responsibilities as a representative, with HARVARD determining if the supervisor is 1127
competent based on the job requirements, the duties assigned and assessment of the
Supervisors training and work experience.
The Wellsite Supervisor is generally responsible for managing Health and Safety on the
worksite, including directing and coordinating all employers at the wellsite. The specific duties
will vary considerably depending on the nature of the work and how the operator assigns
certain responsibilities.
Safety 1136
1137
In terms of health and safety management, as HARVARDs representative, the Wellsite
Supervisors responsibilities include the following:
Identify themselves at the wellsite, through use of the applicable Safety Statement,
ensuring they can be either easily located and contacted or have identified an alternate,
competent, person who must also be easily contacted if the Wellsite Supervisor becomes
unavailable for any reason. Note: Site Supervisors are required to be on the worksite during
all non-standard/critical work tasks.
1146
Ensure that all contractors on the worksite effectively implement their own safety programs 1147
and work procedures, and that all contractors understand and agree to follow all
requirements of HARVARDs Safety Program that is not identified within their own Safety
Program.
Ensure that applicable corporate information has been posted in an appropriate place on
location, including the posting of HARVARDs Health and Safety Policy and Partnership
Certificate within the supervisors workspace, and that a copy of the Safety Statement and
Petroleum Industry Guiding Principles has been posted in the contractors workspace
(doghouse). 1156
1157
Identify and document the name of the On-Site Supervisor for each employer prior to
starting any work and review and clarify the roles and responsibilities of all Contractors On-
Site Supervisors prior to starting any work.
Check that all contractors have provided the applicable employees, including visitors, with
the training and supervision described in Section 7.4.3. of IRP #7. (Please see IRP#7 on
page 2-14)
Identify inexperienced workers arriving on the worksite, ensuring these workers receive 1166
adequate supervision and provide a wellsite orientation on arrival at the wellsite. 1167
Coordinate the efforts of all employers at the wellsite, resolving any discrepancies between
conflicting work procedures, identifying the hazards related to the specific wellsite, the
planned program or the materials provided by the contractors.
Inform all employers of the hazards identified and ensure proper controls are in place
before the work begins. Establish and coordinate site-specific emergency response
procedures and drills.
1176
Ensure the hazard assessment and identification programs described in the Hazard 1177
Identification and Assessment section of the Safety Program is implemented and reviewed
with relevant workers on the worksite.
Ensure the hazards identified on the worksite are communicated through the safety
meeting and work permit systems, ensuring safety meetings are conducted prior to all non-
standard/critical operations.
Ensure well control and blowout prevention measures meet regulations and operators
requirements and the appropriate information and procedures have been posted and 1186
reviewed with all personnel on site. 1187
Monitor the work performed by all employers to verify compliance with safety legislation and
Safety Program requirements.
Check that the procedures for handling, transportation, disposal, storage and use of all
hazardous substances follow applicable regulations and safe practices. Monitor the wellsite
for proper use, handling, storage and maintenance of personal protective equipment.
Ensure appropriate equipment is utilized to detect and control Hydrogen Sulfide and other 1196
flammable or poisonous substances that may be emitted at the worksite. 1197
Ensure work is stopped when an unsafe act or condition is identified, resuming work only
after the hazard is removed or safe procedures have been established.
Ensure all emergency equipment and specialized safety equipment is easily identifiable
and readily available to all site personnel.
Ensure incidents/accidents or near misses are promptly reported and investigated, as
described within the Incident Investigation Section 6.0. 1206
1207
WORK EXPERIENCE ASSESSMENT
Additional Job Specific Skill Requirements
Good management practices require that results be compared to corporate goals and
expectations on a regular basis, in order to identify performance gaps and opportunities for
improvement. The performance of Wellsite Supervisors must be reviewed and evaluated as
part of this process. 1216
1217
Documentation of the actions taken at the wellsite is an important step in demonstrating due
diligence in the performance of assigned duties. Records of specific items such as safety
meetings, practice drills, inspections, pressure tests, etc., will be collected on the worksite and
forwarded to Calgary for filing. HARVARDs operators and Wellsite Supervisors will implement
the use of the Work Site Safety Plan Checklist at appropriate times during the project to
ensure that specific safety program steps have been completed.
HARVARD engineering staff and management directing Wellsite Supervisor activities will
conduct worksite reviews by visiting the wellsite on a regular basis to observe operating 1226
procedures, check documentation kept on location and get feedback from the contractors on 1227
the worksite.
Specific knowledge and experience requirements for a particular job depends on the type of
work planned, the depth and complexity of the well, the reservoir fluid properties, H
2
S potential,
the location of the well and any specific issues related to public or environmental impact.
The assessor must have this knowledge about the job prior to assessing and assigning an
appropriate supervisor. Additional requirements for the job must be included in the assessment
of potential supervisors based on these factors.
1236
Assessment Process and Content Requirements 1237
For each task assigned, HARVARD will determine the skill level of the site supervisor, ensuring
that the supervisors skill level is appropriate to the requirements of the assigned job. To
determine if the supervisors skills are appropriate, the assessment must be based on the
supervisors education, training and work history record, plus the skills observed by the
references and the assessor. HARVARD will indicate on the assessment record if the
supervisor either meets or exceeds requirements or requires additional training or
experience to complete the assigned tasks.
1246
Agreement of Duties 1247
In addition to the required training, every Wellsite Supervisor completing work for HARVARD
must have a written description and agreement of the duties and responsibilities assigned to
him and has experience with the type of work planned. This written agreement must be
renewed and updated at least every two years, and whenever the assigned duties are
changed. In any event, the assessment on file will include skill requirements for the major
operations of the actual wellsite work being supervised. As a minimum, these duties must
include those listed above.
1256
1257
Required Information
Record of Work History and References
Name, address and telephone number of the site supervisor
1266
List of training certificates and expiry dates 1267
Record of all formal education
Record of work experience including
o Relevant industry experience, other than as a Wellsite Supervisor, and
o Experience as a Wellsite Supervisor
List of references starting with the last three employers (or back five years), including: 1276
1277
o Name and telephone number of references, including company or employer name,
o Dates when candidate was employed including month and year, and
o If the reference was contacted by the assessor.
Information about the person who did the assessment including:
o Name, company/employer name,
o Job title or position, address and telephone number, and
o Date the assessment was completed or updated. 1286
1287
Minimum Skill Assessment Requirements
The candidate must be assessed as having the skills required in the following categories:
Supervision and leadership, and the demonstration of safe personal work habits.
Establishment and maintenance of effective working relationships.
Effective communication of operational and safety requirements. 1296
1297
Implementation of HARVARDs safety program, including the use of appropriate PPE.
Ensuring contractors have, and are using, safe work procedures that follow regulations.
Performance of hazard assessments and implementation of hazard controls.
Ensuring the detection and control of hazardous atmospheres is conducted.
Emergency Response and establishment of site-specific emergency response procedures. 1306
1307
Carry out operations in accordance with environmental regulations, including the disposal
of wastes, BOP training and drills and training certificates.
Containment and reporting of spills, leaks or other environmental damage, as per incident
reporting guidelines (see Section 6.0).
Ensuring BOPs and other well control equipment meet regulations, and is function tested
prior to commencing operations.
1316
Ensuring all operations comply with regulations and industry standards. 1317
Planning and coordinating equipment and service requirements.
Ensuring transportation of equipment, rig and equipment layout and spacing meet
equipment spacing regulations.
Contractors Supervision
Legislation requires that contractors provide their workers with appropriate training and 1326
supervision to ensure they carry out their work in a safe manner. 1327
HARVARD requires all employers to provide the following:
A wellsite orientation on their first day of employment
A safety program that includes information that identifies the worker as responsible to follow
the requirements of the safety program.
Information to ensure workers are aware of their rights and responsibilities under OH&S
legislation, including their right and obligation to refuse to do unsafe work. 1336
1337
Safe work procedures and practices for the assigned tasks, including rules from relevant
safety legislation.
Direct supervision, by a competent worker, of workers new to a position until they have
demonstrated the ability to perform the assigned tasks safely.
Frequent inspections of the wellsite, to ensure workers are following safe worker practices
and applicable OH&S regulations.
1346
A hazard identification program/process, ensuring all personnel on the worksite are made 1347
aware of the hazards and procedures to remove or control the hazards.
Directions to stop work when unsafe acts or conditions are identified then take action to
ensure conditions are safe before work is resumed.
Instructions, as required by WHMIS legislation, to ensure all hazardous materials are
identified and PPE is used to protect the worker from exposure.
Site-specific emergency response procedures are in place and all workers are prepared to 1356
play their role in the event of an emergency. 1357
Directions for the prompt reporting and investigation of any incidents on location.
2.9 IRP #7
1366
1367
1376
1377
1386
1387
1396
1397
Standards for Wellsite
Supervision of Drilling,
Completion and Workovers

Industry Recommended
Practice (IRP)

Volume 7 - 2002

Sanctioned
2002 - 03

This document as well as future revisions and additions are available
from:

Enform
1538 25 Avenue NE
Calgary, Alberta
T2E 8Y3
Phone: (403) 250-9606
Fax: (403) 291-9408
Website: www.enform.ca
Table of Contents

7 Standards for Wellsite Supervision of Drilling, Completions and
Workovers............................................................................................... 1
7.0 Acknowledgement & Disclaimer ..........................................................1
7.1 Introduction............................................................................................5
7.2 Scope........................................................................................................6
7.3 Definitions...............................................................................................7
7.4 Roles, Responsibilities and Duties ........................................................9
7.4.1 Operator and Prime Contractor..............................................9
7.4.1.1 Regulatory Compliance..............................................................9
7.4.1.2 Safety........................................................................................10
7.4.2 Wellsite Supervisor ................................................................12
7.4.2.1 General Duties..........................................................................12
7.4.2.2 Safety........................................................................................13
7.4.3 Employers Supervision.........................................................15
7.5 Requirements for Assigning Duties of Wellsite Supervisor ............17
7.5.1 A Supervisor Must be Assigned...........................................17
7.5.2 Agreement of Duties..............................................................17
7.5.3 Identify Wellsite Supervisor ..................................................18
7.6 Training Requirements .......................................................................19
7.6.1 Wellsite Supervisor ................................................................19
7.6.2 Operator or Prime Contractor...............................................19
7.6.3 Training Requirements..........................................................20
7.6.4 Description of Training Courses...........................................21
7.6.4.1 Safety Management and Regulatory Awareness for Wellsite
Supervision............................................................................................21
7.6.4.2 Safety Management and Regulatory Awareness for Wellsite
Supervision (Refresher).........................................................................21
7.6.4.3 Second Line Supervisors Well Control ...................................22
7.6.4.4 Well Service Blowout Prevention (BOP).................................22
7.6.4.5 Detection and Control of Flammable Substance......................22
Standards for Wellsite Supervision of Table of Contents i
Drilling, Completions & Workovers
7.6.4.6 Workplace Hazardous Materials Information Systems
(WHMIS) Training................................................................................22
7.6.4.7 Standard First Aid.....................................................................23
7.6.4.8 Transportation of Dangerous Goods (TDG).............................23
7.6.4.9 H
2
S Alive...............................................................................23
7.7 Work Experience Assessment.............................................................24
7.7.1 Requirement for Assessment...............................................24
7.7.2 Frequency of Re-Assessment..............................................25
7.7.2.1 Continuous Work Situations.....................................................25
7.7.2.2 Changes in J ob Assignment......................................................25
7.7.3 Assessment Process and Content Requirements ...........26
7.7.3.1 Process for Assessment of Skill Level......................................26
7.7.3.2 Required Information Record of Work History and References26
7.7.3.3 Minimum Skill Assessment Requirements...............................28
7.7.3.4 Additional J ob Specific Skill Requirements.............................30
7.8 Performance Evaluation and Audits..................................................31
7.8.1 Documentation........................................................................32
7.8.2 Inspections and Audits ..........................................................33
7.8.3 Government Inspections .......................................................34
Appendix A:....................................................................................................35
Levels of Control and Responsibility for Safety Management.....35
Appendix B:....................................................................................................36
Notice of Wellsite Supervisor (Sample)...........................................36
Standards for Wellsite Supervision of Table of Contents ii
Drilling, Completions & Workovers

7 Standards for Wellsite Supervision
of Drilling, Completions and
Workovers

7.0 Acknowledgement & Disclaimer

This Industry Recommended Practice (IRP) is a set of best
practices and guidelines compiled by knowledgeable and
experienced industry and government personnel, and is intended to
provide the operator with advice regarding STANDARDS FOR
WELLSITE SUPERVISION OF DRILLING, COMPLETIONS
AND WORKOVERS.
It was developed under the auspices of the Drilling and
Completions Committee (DACC).
DACC is a joint industry/government committee established to
develop safe, efficient and environmentally suitable operating
practices for the Canadian Oil & Gas industry in the areas of
drilling, completions and servicing of wells. The primary effort is
the development of IRPs with priority given to:
Development of new IRPs where non-existent procedures result in
issues because of inconsistent operating practices.
Review and revision of outdated IRPs particularly where new
technology requires new operating procedures.
Provide general support to foster development of non-IRP industry
operating practices that have current application to a limited
number of stakeholders.
Standards for Wellsite Supervision 1
Drilling, Completions and Workovers
The recommendations set out in this IRP are meant to allow
flexibility and must be used in conjunction with competent
technical judgement. It remains the responsibility of the user of the
IRP to judge its suitability for a particular application.
If there is any inconsistency or conflict between any of the
recommended practices contained in the IRP, and the applicable
legislative requirement, the legislative requirement shall prevail.
Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy and reliability of
the data and recommendations contained in the IRP. However
DACC, its subcommittees, and individual contributors make no
representation, warranty, or guarantee in connection with the
publication or the contents of any IRP recommendation, and hereby
disclaim liability of responsibility for loss or damage resulting from
the use of this IRP, or for any violation of any legislative
requirements.
This IRP has been sanctioned (sanction =review and support of the
IRP as a compilation of best practices) by the following
organizations:
Alberta Energy and Utilities Board
Alberta Human Resources and Employment
British Columbia Workers Compensation Board
Canadian Association of Oilwell Drilling Contractors
Canadian Association of Petroleum Producers
International Coil Tubing Association
Oil & Gas Commission, British Columbia
Petroleum Services Association of Canada
Saskatchewan Energy & Mines
Saskatchewan Labour

ls participated in the development
o
The following list of individua
of this Industry Recommended Practice (IRP) through the
DACC sub-committee and/or one of several working teams
responsible for various components. Apologies to anyone wh
may have inadvertently been missed.
DACC Sub-
embers
Doug Fletcher Petro-Canada
lace Health and
tion Board of
HAIR) urces (Canadian

OH&S
um afety Council
i n
Committee M
Les Groeller Shell Canada
Kenn Hample Alberta Workp
Safety
Barry Holland Workers Compensation Board of
British Columbia
Ron Hutzal Noyes Supervision
Rod Loewen Workers Compensa
British Columbia
J ohn Mayall EUB - Alberta
Don Myers (C Burlington Reso
Hunter)
George Myette Pajak Engineering
Mark Nicklom Bissett Resources
Kim Richardson Marathon Oil
Bob Ross Saskatchewan Labour,
Division
Brad Rowbotham Roll'n Oilfield Industries Ltd.
Ken Shewan Frontier Engineering
Murray Sunstr Canadian Petroleum S
J ack Thacker Husky Oil
Willy Zukiwsk PanCanadia
Other

Precision Drilling
ngham Safety
h
ant

ndustry Training Service
ustry Training Service

rces
ing
Contributors:
Ron Berg
Bob Cunni Canadian Petroleum
Council
Adel Girgis AEUB
adian Dave Graber PanCan
Garth Gramlic PanCanadian
Wayne Harvey Safety Consult
Ron Lapp J ade Drilling
J ohn Miller PanCanadian
Ron Miller Consultant
Lorne Polzin Petroleum I
Barry Rock Shell Canada
J im Shaffer Petroleum Ind
Bob Stockton Consultant
J im Storbakken Imperial Oil
Rod Thomas Bonus Resou
Layne Wilk Precision Well Servic

7.1 Introduction

Drilling, completions and well workovers involve a wide variety
of operations that often require a number of contractors,
technical services and suppliers working together at the wellsite.
These operations must be planned and executed by qualified and
competent people at all levels to ensure the safety of workers and
the public, the protection of the environment and the
conservation of natural resources. The well owner or operator
conducting these operations has overall responsibility for
achieving these goals. The wellsite supervisor representing the
operator or prime contractor plays a key role by directing and co-
ordinating all employers at the wellsite to implement the planned
work program. The purpose of this IRP is to recommend
minimum standards to ensure that the operator or prime
contractor provides competent supervision at the wellsite.
The impetus for the development of this IRP was a growing need
to improve minimum standards for safety management at the
well site. Therefore, the primary focus during the development
of this IRP was on safety. However, compliance with legislation
and industry standards that relate to environmental protection
and resource conservation is also a goal in these qualification
standards.

7.2 Scope

This IRP deals with well operations that are generally known in the
industry as drilling, completions and workovers. Minor well
servicing on completed wells, which do not require removal of the
wellhead and do not require the installation of temporary blow out
prevention equipment to ensure well control during the operation, is
beyond the scope of this IRP. However, the responsibilities of the
prime contractor, in terms of safety management, are essentially the
same for any operation involving two or more employers at a
wellsite.
The subject of the IRP is supervision at the wellsite by the prime
contractor, which is usually the operator. Each employer or
contractor at the well site must also provide competent supervision
for their employees. Responsibilities of an employers supervisor
are discussed relative to the duties of the prime contractors
supervisor. Specific qualification requirements for supervisors of
other employers at the wellsite are not part of this IRP.
While the focus of the IRP is the wellsite supervisor, it must be
recognized that the responsibilities are basically those of the
operator and/or the prime contractor. Therefore the operator and/or
prime contractor must have a good understanding of these
requirements and a clear agreement with the wellsite supervisor as
to how these obligations will be met.
These recommendations are based on regulatory compliance and
due diligence. The specific requirements for the work planned in
drilling, completions and workover operations vary widely and part
of the operators due diligence is to assign competent supervision
for the specific work being supervised. This IRP does not attempt to
define supervisor competency requirements for every type of job
but does describe the minimum steps the operator or prime
contractor should take in making this determination.

7.3 Definitions

The following basic principals and definitions are used
throughout this IRP. Please refer to the diagram in Appendix A
for further clarification.
Prime Contractor: When workers from more than one
employer are working at a wellsite then one party must have
overall responsibility for safety at that wellsite and co-ordination
of all employers to carry out the planned work. In Alberta this
party is known as the prime contractor and this term will be
used throughout this IRP. In other jurisdictions this specific
term may not be used, but the legislation has similar
requirements and responsibilities for this function.
Operator: The owner of the wellsite is the prime contractor
unless he has specifically assigned this responsibility to another
party by written agreement and has taken steps to ensure that the
party is capable of fulfilling all the duties and responsibilities
required of a prime contractor. When a well has more than one
owner, the owner who is assigned as the operator has the
responsibilities of prime contractor. Generally this is the licensee
of the well. The term operator will have this meaning
throughout this IRP.

Wellsite Supervisor: The term wellsite supervisor is commonly
used to describe the individual who is representing the operator
or prime contractor at the wellsite and is generally responsible
for directing all employers at the wellsite. The wellsite
supervisor is therefore the representative of the prime contractor
at the wellsite. This is the job function and the meaning of the
term wellsite supervisor that is the subject of this IRP. Other
commonly used terms for this person are consultant, company
man, and engineer (the use of 'engineer' must be avoided
unless the individual is a registered P. Eng.).
Employer: In this document this term means any company that
has one or more employees at the wellsite. This includes drilling
contractors and service companies or 'sub-contractors'
commonly referred to in the industry. It also includes any small
contractors or businesses that have one or more people doing
work at the wellsite whether they are employees, owner
operators or self employed workers.
Employers Supervisor: In OH&S legislation it is a general
requirement that employers provide their workers with adequate
training and supervision. There are various detailed
requirements that help define what constitutes adequate
supervision and a competent supervisor. The term employers
supervisor in this IRP refers to the person directly responsible
for the supervision of the work and workers of a specific
employer at the wellsite.
Examples of an employers supervisor are: rig manager, driller,
truck push, frac crew supervisor, logging supervisor, drill stem
tester, power tong operator, cementing supervisor.

7.4 Roles, Responsibilities and Duties

7.4.1 Operator and Prime Contractor
7.4.1.1
Regulatory
Compliance
The operator, as owner and licensee of the well and wellsite, has
overall responsibility to ensure the safety of workers and the
public, the protection of the environment and the conservation of
resources related to all activity at the wellsite and in the
wellbore. There are many rules governing the design, planning
and execution of oil and gas operations. These are provided in
various legislated acts, regulations and guides as well as
recognized standards and IRPs. The operator must ensure
compliance with all of these. Responsibility for compliance with
many of the rules may be assigned to people doing the planning,
design and programming of well operations at the office level.
When these programs are implemented in the field, the wellsite
supervisor represents the operator/prime contractor.
7.4.1.2 Safety The prime contractor has overall responsibility for health and
safety at the wellsite. In fulfilling this responsibility, the prime
contractor must ensure that contractors and employers at the
wellsite comply with all applicable legislation. The following
steps are recommended to help achieve this obligation:
Implement an effective safety program that meets the
requirements for a basic safety program as described in IRP
Volume 9. Ensure all employers on site are aware of and
comply with all requirements of this program that exceed or
supplement their own safety program.
Use employers at the wellsite that have an effective safety
program in place for their own operations that meets the
requirements for a basic safety program as described above,
including safe work procedures for the work they do. All
independent or self-employed workers who do not have their
own safety program must be included in the safety program
of the prime contractor or another employer on site.
Co-ordinate the efforts of all employers at the wellsite.
Ensure all employers, supervisors and workers know what
their role and responsibilities are for the work planned.
Ensure all safety procedures are compatible.
Verify that all employers are providing their workers with
training and supervision that addresses the tasks and hazards
of the work they do at the wellsite.
It is not the prime contractors role to do this training and
supervision directly but only to check that employers do
provide supervision in a manner that meets legislated
requirements as a minimum. However, if a worker is a direct
employee of the prime contractor and reports to the wellsite
supervisor, then the wellsite supervisor is responsible for the
training and supervision as per Section 7.4.3.

Inform all employers of any known hazards related to the
specific wellsite, the planned program or the materials
supplied by the prime contractor. Ensure that procedures are
in place to eliminate or control these hazards.
Ensure that site-specific emergency response procedures are
in place and that all employers and workers know these
procedures and are prepared to follow them.
Monitor activity at the site to verify compliance with
applicable legislation and safe work procedures.

7.4.2 Wellsite Supervisor
7.4.2.1 General
Duties
The wellsite supervisor is generally responsible for directing and
co-ordinating all employers at the wellsite to achieve the goals of
the work planned by the operator and ensure compliance with all
legislation pertaining to that work at the wellsite. The specific
duties will vary considerably depending on the nature of the
work and how the operator assigns certain responsibilities.

7.4.2.2 Safety In terms of safety management, the duties of the wellsite
supervisor, as the representative of the prime contractor, should
include the following:
Identify themselves at the wellsite and ensure they can be
easily located and contacted at all times. An alternate
competent representative of the prime contractor must also
be identified who can be contacted if the wellsite supervisor
becomes incapacitated or inaccessible for any reason.
Check that all employers on the wellsite have an effective
safety program and safe work procedures.
Check that all employers understand and agree to follow all
requirements of the prime contractor's safety program that
are not already met by their own safety program.
Provide for wellsite orientation of all employers and visitors
on arrival at the wellsite.
Co-ordinate the efforts of all employers at the wellsite.
Resolve any discrepancies between safe work procedures
before starting the work.
Identify and document the name of the on-site supervisor for
each employer prior to starting any work.
Review and clarify the roles and responsibilities of all
employers and on-site supervisors prior to doing any work.
Check that all employers on site are providing their
employees with the training and supervision described in
Section 7.4.3.
Ascertain the number of inexperienced workers and review
job execution plans with the employer to ensure these
workers receive adequate supervision.

Identify hazards related to the specific wellsite, the planned
program or the materials provided by the prime contractor.
Inform all employers of these hazards and ensure proper
controls are in place before the work begins.
Establish and co-ordinate site-specific emergency response
procedures. Post information, review procedures and conduct
practice drills with all personnel on site.
Ensure that well control and blowout prevention measures
meet regulations and operator's requirements.
Monitor the work performed by all employers to verify
compliance with safety legislation as well as safety program
requirements.
Monitor the wellsite for proper use, handling, storage and
maintenance of personal protective equipment by all
workers.
Check that the procedures for handling, transportation,
disposal, storage and use of all hazardous substances, follows
applicable regulations and safe practices.
Implement detection and control of Hydrogen Sulfide and
other hazardous gases to prevent harmful exposure of
workers or the public.
Implement detection and control of any flammable
substances that may be emitted from the well or surface
facilities, to prevent accidental fire or explosion.
Direct work to be stopped when an unsafe act or condition is
identified. Resume work only after the hazard is removed or
safe procedures have been established.
Ensure incidents/accidents or near misses are reported and
investigated.

7.4.3 Employers Supervision

Safety legislation requires that employers provide all workers
with instruction, training and supervision by a competent
supervisor to ensure they carry out their work in a safe manner.
It is recommended that all employers provide their workers with
training and supervision that includes the following:
Provide all workers with a wellsite orientation.
Inform all workers of the employer's safety program
requirements and ensure these requirements are followed.
Ensure workers are aware of their rights and responsibilities
under OH&S legislation, including their right and obligation
to refuse to do unsafe work.
Provide workers with instruction and training on safe work
procedures for the assigned tasks, including rules from
relevant safety legislation.
Ensure workers new to a position receive direct supervision
by a competent worker until they have demonstrated the
ability to perform the assigned tasks safely.
Ensure only properly trained workers operate equipment or
machinery.
Conduct frequent inspections of the wellsite to ensure
workers are following safe work practices and applicable
OH&S regulations.
Identify hazards, inform all workers and the prime contractor
of the hazards. Establish procedures to remove or avoid the
hazards and ensure these steps are followed.
Stop work when an unsafe act or condition is identified and
take action to ensure conditions are safe before work is
resumed.
Ensure all hazardous materials to be used in their work have
been identified and that workers are given instruction as
required by WHMIS legislation.
Ensure the proper use and maintenance of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE).
Ensure that site-specific emergency response procedures are
in place and that all workers are prepared to follow them.
Report and investigate any accidents or near misses.

7.5 Requirements for Assigning Duties of
Wellsite Supervisor

7.5.1 A Supervisor Must be Assigned
IRP: The prime contractor must provide a competent wellsite
supervisor who has been assigned specific duties and
responsibilities as a representative of the prime contractor.

The prime contractor will determine if the supervisor is
competent based on the job requirements, the duties assigned
and an assessment of the supervisors training and work
experience as described in Section 7.7.

7.5.2 Agreement of Duties
IRP: Every wellsite supervisor must have a written description
and agreement of the duties and responsibilities assigned to
him by the prime contractor. As a minimum these duties
must include those listed in Section 7.4.2.2.
This written agreement must be renewed and updated at least
every 2 years, and whenever the assigned duties are changed.
7.5.3 Identify Wellsite Supervisor
IRP: The name of the wellsite supervisor representing the prime
contractor must be documented and posted at the wellsite.
It is also important that the wellsite supervisor can be easily
located and identified by all people at the wellsite.

A sample form for posting the name and basic duties of the
wellsite supervisor as well as the name of an alternate contact for
the prime contractor is given in Appendix B.

7.6 Training Requirements

7.6.1 Wellsite Supervisor
IRP: All wellsite supervisors must have valid certificates for the
training courses shown in the Section 7.6.3.

7.6.2 Operator or Prime Contractor

It is recommended that any individual working for the operator
or prime contractor who directs the work of a wellsite supervisor
should have the training courses shown in Section 7.6.3.

7.6.3 Training Requirements
Course
Renewal*
Frequency
(years)
Drilling
Supervisor
Completions
Workover
Supervisor
Person
Directing
Wellsite
Supervisor
Safety Management and
Regulatory Awareness for
Wellsite Supervision
3 Yes Yes Yes
Second Line Supervisors Well
Control
2 Yes No
Yes
for drilling
Well Service Blowout Prevention 5 No Yes
Yes
for
completions
& servicing
Detection and Control of
Flammable Substances
3 Optional Yes Optional
WHMIS** 3 Yes Yes Yes
Standard First Aid ** 3 Yes Yes Optional
TDG ** 3 Yes Yes Yes
H
2
S Alive

3 Yes Yes Yes
*Note: The requirements for renewal of certification for each
course vary.
Except where denoted by **, the courses recommended were
developed by Enform to meet the standards specified by
industry. Certificates are issued by Enform and accepted by
regulators as proof of adequate training. Some Enform
courses can be franchised which means that outside instructors
can be certified by Enform so that the course can be taught
outside of Enform, and successful students will receive the
Enform certificate. This process can be used if companies wish
to include Enform courses in their own in house training.

7.6.4 Description of Training Courses
7.6.4.1 Safety
Management
and Regulatory
Awareness for
Wellsite
Supervision
The three-day course, Safety Management and Regulatory
Awareness for Wellsite Supervision has been designed to ensure
wellsite supervisors and prime contractors are aware of their
responsibilities and roles with respect to Health and Safety at the
wellsite. Key legislated rules and industry practices for Alberta,
British Columbia and Saskatchewan are discussed and
summarized so that the wellsite supervisor/prime contractor can
research further details as needed. Responsibilities for health and
safety legislation, health and safety program elements,
supervisor's role, hazard identification, risk assessment and
control, inspections, incident investigation, emergency response,
and leadership skills are covered in the course.
7.6.4.2 Safety
Management
and Regulatory
Awareness for
Wellsite
Supervision
(Refresher)
This refresher course is designed to ensure wellsite supervisors
and prime contactors maintain a high level of awareness of their
responsibilities and roles with respect to safety management and
regulatory compliance at the Wellsite. Key legislated rules and
industry practices for Alberta, British Columbia, and
Saskatchewan are discussed and are summarized in an index
with references so that the wellsite supervisor/prime contractor
can research further details as needed. Responsibilities for health
and safety legislation, health and safety program elements,
hazard identification, risk assessment and control, inspections,
incident investigation, emergency response and leadership skills
are reviewed. This refresher will emphasize regulatory changes
and key industry issues from the preceding 3 years.
7.6.4.3 Second
Line
Supervisors
Well Control
This course deals with well control during open hole drilling
operations. Participants are required to perform well control
procedures and demonstrate the proper response to hole and
equipment problems using test well equipment. The course also
includes wellbore pressure concepts, well control strategies
while on bottom, tripping and while out of the hole, appropriate
techniques for management of people and equipment related to
well control at the wellsite.
7.6.4.4 Well
Service Blowout
Prevention
(BOP)
This course covers sources and magnitude of pressures, causes
of kicks, BOP equipment, kick warning signs, crew position and
duties, well shut-in procedures and well killing procedures for
cased-hole operations.
7.6.4.5
Detection and
Control of
Flammable
Substance
This course includes an introduction to flammable substances,
principles of flammable gas / vapor detection, care and
preparation of combustible gas monitors, interpreting
combustible gas readings and control methods.
7.6.4.6
Workplace
Hazardous
Materials
Information
Systems
(WHMIS)
Training
This course covers the basics of WHMIS, providing participants
with general knowledge and skills to work safely around
hazardous materials.

7.6.4.7 Standard
First Aid
The course provides participants with a basic theoretical and
practical knowledge of first aid procedures so they can apply
them both on and off the wellsite. This training is not intended to
meet any legislated requirements for first aid at the wellsite.
Specific first aid requirements including training of first aid
attendants at work sites vary between OH&S jurisdictions.
7.6.4.8
Transportation
of Dangerous
Goods (TDG)
Includes training in TDG legislation, classification of materials,
safety marks, documentation, safe handling requirements,
incident reporting and emergency response.
7.6.4.9 H
2
S
Alive
This course covers the physical properties and health hazards of
H
2
S, how to protect oneself and basic rescue techniques.
Participants are required to operate self-contained breathing
apparatus, an H
2
S detector device, and perform rescue breathing
on a mannequin.

7.7 Work Experience Assessment

7.7.1 Requirement for Assessment

In addition to the required training, a wellsite supervisor must
have experience with the type of work planned in order to carry
out the duties assigned in a competent manner. The type and
amount of experience required depends on the complexity of the
work and the specific duties assigned.
IRP: The prime contractor must conduct an assessment of the
supervisors work experience and training to ensure he has
the skills and knowledge required to meet the requirements
for the work and duties being assigned. This evaluation must
include the process steps and content described in Section
7.7.3. The evaluation must be documented, signed and kept
on file by the person to whom the supervisor is reporting.

7.7.2 Frequency of Re-Assessment
7.7.2.1
Continuous
Work Situations
All supervisors must have a current assessment from the prime
contractor they are working for. If the supervisor continues to
work for the same prime contractor, the assessment must be
updated at least every 2 years.
7.7.2.2 Changes
in Job
Assignment
When a supervisor is re-assigned to work that is significantly
more complex, then the prime contractor must re-assess his skill
levels to ensure they are adequate for the new work
requirements. In some cases this may be done by adding an
assessment of the additional skills required to the original
assessment. In any event, the assessment that the operator has
on file must include skill requirements for the major operations
of the actual wellsite work being supervised.

7.7.3 Assessment Process and Content
Requirements
7.7.3.1 Process
for Assessment
of Skill Level
For each duty assigned, the assessor must determine if the skill
level of the candidate meets the requirements to carry out the
task. This determination must be based on the education, training
and work history record plus the skills observed by the
references and the assessor. It is suggested the assessor rate the
candidate as either 'meets or exceeds requirements' or as
'requires additional training or experience' in which case
comments should be included as to what is required.
7.7.3.2 Required
Information
Record of Work
History and
References
Required Information Record of Work History and References
Name, address and phone #of the person being assessed
List of training certificates and dates each was issued
Record of all formal education and year each was completed,
if available
Record of work experience including:
- relevant wellsite experience other than as wellsite
supervision
- experience as a wellsite supervisor, if not entry level
- other relevant industry experience not at the wellsite

List of references starting with the last three employers (or
back 5 years) and including:
- name and phone #of reference
- name of the company or employer of the reference
- dates when candidate was employed including month
and year
- was this reference contacted by assessor? If so, on what
date?
Information about the person who did the assessment
including:
- name
- name of his company or employer
- job title or position
- address and phone #
- date the assessment was completed or updated
7.7.3.3 Minimum
Skill
Assessment
Requirements
The candidate must be assessed as having the skills required in
the following categories, considering the points described and
the work assigned:
Supervision and Leadership
- Demonstrate safe personal work habits
- Establish and maintain effective working relationships
- Communicate operational and safety requirements
effectively
Health & Safety
- Implement operators safety program at the Wellsite
- Conduct effective safety meetings
- Check that all employers have safe work procedures in
effect
- Check that all employer on-site supervisors are
performing their duties
- Monitor work to ensure safe work procedures and
regulations are followed
- Check that personal protective equipment is being used
as required
- Perform hazard assessments and implement hazard
controls
- Direct the detection and control of H
2
S, flammable
emissions and other hazardous atmospheric conditions
Emergency Response
- Establish and co-ordinate site-specific emergency
response procedures

Environmental Protection
- Carry out operations in accordance with environmental
regulation
- Check that waste disposal practices follow approved
procedures
- Contain and report spills, leaks or other environmental
damage
Well Control
- Ensure BOPs and other well control equipment meets
regulations
- Ensure inspection, function testing and pressure testing is
carried out
- Ensure kick detection equipment and practices are in place
- Ensure BOP training and certificates of personnel meet
regulations
- Conduct BOP drills as per regulations and operator
requirements
Operational Skills and Technical Knowledge
- Review and understand well design and program
requirements
- Ensure all operations comply with regulations and industry
standards
- Plan and co-ordinate equipment and services requirements
- Identify hazards associated with the work planned
- Ensure rig and equipment layout and spacing meets
regulations
- Ensure transportation of equipment meets all regulations
and bylaws
7.7.3.4
Additional Job
Specific Skill
Requirements
Specific knowledge and experience requirements for a particular
job depends on the type of work planned, the depth and
complexity of the well, the reservoir fluid properties including
H
2
S potential, the location of the well and any specific issues
related to public or environmental impact potential. The assessor
must have this knowledge about the job prior to assessing and
assigning an appropriate supervisor. Additional requirements for
the job must be included in the assessment of potential
supervisors based on these factors.
Note: Refer to IRP Volume 1 and ARP Volume 2 for specific
requirements for supervision on wells classified as 'critical sour'.

7.8 Performance Evaluation and Audits

Good management practices require that results achieved must
be compared to the goals and expectations on a regular basis in
order to identify performance gaps and opportunities for
improvement. The performance of wellsite supervisors must be
monitored and evaluated as part of this process. New supervisors
should be evaluated more frequently than supervisors with
proven track records.

7.8.1 Documentation

Good management practices require that results achieved must
be compared to the goals and expectations on a regular basis in
order to identify performance gaps and opportunities for
improvement. The performance of wellsite supervisors must be
monitored and evaluated as part of this process. New supervisors
should be evaluated more frequently than supervisors with
proven track records.

7.8.2 Inspections and Audits

Operators and prime contractors should inspect wellsite
operations on a regular basis. The person directing the wellsite
supervisor should conduct informal audits by visiting the
wellsite at appropriate times to observe operating procedures,
check records kept on location and get feedback from the
employers involved in the work. Operators and prime
contractors should also periodically conduct formal audits of
their safety management system using trained auditors. Refer to
IRP Volume 9 for recommendations on safety program audits.

7.8.3 Government Inspections

Government agencies conduct field inspections and audits of
field operations as necessary to ensure compliance with
regulations. The wellsite supervisor and the prime contractor
must assist the inspectors and support this process in a co-
operative manner.
Appendix A :
Levels of Control and Responsibility for Safety Management
Standards for Wellsite Supervision of Appendix A 35

Standards for Wellsite Supervision of Appendix B 36
Appendix B :
Notice of Wellsite Supervisor (Sample)
Note: Saskatchewan Labour has a sample Generic Form to assist in complying with Section 412 of OH&S
regulations in that province.
TAKE NOTICE that ___________________________________________(operator/prime contractor)
HEREBY APPOINTS _______________________________________________(name of supervisor)
as the wellsite supervisor of the following undertaking: Drilling Completion / Workover
Description of well operations to be carried out:

Located at the following well locations_______________________________________________________

During the time period from: _____day, __________month, ___________year
to: _____day, __________month, ___________year
ALTERNATE CONTACT: representative for the prime contractor if the Wellsite Supervisor becomes incapacitated or
is inaccessible: ____________________________________________________ ( name )
Contact phone #s __________________(work) __________________(cell) ___________________(home)

The Supervisors duties and responsibilities include the following matters:
Implement the prime contractors safety program at the wellsite.
Check that all employers on the wellsite have a safety program including safe work procedures.
Ensure all employers understand and agree to follow all requirements of the prime contractors safety program that
are not already met by their own safety program.
Direct and co-ordinate the efforts of all employers at the wellsite, including:
- review and clarification of roles and responsibilities of all employers and supervisors
- resolution of discrepancies between safe work procedures
- safe transportation, storage, use and disposal all hazardous substances
Identify hazards related to the specific wellsite, the planned program or the materials provided by the prime
contractor. Inform all employers of these hazards and ensure procedures are in place to control these hazards.
Ensure the following site specific hazard controls meet requirements and standards:
- well control and blowout prevention
- detection and control of Hydrogen Sulfide gas emissions
- detection and control of any flammable substances that may be emitted
Establish and direct site-specific emergency response procedures
Monitor work activities of all employers and work activities to verify:
- compliance with safety legislation
- safe work procedures and proper use of PPE are followed
- all employees receive supervision and training from their employer as per IRP Volume 7

The Supervisor is knowledgeable about and experienced in all of the matters listed above.
Assigned By:__________________________________ (representative of operator/ prime contractor)
Contact phone #s:___________________(work)___________________(cell)
Accepted By:__________________________________ (signed by wellsite supervisor )
Contact phone #s:___________________(work)___________________(cell)

SECTION 2 FORMS
Work Site Safety Plan Checklist
Bill C-45 Explanation
WH&S Bulletin Due Diligence
1406
1407
1416
1417
1426
1427
1436
1437
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
WORK SITE SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST
(Drilling & Completions Supervisors)
OPERATOR:
LOCATION:
WELL SITE SUPERVISOR: 6
RIG# / RIG MANAGER: 7
DATES: From: To:
The Operator is designated as the Prime Contractor for this operation. The Well Site Supervisor is
the agent of the Operator. The following checklist summarizes the key elements of the required work
site safety plan. Well Site Supervisors are requested to submit the completed checklist upon
completion of the job.
YES NO N/A
GENERAL 16
Have you reviewed and posted HARVARDs HS&E Policy & Safety Statement? 17
Have all identified landowner requirements been identified and addressed?
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENTS / INSPECTIONS
Is a Hazard Assessment completed for each task being conducted?
Are the results of Hazard Assessments reviewed during the Safety Meeting Process?
Review Well Site Layout (as per provincial regulatory requirements).
Have the rig anchors been installed and tested as required?
Are CAODC rig inspections or equivalent being completed as required?
Have you received copies of all inspections completed on the worksite? 26
Has the CAODC BOP been completed as required? 27
Have the mouse/rat holes been identified prior to moving completion rig on site.
SAFETY COMMUNICATION
Are Safety Meetings held on regular basis?
Are the meetings documented and are you receiving copies of the meeting minutes?
As the Supervisor have you attended pre-job safety meetings for critical/non critical
operations?
Have you reviewed regulatory permits and license conditions? 36
Safe Work Permits: have you identified requirements and issued necessary permits? 37
Has a pre-job tailgate safety meeting been conducted prior to each specialized
operation?
INCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION
Are Contractors and their personnel aware of the HARVARD incident reporting procedures,
and are they complying?
Are you ensuring all incidents/near misses are investigated reported and corrective
measures implemented?
46
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING 47
Has the Corporate/Site Specific ERP been reviewed with onsite personnel?
Have emergency numbers and directions to lease been posted and is a map of area
available for quick reference?
Are lease signs adequate to direct emergency response workers to the site?
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
YES NO N/A
Have muster points been identified and all personnel aware of them?
Are First Aid/Emergency Services available including a transportation method? 56
Are supplies well maintained and do they meet regulated standards? 57
Has the communication equipment on the worksite been tested for emergency response
procedures?
HAVE SAFE WORK PROCEDURES BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR THE FOLLOWING JOB
HAZARDS?
Sour operations.
Hot work.
Confined space / Restriced space entry.
Overhead power lines. 66
Hazardous materials. 67
Ground disturbances (buried pipelines, electrical, telephone)
Control Hazardous Energy
Pressure testing.
Radioactive sources.
Appropriate work procedures available on-site and posted as required.
Fall protection to include use of man basket & high angle rescue training.
Other non-regular operations. _____________________________
Well flow back operations including DST testing.
LEL Monitoring. 76
77
WORKER HEALTH AND SAFETY
Is appropriate personal protective equipment and other safety equipment available and
being used by all workers? (i.e. F. R. clothing).
Is the PPE and safety equipment in good working order and is there a preventative
maintenance and inspection program for equipment?
Is there special monitoring equipment available? (i.e. H
2
S, LEL).
Have you review local access hazards and speed limits?
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 86
Have all workers on site completed an HARVARD Safety Orientation (Handbooks) and do 87
they have an orientation hardhat sticker?
Have you collected the orientation quizzes/acknowledgement sheets from the workers?
First Aid/CPR; verify number of qualified people available on site _______
H
2
S
; verify number of qualified people on site ________.
Blow out prevention certification: Rig Manager ____ Drillers ____ Site Supervisor ____
WHMIS / TDG: Rig Manager ____ Drillers ____ Crew ____ Site Supervisor ____
CONTRACTOR SAFETY PROGRAMS
Do Contractors have safety programs in place and available on site? 96
97
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Have fuels and chemicals are properly stored?
Is the required waste handling, storage and disposal procedures in place?
Have all spills been cleaned up immediately and reported?
CAMP (If Applicable)
Are there adequate smoke detectors and fire extinguishers?
Are regular emergency drills conducted, and do they correct deficiencies identified?
Have Camp Rules been posted at the main entrance and kitchen area of camp? 106
107
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
WELL SITE SUPERVISORS COMMENTS:
SUPERVISOR DATE
116
Bill C-45: Criminal Liability of Organizations
On March 31, 2004, criminal code amendments made to bill C-45 became law. These
changes now base corporate criminal liability on the actions and moral fault of the
organization as a whole. This would include the failure of managerial officers who
reasonably ought to have known what was happening or who were not reasonably
diligent in establishing or monitoring mechanisms for compliance with corporate
policies.
An organization is defined as a public body, body corporate, society, company, firm,
partnership, trade union, municipality and associations, with a common purpose, with an
operational structure that holds itself out as an association.
The amendments to Bill C-45 have the following intent:
Criminal liability of corporations and organizations is no longer dependent on a senior
member of the organization but rather all PERSONS DIRECTING WORK must ensure
reasonable steps have been taken to safeguard BOTH WORKER and the PUBLIC.
The Criminal Code had the following provisions:
Criminal Negligence 219. (1) Everyone is criminally negligent who
(a) in doing anything, or
(b) in omitting to do anything that is his duty to do,
shows wanton or reckless disregard for the lives or safety
of other persons.
Definition of duty (2) For the purposes of this section, duty means a duty
imposed by law.
Duty of persons 217. Every one who undertakes to do an act is under a legal
duty to do it if an undertaking acts omission to do the act is
or may be dangerous to life.
Bill C-45 introduced new Section 217.1 as follows:
Duty of persons 217.1. Every one who undertakes, or has the authority, to
direct how another person does work or performs a task is
under a legal duty to take reasonable steps to prevent bodily
harm to that person, or any other person, arising from that
work or task.
Section 217.1 creates an express legal duty for those directing minds who direct the
work or another. This responsibility expands to include all representatives of the
corporation or organization who exercise delegated and operation authority.
Representatives can include a director, partner, employee, member, agent or contractor.
Penalties:
Organizations cannot be imprisoned and so the Criminal Code provides for fines. For a
summary conviction the fine increased from $25,000 to $100,000. For indictable
offences there is no maximum fine established and it is non tax deductible.
Probation is now an optional condition a court may consider imposing on an
organization. These probation terms may include:
1. Making restitution to any person for the loss/damage caused.
2. Establish policies, standards and procedures to reduce the likelihood of another
offence
3. Communicate these policies, standards and procedures to the representatives
4. Report to the court for the implementation of these policies, standards and procedures
5. Identify the senior offices responsible for the implementation of these policies,
standards and procedures.
6. Provide information to the public as to the offence for which convicted, sentence
imposed and measures the organization is taking to reduce the likelihood of repetition in
the future.
Recommendations:
It is vital to your organization that you demonstrate due diligence. Here is a list of
questions that can assist in limiting liability and exposure for your organization:
1. Do you have a Health and Safety program?
2. Have you ensured your Health and Safety program is being implemented?
3. Have you ensured your Health and Safety program meets regulations?
4. Is your organization in compliance WCB and Provincial Occupational Health and
Safety acts, codes and regulations?
5. Have you verified that your personnel and contractors have appropriate training?
6. Have you established a paper trail to demonstrate training records and compliance to
government Health and Safety regulations?
3.0 SAFETY PLAN MANAGEMENT
A Safety Program is ineffective unless there is a plan to manage it. The manual is full of
information to help manage the Program. Unless each element of the Program is put into
practice there is no Program and the manual becomes useless. Putting it into practice requires 1446
the participation of all company employees and contractors. Safety is everyones responsibility. 1447
This section of the manual attempts to provide a management plan that is easy to understand
and provides specific tools to assist the supervisor to manage the Program in the field.
3.1 THE OPERATIONS PROGRAM (DRILLING & COMPLETIONS)
The principle safety document for any drilling or completions operation should be the
Operations Program. The Program should be well thought out by the Drilling/Completions
Engineer and structured so that the project is accomplished in the most efficient and effective 1456
way with safety of workers and environmental protection an unconditional priority. 1457
It is important that the Wellsite Supervisor be clear in his/her understanding as to what his/her
responsibilities and expectations are as the representative of the owner/operator and/or Prime
Contractor. It is recommended that, in addition to a detailed operational procedure that
accomplishes the above, a section be added to each drilling and completions program similar
in content to the following:
Instructions to Well Site Supervisor Regarding Safety and Waste Management
1466
All operations on this project must comply with HARVARDs Safety Program, the 1467
drilling contractors' Safety Program and all applicable regulations.
The Well Site Supervisor is to complete the attached Work Site Safety Plan
Checklist at the beginning of this project and return it to the Calgary office with the
final operations report.
Post HARVARDS "Safety Statement" in a prominent location such as the
doghouse and/or camp dining area.
An Emergency Response Plan must be prepared based on the work site hazard
assessment with input from affected workers. Emergency response items must
address, at a minimum, key internal and external contacts, first aid plan / medical 1476
transportation, fire protection, rescue and evacuation. Individual work sites may 1477
need to add additional items specific to their operation based both on the work
site hazard assessment as well as regulatory requirements. Emergency response
training must be appropriate to the work site and potential emergencies identified
in the ERP. A copy of this ERP must be submitted with the final operations report.
Well Site Supervisor is to issue Safe Work Permits for all Hot Work, Confined
Space Entry and Ground Disturbances. Copies of these must be submitted with
the final report.
All contractors must be issued Safe Work Permits.
The CAODC rig inspection checklist must be completed and discussed with the 1486
Drilling Engineer prior to drilling out surface casing. Further inspections are to be 1487
completed as required.
Run BOP drill with each crew after drilling out.
Have BOP stack and all associated equipment pressure tested individually and
recorded on a chart.
Post maximum allowable casing pressure (MACP) in doghouse and in manifold
shack.
Install safety fences around all sumps.
Attend and take a lead role at all safety meetings. Safety meetings should be held
regularly with each crew and before each critical operation. 1496
In accordance with ERCB Directive D58 all waste must be manifested prior to 1497
leaving the location. It is the Well Site Supervisors' responsibility to ensure this is
done.
All contractors must be fully covered by the WCB as well as carry a minimum
liability insurance of $2,000,000.
Notify HARVARDS field office, surface owner/occupant, and nearby area
residents when moving rig on or off location and prior to any events that will
significantly impact them.
Report all safety and environmental incidents on the appropriate form.
1506
3.2 THE SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST 1507
This Checklist has been designed to provide the Production/Wellsite Supervisor with a guide to
most of the safety issues that must be addressed on site. It is intended that the Checklist be
applied to each of HARVARDs operating areas. It is recommended that the
Production/Wellsite Supervisor for each area review the Checklist for his area(s) at regular
intervals and that they be reviewed at safety meetings.
3.3 THE SAFETY STATEMENT
1516
This document is intended to be a statement to all workers at a work site from HARVARD 1517
management. It is to be posted in a conspicuous location such as the field office, lunch areas,
etc.
1526
1527
SECTION 3 FORMS
Safety Statement
SAFETY STATEMENT 1536
1537
TO BE POSTEDAT EVERY WORK SITE
Well/Facility Name: ________________________________________________________________
TO: ALL EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYERS AT THIS SITE
HARVARD ENERGY LTD. IS COMMITTED TO A SAFE WORKING ENVIRONMENT. 1546
SAFETY WILL NOT BE COMPROMISED BY USING UNSAFE EQUIPMENT OR 1547
PROCEDURES. THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY TO ALL HARVARD OPERATED
WORK SITES.
1. All supervisory personnel, whether consultants or HARVARD employees, and
contractor personnel employed at this site must have received suitable training
and be sufficiently experienced to carry out his/her job duties.
2. Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment must be worn on work sites as
indicated by a completed Hazard Assessment. This may include hard hats, 1556
hearing protection, CSA approved footwear, eye protection and other Personal 1557
Protective Equipment as required.
3. All unsafe equipment or working conditions must be reported to your supervisor
or the well site supervisor immediately. Should the unsafe condition not be
rectified the personnel involved should report to the following by collect
telephone call:
Project Manager: ______________________________________________________
Business:_______________________ Cell: _________________________ 1566
1567
Operations Manager:___________________________________________________
Business:_______________________ Cell: _________________________
4. Regular safety meetings and inspections must be carried out and properly
documented.
5. Any accident, whether lost time or otherwise, unsafe acts or near misses must
be reported immediately by the work site supervisor to the above by telephone
and in writing by the next morning. The contractors written report, and if 1576
required, copies of the applicable provincial W.C.B. forms MUST BE FAXED TO 1577
THE CALGARY OFFICE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
4.0 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION & ASSESSMENT
4.1 OVERVIEW
Occupational Health and Safety Codes require employers to assess a worksite and identify
existing or potential hazards before work begins or prior to the construction of a new work site,
or before the construction of significant additions or alterations to a work site. Employers must
prepare a report that provides the results of the assessment and specifies the methods that will 1586
be used to control or eliminate the hazards. 1587
All contractors are required to conduct their own pre-job safety hazard assessment. All
HARVARD personnel must conduct a pre-job assessment and complete the required Job
Safety Analysis (JSA) for the task at hand. HARVARDS HSE Department will review the pre-
job hazard assessments, update the JSA or develop new ones and review task analysis.
Hazards are to be eliminated whenever it is reasonably practicable to do so. If elimination is not
reasonably practicable, hazards must be controlled:
1596
First by using engineering controls; 1597
Then administrative controls;
And finally, as a last option, by using personal protective equipment.
There may also be situations where emergency action is required to control or eliminate a
hazard that is dangerous to the safety or health of workers. Only those workers competent in
correcting the hazardous condition may be exposed to the hazard.
Recognizing potential hazards and taking steps to control them is a major part of HARVARDs
Safety Program. A hazard is any situation with the potential to do injury or damage to people, 1606
property, or the environment. 1607
The objectives of the hazard assessment guidelines are to:
Outline a strategy for identifying all potential process and work site hazards.
Establish a standard for assessing critical and repetitive tasks.
Establish standards for evaluating, prioritizing, and implementing alternate hazard
control measures. 1616
1617
With the development of hazard assessment guidelines, and the implementation of training
programs, HARVARD is prepared to:
1. Identify, document, and assess any necessary process/operating safety information.
2. Identify, document, and report potential process and operative hazards and overall
risk.
3. Estimate the likelihood and consequence of each hazard utilizing the Risk Matrix. 1626
1627
4. Identify and document required safeguards for preventing, detecting or mitigating
potential incidents.
5. Implement recommendations for controlling and eliminating the hazards identified.
4.2 RESPONSIBILITY
HARVARD must, at all worksites:
1636
Be able to produce a thorough, comprehensive, written hazard assessment applicable to 1637
the worksite or work activities being reviewed;
Indicate the methods used to control or eliminate the hazards identified;
Where hazards are not eliminated, HARVARD should be able to justify the
appropriateness of those chosen to control through the use of administrative
procedures and personal protective equipment.
Involve workers in assessing, controlling, and eliminating potential hazards;
HARVARD should be able to indicate which workers were involved and to what 1646
extent. 1647
Be able to show how information regarding hazards and their controls are communicated to
workers.
HARVARD must be able to show how workers were informed of findings and
recommendations, including when and by what means (ie: safety meetings, posted
checklists, etc.), and how workers can access the written assessment.
Ensure that any employer on a work site is made aware of any existing or potential work
site hazards that may affect that employers workers. 1656
1657
4.3 SIZE AND SCOPE OF ASSESSMENTS
The size and scope of the written hazard assessment will vary based on the complexity of the
operations and the extent to which those operations present hazards to workers. A single
hazard assessment may be undertaken for multiple worksites IF the same hazards are faced at
all worksites and the safe work practices to be followed are identical at each worksite. Should
differences be discovered, then HARVARD must perform an individual assessment that takes
the new findings into consideration. Once new controls are implemented, the job or work 1666
should be reviewed to ensure that the hazard(s) has been reduced to acceptable levels. 1667
4.4 ASSESSMENT INTERVALS
The findings of the initial hazard assessment may not change for an extended period of time
but further assessments are required:
At reasonably practicable intervals to prevent the development of unsafe and
unhealthy working conditions. Hazard assessments shall include buildings, structures,
grounds, excavations, tools, equipment, work procedures and practices. 1676
When a new work process is introduced. This may involve the use of new or different 1677
materials, chemicals, equipment, etc. with which workers are unfamiliar.
When a work process or operation changes. This may include the introduction of a new
process, operation, or piece of equipment.
Prior to construction of a new worksite or before the construction of significant
additions or alterations to the work site. This identifies potential problems being built
into the new worksite and eliminates them at the design stage.
1686
If hazardous conditions are discovered every time an assessment or inspection is done, then 1687
assessments or inspections should be done more frequently, thus reducing the length of time
that workers are exposed to a particular hazard. The presence of numerous, uncontrolled
hazards would suggest that the assessment was inadequate and efforts to eliminate or control
those hazards were incomplete or ineffective.
If no hazardous conditions are found, assessment intervals should not be reduced. If
everything is being done correctly and hazards are not being missed, then the inspections are
doing what they are supposed to do keeping conditions safe and under control.
1696
4.5 PROCESS OF HAZARD IDENTIFICATION 1697
In its simplest form, a hazard assessment answers the question What if?.
For example, What if
I dont put a guardrail around that elevated work platform?
I dont enforce the wearing of seat belts in all company vehicles?
I dont have our workers wear eye protection while grinding?
I dont have the workers test the atmosphere before entering a vessel?
1706
When assessing hazards, it is important to determine whether a hazard is significant and 1707
whether satisfactory precautions have been taken to reduce the chances of worker injury.
The hazard assessment process begins by listing all the types of work and work-related
activities that happen at the worksite or the work area within the worksite. The next step is to
break it down into clearly identifiable worksites so that the assessment task becomes
manageable. Then consider the size and location of worksites, their geographical location, and
the activities that happen there. For example, the operation might be broken down as follows:
a. permanent worksite office building, warehouse 1716
b. field worksite locations where field operations are carried out 1717
c. mobile worksite vehicles and mobile equipment
Once the worksites have been identified, proceed with the next four steps:
Step 1
Describe the types of work and work-related activities carried out at each worksite.
1726
Step 2 1727
Determine the hazards associated with the listed work-related activities.
Hazards are often grouped into four categories:
Physical hazards, for example:
Lifting and handling loads
Slipping and tripping
Moving parts of equipment/machinery
Working at heights 1736
Pressurized systems 1737
Vehicles
Fire
Electricity
Excess noise
Extreme temperatures
Chemical hazards, for example:
Chemicals (ie: solvents)
Dusts (ie: from grinding, sandblasting)
Fumes (ie: welding) 1746
Mists and vapours 1747
Biological hazards, for example:
Viruses, bacteria
Moulds
Sewage
Psychological hazards, for example:
Stress
Fatigue
Working conditions
Workplace violence 1756
1757
Step 3
Based on these activities and hazards present, create checklists or similar tools to help
identify existing or potential hazards (refer to Hazard Assessment Tools and Checklists,
Section 4.8).
Step 4
Identify and prioritize (ie: high hazard jobs, tasks, work areas) in order to determine
which hazards need to be assessed first.
1766
4.6 TYPES OF INSPECTIONS 1767
Formal and informal work site inspections are a critical process in recognizing potential hazards
and in taking the necessary steps to control them. Inspections require the full participation
of all workers, supervisors and management, who must take responsibility for identifying
and controlling the hazards within their work area.
Any unsafe or harmful conditions found in the course of such inspections shall be
documented, remedied and communicated to workers without delay.
4.6.1 On-Going Informal Inspections 1776
1777
All company employees and contractors should be continually on the look-out
for conditions or procedures that create circumstances which may lead to
injury, harm to the environment or risk to the public.
Workers should promptly report to their supervisor any hazards observed on
the work site.
4.6.2 Planned Inspections (Formal)
1786
Supervisors must conduct and document regular inspections of process, 1787
equipment, work site conditions, employee actions and job procedures to
identify hazards. Contractor work site inspections are done cooperatively with
both the operating company and the contractor, using the standards set out
by HARVARD, the government, and industry associations.
4.6.3 Safety Audits, Loss Prevention Surveys and Regulatory
Inspections
Formal inspections may also be carried out by corporate safety personnel or 1796
outside agencies such as insurance underwriter representatives or 1797
Occupational Health and Safety inspectors. These inspections are carried out
at varying frequencies depending upon perceived risks and location.
Copies of any inspection reports that are generated as a result of an
inspection by an outside agency must be forwarded to the Head Office.
4.6.4 Equipment Preventive Maintenance
Proper equipment maintenance is a preventive measure against accidents 1806
and costly breakdowns of all equipment including pressurized vessels, 1807
rotating equipment, personal protective and safety equipment. Each area
should develop a detailed program with periodic and pre-shift equipment
checklists, maintenance manuals, and maintenance procedures.
Supervisors are to ensure all company equipment has preventive
maintenance manuals and that proper maintenance is performed and
recorded. Supervisors must also check the condition of rented equipment and
ensure necessary maintenance before use. Operators or equipment are
responsible for bringing any equipment or machine deficiencies to the 1816
supervisors attention. 1817
4.6.5 Incident Investigation Findings
The findings of incident investigations may identify hazards involved. 1826
Unfortunately, this is an after-the-fact manner of hazard identification therefore 1827
this approach should only be used as a supplement to the above methods.
Figure 1: Hazard Identification, Elimination and Control Flowchart
Hazards cannot always be eliminated, however, assessing and understanding their natures and potentials
are critical to developing acceptable controls to avoid incidents, injury and losses in business.
1836
1837
INSPECTIONS
Ongoing (informal)
Planned (formal)
Safety & Loss Control Audit
Physical Conditions Survey
Loss Prevention Surveys Inspections
Process Hazard Analysis (PHAs)
(see Table 1, Summary of Inspections)
Identify Hazard from Inspection
Can hazard be corrected immediately?
Evaluate hazard using the Risk Matrix
Correct the hazard by:
Eliminating or controlling by use of engineering
controls (ie: elimination, substitution, redesign,
isolation, automation, barriers, ventilation, etc.);
Administrative controls that control hazard to a level
as reasonably achievable (ie: safe work practice,
procedure, permits, training, etc.);
Use of personal protective equipment.
You are not restricted to a single approach. Some hazards
require the combined use of all three methods.
NO
YES *
*Harvard recognizes
that for the majority of
field worksites, the
hazards identified are
addressed immediately
and would not require a
risk ranking procedure.
4.7 RISK MATRIX
High: RequiresAction Moderate: Actionor further study Low: Investigationasresourcespermit
SEVERITY
LIKELIHOOD
FREQUENT
Expectedtooccur
routinelyor repeatedly
over thelifeof the
facility. Weeklyor
monthly: probability
0.1
PROBABLE
Commonlyknownto
occur but not routine.
Likelytohappenat
several timesinthe
lifeof thefacility.
Yearlyor longer:
probability0.01
OCCASIONAL
Likelytooccur sometime
inthefacilitylife. Not
normallyexpectedunless
precautionarymeasures
fall. Onceevery10
years: probability
0.0001
REMOTE
(Unlikely)
Hashappened
somewhereand
couldconceivably
occur at thisfacility
but isveryunlikely.
Probability
0.000001to0.001
IMPROBABLE
Sounlikely, assumed
impossiblethat thiswill
ever happenat this
facility. Probability
0.000001
MAJOR (Catastrophic)
Personnel: Permanentlydisablinginjury
or fatality
Public: Exposedtolife threatening
accident
Environment: Largeuncontained
product/chemical releaseintowater
Equipment Damagewhichresultsin
downtimeof 10days+
1
EXTREME RISK
STOP:
Evaluate
thoroughly. Take
stepstoreduce
risksbefore
restarting
2
HIGH RISK
Evaluatethoroughly.
Takeall necessary
stepstoreducerisks.
3
MEDIUM RISK
Evaluate. Take
appropriatestepsto
reducerisks.
4
LOW RISK
Evaluate. Consider
alternativesfor
reducingrisks.
5
MINIMAL RISK
Reviewandevaluate
needfor reducing
potential risks.
SERIOUS
Personnel: Lost timeinjurywith
partial or nodisability
Public: Exposedtopotential
injuryaccident
Environment: Largeuncontained
product/chemical release
Equipment: Damagewhichresultsin
downtimeof 1-10days
2
HIGH RISK
Evaluatethoroughly.
Takeall necessary
stepstoreducerisks.
3
MEDIUM RISK
Evaluate. Take
appropriatestepsto
reducerisks.
4
LOW RISK
Evaluate. Consider
alternativesfor reducing
risks.
5
MINIMAL RISK
Reviewand
evaluateneedfor
reducingpotential
risks.
7
NO RISK
Noreviewrequired
MINOR
(Important / Noticeable)
Personnel: Injuryrequiringmedical/
first aidwithnolost time
Public: Noimpact
Environment: Product/chemical release
containedonlease
Equipment: Damagewhichresultsin
downtimelessthan1day
3
MEDIUM RISK
Evaluate. Take
appropriatestepsto
reducerisks.
4
LOW RISK
Evaluate. Consider
alternativesfor
reducingrisks.
5
MINIMAL RISK
Reviewandevaluate
needfor reducing
potential risks.
6
NEGLIGIBLE
RISK
Reviewtoconfirm
potential risks.
7
NO RISK
Noreviewrequired
NEGLIGIBLE
Personnel: Injuryrequiringminimal or nofirst aid
Public: Noimpact
Environment: Product/chemical release
containedinprocess
Equipment: Negligibledowntimeof
lessthan6hours
4
LOW RISK
Evaluate. Consider
alternativesfor
reducingrisks.
5
MINIMAL RISK
Reviewandevaluate
needfor reducing
potential risks.
6
NEGLIGIBLE RISK
Reviewtoconfirm
potential risks.
7
NO RISK
Noreviewrequired
7
NO RISK
Noreviewrequired
NONE
6
NEGLIGIBLE
RISK
Reviewtoconfirm
potential risks
6
NEGLIGIBLE
RISK
Reviewtoconfirm
potential risks
7
NO RISK
Noreviewrequired
7
NO RISK
Noreviewrequired
7
NO RISK
Noreviewrequired
4.8 HAZARD ASSESSMENT TOOLS AND CHECKLISTS
Checklists or worksheets are a popular means of conducting an assessment and they serve as
a survey tool, directing the person or team performing the assessment to look at the specific
hazards.
For each hazard identified, recommendations to eliminate or control it must be addressed. This
process should include specific actions required to correct the problem, determine who is
responsible for performing the corrective action, and when each corrective action is to be
completed.
One approach for hazard identification is a checklist as follows:
Hazard Potential Harm
Action Proposed /
Control
Completion
Date
By who?
Frequency of
Follow-up
Noise from
(indicate
equipment)
Hearing loss
assessed at more
than 85 dBA
No alternative machinery.
Machine already enclosed.
Workers to wear hearing
protection.
Not
applicable
Annual noise
survey
Moving parts of
(indicate
equipment)
Cuts, bruising, arm
trapped
Place guards over moving
parts.
Within 2
days
Check
compliance
monthly
Chemical
(indicate
chemical)
Burns, inhalation,
etc.
No adequate alternative
chemical.
Enclose process.
Personal protective
equipment FR clothing,
gloves, safety glasses.
Review MSDS.
Within 1
week
Check
compliance
monthly
The following is an example of an equipment preventative maintenance checklist:
Equipment Monthly Yearly Other
Breathing Apparatus Visual Cylinders for air
quality
Metal composite
cylinders hydrostatic
every 3 years
Fibre-wrapped
cylinders hydrostatic
every 5 years
Cranes Visual As per
manufacturers
specifications
Fire Extinguishers Visual As per NFPA 10
Portable Fire
Extinguisher
Stored pressure
hydrostatic every 5
years
Cartridge operated
hydrostatic every 12
years
Gas Detectors As per manufacturers
specifications
Hard Hats Visual Visual Every 3 year
replacement
Oxygen Analyzers As per manufacturers
specifications
Pressure Vessels Per government
regulations
Per manufacturers
specifications
Rigging (means rope, wire
rope, chains, slings, etc.)
Before using
Per government
regulations
Per manufacturers
specifications
The following lists are intended as a guideline for controlling identified hazards when
conducting detailed site inspections. Additional controls and inspections may be required
dependent upon the activities and identified hazards at the work site.
INDEX OF HAZARD CONTROLS
4.8.1 Chemicals and Fuel 4.8.20 Mechanical Power Systems
4.8.2 Compress Gas Cylinders 4.8.21 Noise Exposure
4.8.3 Confined/Restricted Space
Entry
4.8.22 Personal Protective Equipment
4.8.4 Electrical Power Systems 4.8.23 Platforms/Scaffolding
4.8.5 Emergency Instructions 4.8.24 Pneumatic Power Systems
4.8.6 Emergency Rescue
Equipment
4.8.25 Pressure Vessel and Piping
4.8.7 Energy Isolation 4.8.26 Signs and Tags
4.8.8 Ergonomic Factors 4.8.27 Stacking and Storage
4.8.9 Exit/Egress 4.8.28 Stairs
4.8.10 Eye Bath and Showers 4.8.29 Substance Abuse
4.8.11 Fatigue 4.8.30 Trenching/Excavating
4.8.12 Fire Protection 4.8.31 Valves and Mechanical Controls
4.8.13 First Aid
Kits/Stations/Equipment
4.8.32 Vehicles and Equipment
4.8.14 Hand and Portable Tools 4.8.33 Ventilation and Extraction
4.8.15 Hydraulic Power Systems 4.8.34 Violence and Harassment
4.8.16 Ladders 4.8.35 Warning Systems
4.8.17 Lifting/Gear Equipment 4.8.36 Waste Disposal
4.8.18 Lighting 4.8.37 WHMIS/TDG
4.8.19 Material Handling 4.8.38 Work Surfaces, Floors &
Roadways
4.8.1 Chemicals and Fuels
Tanks/drums are made of appropriate material.
Tanks are adequately vented to a safe location.
Pressure relief valves are provided on tanks.
Tanks/drums are grounded and bonding provisions are made when
dispensing.
Adequate spill containment is available.
Proper spill absorbent materials and/or drainage are provided.
Container corrosion prevention is in place.
Tanks/drums are adequately supported.
Temperature is controlled to prevent boiling.
Adequate storage cabinets are provided; fire resistant and vented.
Sufficient cabinet storage space is available.
Storage is heated by means not constituting a source of ignition.
CSA or UL approved portable safety containers are used as required.
No smoking signs are posted where required.
Non arching type fans are installed in hazardous substance storage
areas.
Materials are separated to avoid incompatibility reactions.
Means of exit/egress have been prescribed.
Piping exterior is colour coded.
Water is available to flush eyes and skin.
4.8.2 Compressed Gas Cylinders
Stored upright and secured in accordance with manufacturers
specifications.
Segregated by contents and legibly marked.
Caps are in place and hand-tight.
Protection against rust/corrosion is in place.
Stored separate from heat sources and compressed oxygen cylinders.
Stored away from stairs, elevators and egress routes.
Inspected for dents, corrosion and test records.
Adequate ventilation in storage areas.
WHMIS information is available.
4.8.3 Confined & Restricted Space Entry
Spaces that are restricted and which may become hazardous when a
worker enters it due to the hazards identified.
Spaces that are partially enclosed and have a restricted access/egress.
Procedures for entry are available.
Equipment is available.
Workers are trained in procedures, testing, breathing apparatus and
rescue.
Toxic vapours, materials, and harmful atmospheric contaminants are
identified.
Oxygen deficiencies/enrichment is rectified/noted.
4.8.4 Electrical Power Systems
High voltage and control panels are closed and secured.
Control panels are identified and accessible.
General conditions or wiring, insulation and fixtures are acceptable.
Grounding is tested.
Explosion-proof fixtures are installed in flammable areas.
Flexible cords are free of splices.
Energy isolation provisions as prescribed.
Equipment energy-isolating devices have provision for individual
disconnects.
Electrical equipment is protected from fluids.
Adequate provisions for manual re-starting after power failures.
4.8.5 Emergency Instructions
Operational placards/decals are visible on emergency controls; for
example, on-off, open-closed, etc.
Potential emergencies have been identified and action plans established.
Emergency instructions are posted at the primary telephone in each work
area.
Fire hazard symbols are posted in facilities containing hazardous
substances.
Back up communication systems are available.
Emergency drills have been conducted.
4.8.6 Emergency Rescue Equipment
Adequate equipment is available and properly located.
Proper serviceable condition is maintained.
Employees are adequately trained and qualified in the use and limitations
of equipment.
4.8.7 Energy Isolation
Positive energy isolators are provided for all power systems and
individually powered equipment.
Scissor lock-outs permit group lock-out by multiple personnel.
Tags or colour codes indicate user of lock-out.
Energy isolation provides means to reduce system/equipment to a zero
energy state; for example steam, air, electrical, hydraulic.
4.8.8 Ergonomic Factors
Design allows normal body positions when seated or standing.
Controls are sized to permit operation with clothing/equipment normally
worn.
Controls follow normal response patterns (down for off, etc.)
Standard colour codes are used for warnings and informational displays.
Hand tools used permit normal body positions.
Mechanical listing device is available where required.
4.8.9 Exit/Egress
Sufficient exits for prompt escape.
No locks or fastenings restrict escape.
Routes and exits are clearly marked.
Exits and exit signs are adequately illuminated.
More than one exit from work area is available.
Approaches to exits are unobstructed.
Flammable materials are kept out of exits.
Cleaned of snow and ice.
Open outward onto level floor/ground.
4.8.10 Eye Baths and Showers
Readily available and accessible in areas where caustic/corrosive
chemicals are used.
Water supply provides a minimum of 15 minutes flush at a comfortable
temperature.
Proper signs and instructions are posted.
Flushed frequently to eliminate contaminants.
4.8.11 Fatigue
Ensure workers have adequate recovery for sleep between shifts.
Train company and contractor personnel in identifying and addressing fatigue related
concerns.
Conduct safety meetings to ensure workers understand the risks associated with
working while fatigued.
4.8.12 Fire Protection
Area/operation has been evaluated for explosion potential and procedures
have been developed.
Hot work procedures are developed.
Ignition sources are identified.
The possibility of a static electricity problem is addressed.
Hazardous areas have been identified and access is controlled.
Fire retardant clothing is available.
Portable extinguishers appropriate for type of materials are readily
available.
Extinguishers are properly maintained and usable.
Fire hoses are properly mounted, accessible and maintained.
Fire equipment is visibly marked and access is unobstructed.
Fire doors, lids and shutters are in good repair and unobstructed with
fusible links intact.
Sprinkler heads have proper clearance from materials and furnishings.
Sprinkler master control valves are accessible and locked open.
4.8.13 First Aid Kits / Stations / Equipment
Adequate materials and equipment are available and properly located.
Sufficient number of people trained in first aid are available.
4.8.14 Hand and Portable Tools
Proper general conditions of tools, electrical cords and air hoses.
Proper storage when not in use.
Guards and safety devices are serviceable and used.
Electrical grounding or double insulation protected.
Power tools equipped with constant pressure switches.
Tool retainers are installed on pneumatic tools.
Adjustments are correct.
Load rating is sufficient for work performed.
Correct tools are provided with proper training.
4.8.15 Hydraulic Power Systems
Pressure is regulated within power limits.
General conditions; examine for leaks, dents, nicks and severe scratches
of pressure lines and fittings.
Fluid pressure lines are identified.
Remote shut-off is available.
Inspections are recorded.
4.8.16 Ladders
Meet CSA standard.
Safety feet are in serviceable condition.
Non-painted and free of grease and oil.
Properly positioned; tied in at top.
Doors are blocked open, locked or guarded if in front of a ladder.
Supported in place against window openings.
1 m extension above roof if used for access to roof (or platform).
Defective ladders have danger tags affixed.
Metal ladders are not used in electrical areas.
Fixed ladders have landing platforms every 6.5 m.
Fixed ladders above 3 m have cages.
4.8.17 Lifting Gear / Equipment
General condition, damage, cleanliness, lubrication and servicing.
Log books are maintained.
Legibly labeled as to capacity and load testing.
Safe access (steps or platform) to cab/seat.
Limit stops are operational.
Hoist motor brakes are operational.
All controls are operational.
Hooks are not deformed or damaged and safety latches intact.
In-running nip points are guarded.
4.8.18 Lighting
Walking and working areas are adequately illuminated.
Lighting fixtures are clean.
Illumination level is sufficient for detail or work performed.
4.8.19 Materials Handling
Adequate equipment is available.
Containers are in good repair.
Pallets and skids are of the correct type and are in good repair.
Chains, slings, and ropes are adequate for loads and are in good repair.
Lifting equipment is properly stored.
Wheel chocks are provided.
Equipment inspection records are available.
4.8.20 Mechanical Power Systems
General condition and servicing is acceptable.
Rotating collars, couplings, cams, clutches, fly-wheels, spindles, shafts,
shaft ends, bolt ends, key ends and nip points are guarded.
Transverse moving chains, belts and slides are guarded.
Emergency stops are operational.
Speed is regulated within design limits.
4.8.21 Noise Exposure
Economically feasible engineering controls are implemented.
Protection is available in areas where sound levels exceed standard.
Hazardous noise areas are identified and marked.
4.8.22 Personal Protective Equipment
Clothing is suitable for the hazards.
Fire retardant clothing is available where exposure to fire/explosion is
possible.
Coveralls are done up.
Gloves are worn to protect against cuts, blows, abrasions, chemicals.
Clothing is clean and in good condition.
Traffic safety vests are available where there is exposure to traffic
hazards.
Hard hats are available.
Hard hat shell and suspension are inspected regularly and are in good
condition.
Eye protection that is CSA approved and appropriate to the hazards
(welding flash flying objects, dust and chemicals) is available.
Eye protection is in good condition and stored properly.
Proper CSA Grade of footwear is being worn.
Approved respirators, suitable for hazards, are available and a copy of the
Code of Practice is available.
Hearing protection is available where required.
4.8.23 Platforms / Scaffolding
Working platforms are at least 0.5 m wide (light duty) or l m wide (heavy
duty). REMOVE 1 m wide repealed
Ladderjacks, pump jacks or similar systems may have a 0.3 m wide
platform.
Open spaces between the platform and structure must not be greater than
0.25 m in width.
Adequate footing for workers in place.
Continuous platform around obstructions.
Maximum working load is identified.
Toe boards are provided along all sides were prescribed.
Proper non-skid flooring.
Mesh screen below floor if open construction.
Safe access to movable platforms.
Access gates are self-closing and locking.
Equipped with standard guard rail or other fall protection if higher than 1.2
m (permanent) or 3.5 m (temporary).
Sound, rigid footing for scaffolds.
No excess accumulation of tools or materials.
No altering or moving of scaffolds in use.
Condition of casters is acceptable.
Condition of jacks and leveling screws is acceptable.
4.8.24 Pneumatic Power Systems
Pressure is regulated within limits.
Restraining clips are on hose lines.
Compressor is drained and tested.
General condition of hoses and connections is acceptable.
Air lines are identified.
Water entry in pneumatic tools is controlled.
Hoses and tools are in usable condition.
Eye and hearing protection signs are in place (requirements as noted).
4.8.25 Pressure Vessels and Piping
Meters and controls are accessible.
Safety valves are operational.
Drains are clear and freeze protected.
Inspection certificate/label appropriate to type is attached.
Pipes, connections and vessels are free of dents, notches and severe
scratches.
Shields, platforms and landings are installed as appropriate.
Remote shut-off to pumps is operational.
Respiratory/rescue and confined space equipment is available.
Piping can be properly isolated.
Proper personnel control signs are available.
4.8.26 Signs and Tags
Hazard warning, directional and informational signs and tags are posted
where there are immediate dangers, potential hazards, or where there is a
need for general instructions.
Signs and tags are used consistently throughout the facility.
Tags are affixed to all defective equipment not secured against use.
WHMIS labels are available.
TDG labels are available.
4.8.27 Stacking and Storage
Aisles and access paths are clear and unobstructed.
Small or irregularly shaped items are properly blocked and interlinked,
with proper limitations of storage height.
All stacks are stable and secure against sliding/collapsing.
Proper drainage in storage area.
Storage area is clean and cleared of foreign objects/materials.
Rack and platform load limits are posted.
Dangerously reactive materials are separated.
4.8.28 Stairs
Stairs are provided where there is regular traffic between levels.
At least 600 mm wide or as prescribed.
Angled between 30 to 50 as prescribed.
Steps are uniform in height and tread depth.
Tread depth/clearance behind step is sufficient to allow safe footing.
Outdoor stairs have grating type treads.
Treads and nosings are slip resistant.
Long flights are broken by rest platforms as prescribed.
Handrails are provided on open sides.
Handrails are on at least one side if closed.
Sufficient vertical head clearance.
Clear and unobstructed.
4.8.29 Substance Abuse
Develop policies/procedures to address substance abuse.
Company employees and contractors must report to work free from effects of alcohol
and or illegal drugs.
Inform workers if they are found to be under the influence or suffering from the affects
of alcohol/illegal drugs they will removed from location and suspended from work
immediately.
Workers shall report use of prescription drugs to supervisor.
In the event of a worker committing a criminal act while working for the company, the
company will report the matter to the appropriate law enforcement or regulatory
agency.
4.8.30 Trenching / Excavating
Locates/crossing permits have been completed.
Workers are hand locating the utilities.
A spotter is available to assist the operator when visibility is restricted.
Protection from cave-ins is adequate.
Precipitation is controlled.
Shoring is being installed properly.
Spoil pile is set back at least 1m from the edge.
Minimum depth of cover is maintained (stoppers, flanged tees, etc.)
Access/egress is adequate and meets OH&S Code.
Workers are staying clear of moving machinery.
Vehicle/equipment vibration is accounted for.
Ground water forces and/or displacement are accounted for.
Barricades, fencing, signs, steel plates are used to protect the public.
Workers are aware of the potential for an oxygen deficient atmosphere.
4.8.31 Valves and Mechanical Controls
Properly identified.
Operational.
Readily accessible.
Measures are in place to prevent inadvertent operation.
4.8.32 Vehicles and Equipment
Emergency equipment (first aid kit, flares, fire extinguisher) is available.
Interior and exterior are clean.
Lights, horn, windshield, parking brake, etc. are in acceptable operating
condition.
Back-up alarm is functioning.
Load/objects are secured.
Guards are in place.
Operators complete pre-trip inspection (lights, oil, coolant, tires, etc.)
Operators complete circle check.
Operators adjust mirrors properly.
Operators/passengers use safety belts.
Operators use helper to assist with back-up.
4.8.33 Ventilation and Extraction
Monitors to monitor the working environment.
Adequate means are provided to dilute or remove contaminants.
Air inlets and openings are arranged to minimize escape of contaminants.
Enclosures provide continuous inward airflow.
Gas and H
2
S exposure are monitored.
4.8.34 Violence and Harassment
Conduct risk assessment to determine risk of injury to workers from violence arising
from employment.
Establish procedures/policies and work arrangements to eliminate or minimize the
risk.
Train company and contractor personnel in identifying and addressing
violence/harassment in the workplace.
Establish procedures for reporting, investigating and documenting incidents of
violence and harassment.
Respond to incidents of violence/harassment (i.e. incident investigation, taking
corrective actions, assisting in referrals to physician for treatment.
4.8.35 Warning Systems
Emergency alarm systems are operational.
Hazard warning systems are installed on appropriate vehicles and
equipment.
Over-pressure warning systems are installed on pressure vessels.
Over-temperature warning systems are installed on fired pressure
vessels, hazardous material storage and powered equipment.
Personal monitors are adequate for the job, and workers are trained and
qualified to use them.
4.8.36 Waste Disposal
Adequate number of appropriate metal refuse containers is available.
Separate containers are provided for oily rags, smoking materials, dusts,
flammable scrap and chemical wastes.
Safe disposal facilities for wastes are available.
Anti-static devices are fitted as necessary.
Chemical spill absorbent materials are available in work areas.
4.8.37 WHMIS / TDG
Labels are affixed to all containers in storage and in use.
Placards/labels are affixed to vehicles transporting hazardous materials
meeting legislated requirements.
Labels are legible and visible.
Workers are adequately trained.
MSDS are readily available and current.
4.8.38 Work Surfaces, Floors and Roadways
Surfaces are in good repair.
Free of slip, trip, or fall hazards.
Free of protrusions, nails, etc.
Sufficient width and vertical distance.
Aisles are marked.
Standard signs and marks are in place and in good condition.
Prepared for seasonal weather extremes; i.e. snow, rain, heavy usage.
Drainage is maintained.
Openings are covered or barricaded.
Load limits are posted on upper floors.
Safe speeds are posted.
4.9 WELL SERVICING SPACING REQUIREMENTS
4.10 DRILL SITE SPACING REQUIREMENTS
4.11 BATTERY SPACING REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 4 FORMS
Well Safety Checklist and Hazard Id
Vehicle Safety Inspection Checklist
Hazard Identification & Control Form
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
Well Safety Check & Hazard Identification
Facility Name: Date Inspected:
Location: Completed by: 6
7
Item
Comments and/or if answered
Unacceptable, describe Action Proposed /
Control
Date
Completed
Frequency of
Follow-up
SITE
Proper signage
Housekeeping. general appearance
Snow removal - sufficient or piled By
doors or on pipes.
Driving Hazards flagged
(risers, lines, etc)
Bull plugs in place
Fire extinguisher access and
inspection dates
Piping secured
Slipping and tripping hazards
Location access, road
Flammable liquid storage (safe
distance from heaters)
Proper storage of chemicals
Adequate WHIMIS labeling
Date PSVs serviced
Vegetation Control
Steps and handrails
Vibration
Shutdowns not bypassed
Safety equipment: SCBA
Burn Blankets
Eye wash stations
First aid kits, clean/full
ESDVs in service and block valves
locked open
Combustible materials present
Guards on moving equipment
satisfactory
Electrical equipment secure
Tanks Secondary Containment
Truck Loading cable, containment
1 = Acceptable X = Unacceptable N/A = Not applicable/assessed
Vehicle Safety Inspection Checklist
Vehicle No.__________________________ Date: ______________________
Items to be checked Comments/Deficiencies
Brakes (Pedal Pressure) _______________________________________
Emergency Brake _______________________________________
Both Tail Lights _______________________________________
Windshield Wipers _______________________________________
Turn Signals _______________________________________
Horn _______________________________________
Back up lights _______________________________________
Both headlights (high & low beam) _______________________________________
Tires _______________________________________
Tread
Inflation
Spare
Brake Lights _______________________________________
Hazard Lights _______________________________________
Seat Belts _______________________________________
First Aid Kit _______________________________________
Tow Rope ______________________________________
Flares/Reflectors ______________________________________
Fire Extinguisher ______________________________________
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION & CONTROL
Thepurposeof thisformistoensureawritten, documentedprocess, whichbothidentifieshazardsandestablishescontrolsfor all
workplacetasks. Emphasisshouldbeplacedontheelimination of existinghazards.
Corporation: Work Permit # (if applicable):
Location: Date:
Task:
REFERENCE LIST OF POSSIBLE HAZARDS:
List all hazards associated with the task in the spaces provided below. Please consider all hazards and not just the references listed.
Ground Disturbance (Excavation/Trenching)
Working around moving vehicles
Road/Lease Conditions Protruding Objects/Pinch Points
Excessive Noise/Vibration
Extreme Weather Exposure
Overhead Hazards (powerlines)
Noxious Vapours (Benzene) Suspended Overhead Equip.
REFERENCE LIST OF POSSIBLE CONTROLS
List a control (s) for each identified hazard in the space provided below. Please consider all controls, not just the reference list given.
Confined Space Permits/Plans
LEL Monitoring/Function Testing
Safety Standby/Safety Watch
Secondary Containment/Spill Control
Explosion Proof Equipment
Safety Harness/Lifeline/Fall Protection Plan
Unsure? Call a Supervisor!
HAZARDS CONTROLS
Signature Printed Name
Tailgate Meetings
Flammable Gas
Flammable Liquids
Pressure
H
2
S
Iron Sulphides
NORM/Asbestos
Chemicals
Rotating Equipment
Driving Hazards/ATV use
Fatigue
Inadequate Equipment Guards
Slips/Trips
Warning Signs
Hot/Cold Piping Equipment
Working at heights
Working Alone
Wildlife Encounters
Violence/Harassment
Restricted Areas
Muster Area
Confined Space / Restricted Space
Poor Illumination
Defective Tools/Equipment
Hoisting Equipment
Corporation Policies
High LEL & H
2
S Shutdowns
Safe Work Practices
House Keeping
Incident Reporting/Investigation
Air Monitoring
Isolation (Blinding/Blocking)
Forced Ventilation
SCBA/SABA
Hearing Protection
Safe Work Permits
Fire Extinguishers
First Aid Plan
Training/Certifications
Equipment De-energized
Safety Inspections (CAODC, walkabouts etc.)
IDENTIFIED HAZARDS & CONTROLS
This Hazard Identification & Control Form completed by:
Personal H
2
S Monitor Guards/Shields
Respirator
Wash Facilities
Audits/HSE Contract Inspections
PPE (Fire Retardant Coveralls)
SAFETY PROGRAMMANUAL
F
SERVICE RIG INSPECTION CHECKLIST
NOTE: ANY HAZARD OR DEFICIENCY MUST HAVE AN EXPLANATION AND BE CORRECTED
*Transcribed from the CAODC Manual*
Company: ______________________________________________ Rig No.: _____________ Rig Mgr: _____________________________________________
Rig Operator: ___________________________________________ Operating Company: _________________________________________________________
Operating Company Representative: _________________________ Date: _____ _____ _____ Time: __________ am/pm Location: _____________________
(yr) (mo) (day)
Current Operation Being Performed: _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
GENERAL RIG
1 All guards in place and in good condition Yes ______ No ______
2 Matting in good condition Yes ______ No ______
3 Leveling jacks properly matted, locked and
derrick centered over well properly Yes ______ No ______
4 Guy lines properly anchored Yes ______ No ______
- Pull tested Yes ______ No ______
- Rating __________________ lbs.
5 Escape line pull test preformed Yes ______ No ______
- Rating __________________ lbs.
6 Guy line come-alongs, etc. in good condition Yes ______ No ______
7 Minimum required clamps properly installed on:
(a) Guy lines Yes ______ No ______
(b) Load lines Yes ______ No ______
(c) Escape line Yes ______ No ______
8 Air shutoffs checked by operator and operational Yes ______ No ______
9 Emergency shutoff control positions:
(1) Operators panel Yes ______ No ______
(2) Sandline controls Yes ______ No ______
10 Operators controls properly marked Yes ______ No ______
11 Weight indicator working properly Yes ______ No ______
12 Crown saver - Installed N/A _______ Yes ______ No ______
- Set and tested Yes ______ No ______
13 Exhaust pointed away from well and shielded Yes ______ No ______
14 Railings in place on side walkways and stairs Yes ______ No ______
15 Condition of handrailings, walkways and stairs Good ______ Hazard ______
16 Hand tools: condition, clean and properly stored Good ______ Hazard ______
17 Working floor, housekeeping, toe plates, ladders
and handrails Good ______ Hazard ______
18 Catwalk conditions N/A _______ Good ______ Hazard ______
19 Walkway from ground to catwalk (stairs) Yes ______ No ______
20 Walkway from working floor to catwalk or ground Yes ______ No ______
21 Rig properly secured in drawworks gear Good ______ Hazard ______
COMMENTS/EXPLANATION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
DRAWWORKS
22 Conditions of drill line (slipped regularly) Good ______ Hazard ______
(a) Slip and cut record Yes ______ No ______
23 Sufficient wraps (min.7) left on drum with blocks
down Yes ______ No ______
24 Braking system - Linkage/pin satisfactory Yes ______ No ______
- Block wear Good ______ Hazard ______
25 Condition of sandline & rope socket to sinker bars Good ______ Hazard ______
26 Handling winch/line Good ______ Hazard ______
Condition at: - Winch anchor points Good ______ Hazard ______
- Winch line Good ______ Hazard ______
- Winch line thimble Good ______ Hazard ______
- Tall chain Good ______ Hazard ______
- Safety hook Good ______ Hazard ______
- Hydraulic hoses & connections Good ______ Hazard ______
- upper shivs & assembly Good ______ Hazard ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
MAST
27 Stand pipe properly anchored to mast Yes ______ No ______
28 Kelly hose in good condition Yes ______ No ______
29 Kelly hose safety lines or chain attached to derrick
and swivel ends while in use Yes ______ No ______
30 Levels I, II, III or IV inspections completed as
required in CAODC RP 3.0 Yes ______ No ______
31 Ladders in good condition Yes ______ No ______
32 Rod basket in good condition N/A _______ Yes ______ No ______
33 Crown sheaves greased and in good condition Yes ______ No ______
34 Safety cables attached to fingers on tubing board Yes ______ No ______
35 Derrick locking pins in place Yes ______ No ______
36 Derrick hydraulic system in good condition Yes ______ No ______
37 Mast lighting secured adequately Yes ______ No ______
38 Dead lines anchor and retainer properly placed Yes ______ No ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
TRAVELING ASSEMBLY
40 Blocks - nuts, safety pins in place and in
good condition Yes ______ No ______
- Sheave guards/lock in good condition Yes ______ No ______
41 Balls/links - good condition Yes ______ No ______
42 Elevators - good condition Yes ______ No ______
43 Rod hook - good condition Yes ______ No ______
44 Transfer elevators - good condition Yes ______ No ______
45 Safety latch/ring in place Yes ______ No ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
POWER TONGS
46 Back-up in place and functional Yes ______ No ______
47 Torque arms safety line, clamps in good
condition Yes ______ No ______
48 Tong positioner - operational and in good
49 Hoses, gauges and hydraulic fittings in good
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
ELECTRICAL/LIGHTING
50 Light bulbs enclosed with vapour-proof and
shatter-proof covers Yes ______ No ______
51 Covers on unused receptacles Yes ______ No ______
52 Light switches vapour-proof Yes ______ No ______
53 Electric motors within 8.5 metres radius must
be explosion-proof Yes ______ No ______
54 Equipment properly grounded Yes ______ No ______
55 All cords and plug ends in good condition Yes ______ No ______
56 Proper clearance from power lines Yes ______ No ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
RIG PUMP AND TANK
57 Condition of pipe and unions Good ______ Hazard ______
58 Pump and return lines laid out and secured Yes ______ No ______
59 Kill line attached to well with valve open
(steel lines only) Yes ______ No ______
60 Pressure relief valve (proper size and rating) Yes ______ No ______
61 Relief valve set at or below system working
pressure NOTE: Only shear pins appropriate Yes ______ No ______
to the pop valve requirements as specified by
the manufacturer shall be used
62 Relief valve discharge points down and away
from pump motor and is securely fastened Yes ______ No ______
NOTE: No valve on relief line
63 Manifold conditions Good ______ Hazard ______
64 Check valve in place on pump discharge Yes ______ No ______
65 Exhaust away from rig tank Yes ______ No ______
66 Emergency shutoff checked and operational Yes ______ No ______
67 Pump controls properly marked Yes ______ No ______
68 All railings in place on walkways/stairs of rig
pumps and tank Yes ______ No ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
DOCUMENTATION
69 Necessary transportation documentation and
equipment present (i.e. registration, insurance) Yes ______ No ______
70 Required inspection certificates available Yes ______ No ______
71 Derrick log book available and updated Yes ______ No ______
F
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
BLOWOUT PREVENTER SYSTEM
72 BOP function tested - From remote controls Yes ______ No ______
- From accumulator controls Yes ______ No ______
73 All studs used on BOP stack Yes ______ No ______
74 Hydraulic preventers installed Yes ______ No ______
- Pipe rams Yes ______ No ______
- Blind rams Yes ______ No ______
- Annular preventer Yes ______ No ______
75 Condition of ram rubbers and elements Good ______ Hazard ______
76 Fire-shielded hoses and their condition within 7 metres
of wellhead Good ______ Hazard ______
77 Remote stand 7 metres from well - Class I & II
- Refer to BOP regulations Yes ______ No ______
- Or at remote accumulator - Class III Yes ______ No ______
78 Nitrogen back-up supply pressure __________________kPa
- Min. 12,500 kPa if annular preventer is installed
- Min. 7,000 kPa when only rams are installed
79 Pre-charge check date ____/____/____ Good ______ Hazard ______
80 BOP's adequately heated Yes ______ No ______
81 Lines protected in vehicle crossing area when
remote accumulator is used Yes ______ No ______
82 Safety valve fully opened with proper thread
connection on rig floor c/w closing wrench Yes ______ No ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
ENVIRONMENTAL
83 All equipment free of leakage Yes ______ No ______
- If no, adequately contained Yes ______ No ______
84 Rig site free of material that may create a fire
hazard NOTE: Equipment spacing must ensure
unimpeded access to well at all times Yes ______ No ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
BOILER
85 Chemical storage Good ______ Hazard ______
86 Blowdown line labeled Yes ______ No ______
87 Pop valve line labeled Yes ______ No ______
88 Controls - Labeled Yes ______ No ______
- Condition Good ______ Hazard ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
HEALTH & SAFETY
89 Occupational Health and Safety manual at rig
site Yes ______ No ______
90 Proper BOP regulations at rig site (i.e. G-37) Yes ______ No ______
91 Clothing policy in place Yes ______ No ______
92 Rig Safety Equipment:
(a) CSA approved full body harness Yes ______ No ______
(b) Escape line and buggy at station of work Yes ______ No ______
93 Wind flags -Guy lines Yes ______ No ______
- Pump/tank area Yes ______ No ______
94 Clothing - Hard hats Yes ______ No ______
- Safety boots Yes ______ No ______
- Protective clothing Yes ______ No ______
95 Safety glasses or goggles available Yes ______ No ______
96 Hearing protection available Yes ______ No ______
97 Fire extinguishers: - Minimum 4 working and
readily available for use (13.6 kg) Yes ______ No ______
- Extinguishers in good condition Yes ______ No ______
98 First aid kit adequately stocked Yes ______ No ______
99 Record book in place Yes ______ No ______
100 Eyewash bottle Yes ______ No ______
101 Stretcher and blanket Yes ______ No ______
102 H2S detector - Chemical tube type Yes ______ No ______
103 Breathing apparatus requirements met Yes ______ No ______
- Bottles full Yes ______ No ______
- Spare bottles Yes ______ No ______
- Date of hydrostatic test on bottles ____/____/____
104 Signs - No smoking Yes ______ No ______
- H2S area (if applicable) Yes ______ No ______
- No vehicles beyond this point Yes ______ No ______
105 Housekeeping - Rig Good ______ Hazard ______
- Changeroom Good ______ Hazard ______
- Vehicles Good ______ Hazard ______
- Rig pump Good ______ Hazard ______
- Rig tank Good ______ Hazard ______
- Lease Good ______ Hazard ______
- Boilers N/A _______ Good ______ Hazard ______
Winterizing - Pre-tab, heaters etc. Yes ______ No ______
106 Condition of Fall Protection equipment Good ______ Hazard ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
OTHER COMMENTS ON THIS INSPECTION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
VALID CERTIFICATES ON LEASE:
Rig Manager: ______________________
BOP _________ Exp. ____/____
H2S Exp. ____/____
First Aid Exp. ____/____
TDG Exp. ____/____
WHIMS Exp. ____/____
Boiler Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________
Operator: _________________________
BOP _________ Exp. ____/____
H2S Exp. ____/____
TDG Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________
Derrickman: _______________________
BOP _________ Exp. ____/____
H2S Exp. ____/____
TDG Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________
Floorhand: ________________________
BOP _________ Exp. ____/____
H2S Exp. ____/____
TDG Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________
Floorhand: ________________________
BOP _________ Exp. ____/____
H2S Exp. ____/____
TDG Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________
Other: ____________________________
BOP _________ Exp. ____/____
H2S Exp. ____/____
TDG Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________
Other: ____________________________
BOP _________ Exp. ____/____
H2S Exp. ____/____
TDG Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________
Other: ____________________________
BOP _________ Exp. ____/____
H2S Exp. ____/____
TDG Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________
N ROUGH IN LEASE DIAGRAM
Water/fuel tanks WT/FT
Mud Pump MP
Boiler B
Light Plant LP
Crew change unit CCU
Accumulator ACC
Fire Extinguisher FE
Others Specify
Inspection completed by: _________________________ Position: ______________
In company with:________________________________ Position: ______________
50 m
25 m
Page 1 of 3
DRILLING RIG INSPECTION CHECKLIST
CONTRACTOR: ________________________________________________________ RIG NO.: _______ RIG MGR.: ___________________________________________________________
LEASE LOCATION AND LSD: __________________________________________________________________________________________ CRITICAL SOUR WELL (Y/N): ______________
INSPECTED BY: _____________________________________________________________________________________________ DATE: ______/______/______ TIME: ____________ hrs
(Yr) (Mo) (Day ) (24 hr clock)
Mark a check if adequate A or inadequate I or blank If not applicable
(Note: Any INADEQUATE must have an explanation and be corrected)
(A) / (I)
A. FUEL/WATER TANKS
01. No leaks
02. Pumps guarded
03. Signs at water/fuel tanks:
a) No smoking sign posted
b) Fuel sign posted
c) Dangerous Goods placard posted
B. BOILER HOUSE
04. No clothing etc.
05. Sight glass guarded
06. Pump guarded
07. Fire extinguisher
08. Safety valves: one year certificate
09. Boiler 25 m from wellheads
10. Housekeeping
11. Flammables removed from around boiler
12. Boiler License posted
13. Blow down line location & installation
of steam deflector
14. Fuel/water and steamline leaks
15. Chemical addition vessel (pot) at boiler
properly labeled (WHMIS)
C. GENERATOR BUILDING
16. Generator/motor control centre -
size; condition
17. Receptacles/circuit breakers identified
18. Properly grounded (2 grd rods 3 m apart)
19. Wiring off the ground & properly secured
20. No clothing/storage
21. Fans and belts guarded
22. No fuel/oil leaks
23. Compressor belts guarded
25. All lights protected
26. Housekeeping
27. Rubber mat on floor at Motor Control Centre
28. Battery condition
29. Signs at Generator Building
a) Auto Start sings posted
b) Hearing Protection sign posted
c) Electrical/High Voltage signs posted
d) Water Hose Caution sign posted
e) Lockout and Procedures
30. Wiring/electrical fixtures condition
31. Current turned off prior to
connecting/disconnecting extension cords
D. ACCUMULATOR AND TOOL HOUSE
32. No leaks/spillage
33. N2 bottles (12500 kPa/1800 psi)
34. Housekeeping
35. Storage of compressed gas cylinders,
secured
36. Controls identified/accessible
37. Safety device blind/sheer ram controls
39. Grinder tool rest
40. Eye protection available
41. Compressor guarded
42. Signs at Accumulator and Tool House
a) Eye Protection signs posted
b) Auto Start signs: compressor / accum pump
c) Dangerous Goods placard/WHIMS label
43. Accumulator reservoir vented outside of
building/enclosure
E. MUD PUMP AREA
44. Pop valve shear pin correct size and length
45. Pop valve cover in place
46. Guards in place and in good repair
47. Hoses safely chained
48. Fire extinguisher (No.________)
49. Housekeeping
(A) / (I)
50. Piping, valves and unions meet pressure
rating
51. Pulsation dampeners
52. Eyewash facility
53. Pop/bleed off lines secured and drained
54. Signs at Mud Pump area:
a) Lockout Procedures posted
b) Auto Start sign posted
c) Hearing Protection sign posted
d) No Smoking sign posted
F. MUD TANK AREA
56. Mud degasser(s) (size and placement)
57. Shale shaker belts guarded
58. Handrails, walkways
59. Adequate ventilation
60. Adequate lighting
61. Personal protective equipment
eye protection, dust masks,
rubber gloves/apron
62. Housekeeping
63. Tank level indicators operative
64. Trip tank level indicator
Tank location_____________________________
65. Mud van, stairs, lighting
66. Safety line rail sump side of tanks
68. Sings at Mud Tank area:
a) Eye Protection at hoppers
b) No Smoking signs posted
c) Corrosive sign at caustic drum
d) Applicable WHIMS labeling
69. Wiring/electrical fixtures conditions
C. SUBSTRUCTURE
70. General condition
71. Matting condition
72. Drive pins installed c/w safety pins
73. Spreaders in place
74. Vent doors/fan
75. Illumination
76. Winterization condition
77. Hydraulic control lines condition
fire guarded hose
78. Flow nipple split
79. Stripper/mud catcher split
80. Scaffolding/ladder(s) condition
81. Cellar area cribbed and drained
82. Wiring/electrical fixture condition
83. Housekeeping (oil leaks, etc.)
H. BOPS
84. BOP and rig equipment conform to
Government regulations
85. BOP secured properly
86. Non-steel hydraulic lines fire sheathed
87. Mud gas separator adequately connected
meets minimum requirements, including
line size and tie down
88. Required casing wear tests being preformed
89. BOP pressure tests recorded and test
procedures satisfactory
90. Adequate heating
91. Manual ram locking wheels available
I. DOGHOUSE
92. Heated as per regulations
93. Adequate exits
94. Intercom meets regulations
95. Storage area, crew change area
96. Housekeeping
98. Eye and hearing protection available
99. Eyewash available
Page 2 of 3
(A) / (I)
100. First Aid kit stocked and cleaned
101. Safety belts
102. Condition of available hand tools
103. BOP controls, electrical, manual, air
104. Bulletin board
105. Drilling License posted
106. Emergency phone numbers posted
107. Signs at Doghouse:
a) Hard Hat sign posted
c) No Smoking sign posted
d) Maximum holdback casing pressure posted
e) Blowout procedure posted and readable
f) MSDS available
J. BREATHING APPARATUS INSPECTION
109. Number of packs available
110. Location of air packs
_________________________________
111. General condition of apparatus and case
112. Condition of face piece
113. Condition of nose cup
114. Cylinder pressure
115. Low pressure alarm operational
116. Cleanliness and storage
117. Positive pressure capability
118. Number/condition of spare cylinders
119. Location of spare cylinder (chained)
________________________________
120. Cascade system or safety trailer
121. SCBA cylinders hydrostatic test dates current
122. Other ___________________________
K. RIG FLOOR
123. Lockout on drawworks
124. Compound/drawworks guard
125. Crown saver (check)
126. Catline
127. Catline divider and spool
128. Spinning chain/wrench line
129. Headache post
130. Kelly cock condition
131. Kelly hose condition
132. Kelly hose safety line both ends
133. Line spooler/safety line
134. Backup post condition
135. Tongs condition
136. Tong line and tong line clamps
137. Slips condition
138. Dog collar condition
139. Stabbing valve and handle and X/O subs
140. Test plugs
141. Mud can condition
142. Drilling controls and identification
143. Brake handle hold-down cable/chain
144. Non-skid material around rotary
145. Lighting operational, floor and motor area
146. Motors:
a) Fans and belts guarded
b) No fuel/oil leaks
c) Motor shutoff
d) Fire extinguisher (No. ______)
e) Exhaust system
147. Stairs (min. 3 exits) from rig floor
148. Warning horn working
149. Hydromatic and guards
150. Brakes satisfactory
151. Tugger line condition, guards
152. V-door opening safety chained
L. DERRICK (Certification Date:____________________________________________)
154. Block hanging line
155. Bumper blocks secured
156. Fingers straight
157. Fingers chained
158. Wind board installed
159. Ladder condition
160. Escape line installed. No blockage of
line (i.e. tank or vehicle)
161. Escape buggy installed and accessible
162. Climbing device/cages
163. Derrickhands belt and condition
164. Guy lines/outrigger
(A) / (I)
165. Condition of crown sheaves
166. No loose tools equipment cabled on derrick
167. All safety pins in place, secured
168. Lighting operational and safety
cables/chains attached
169. Inspection prior to raising/lowering
170. Condition of tong counterweight assembly
M. TRAVELING ASSEMBLY
172. Blocks
173. Bails/links
174. Elevators/latches
175. Weight indicator assembly
176. Weight indicator safety line
177. Automatic driller
178. Drilling line condition (slip/cut program)
179. Deadline anchor condition
N. PIPE RACK AREA
180. Racks butt firmly to each other and
catwalk
181. Catwalk in good condition
182. Stairs in good condition
183. Pipe rack level
184. Pipe rack ends properly pinned
185. Spacer between racks sturdy and secure
186. Derrick stand in good condition
187. Housekeeping
188. V-door ramp in good condition
189. Catwalk, tugger, guarded
190. Lay down line and block condition
191. Layers of drill pipe or casing properly
choked
O. MANIFOLD HOUSE
193. Heated
194. Valve handles installed
195. Proper gauges installed and positioned
196. Drill pipe pressure gauge installed
197. Unobstructed view to rig floor
198. Housekeeping
199. Manifold design meets Government requirements
200. Flare lines properly secured
201. Lighting operational
202. Choke/valve open to degasser
203. Well to:
- End of flare line 50 m
- Rubbish burn pile 50 m
- Crude oil storage tank 50 m
204. Signs at Manifold House:
a) Hold Back Pressure notice posted
b) No Smoking sign posted
205. Choke and degasser lines and manifold prepared
P. LEASE AREA
206. Lease clean and dry
207. Flare pit properly dug 50 m from wellbore
208. Adequate ditching and drainage
209. Incinerator/garbage bin
210. Open pits (e.g. sump) guarded/fenced
211. Sump fluids properly contained
212. Lease properly diked
213. Overhead lines flagged
214. Signs at Lease area:
a) H2S Warning signs, if applicable
b) Poisonous Gas signs posted
c) Tight Hole Status sigh posted
Q. CAMP/GENERAL FACILITIES
215. Propane tanks location (No._______)
Propane distance from camp (min. 4 m)
216. Garbage disposal: incinerator - bins
217. Walkways
218. Kitchen First Aid kit
219. Kitchen fire extinguisher
220. Fire extinguisher (No._______)
Page 3 of 3
(A) / (I)
221. Generator Building:
a) Grounded
b) No clothing, storage
c) No fuel/oil leaks
d) Fire extinguisher
222. Furnace rooms
223. No unnecessary storage
224. Fire alarm system
225. Bedrooms exit to outside (shutters open)
226. Adequate distance from well centre
227. Housekeeping
228. Signs at Camp area:
a) Hearing Protection sign posted
229. Exit signs over doors installed and
illuminated
230. Emergency lighting installed and functional
R. RIG SITE TRAILERS
233. Propane system
234. Door or knock out window (bedroom)
236. Intercom
237. Smoke detectors
238. Gas detection equipment
239. Breathing apparatus
241. First Aid Kit
S. TICKETS/DOCUMENTS (where not applicable)
242. BOP checks daily with record
243. BOP drill with records and signs by
Rig Manager and Foreman
244. Motor kills weekly with records
245. Trip sheets completed
246. Weekly safety meeting with records
247. Well control ticket: Rig Manager and Foreman
248. BOP ticket Drillers
249. First Aid certificate (one per crew)
250. H2S training (all crew members)
251. Drilling prognosis
252. Emergency Response Plan
253. Well Site Emergency Contingency Manual
254. Company policy statement posted
255. Government Regulations available
256. OH&S Regulations available
257. Drilling Rig Health and Safety Committee
Guidelines
258. WHMIS training all crew members
259. MSDS available current
260. Daily rig check by Foreman and Rig Manager
261. Slip and cut program recorded
262. Equipment certification/maintenance records
available and current
263. Clothing policy posted
264. New employee orientation training
(A) / (I)
T. SAFETY/GENERAL
265. Condition of electrical tools
266. Personal safety equipment being used
267. Visitor hard hats
268. Toxic gas equipment (detector and tubes)
269. Oxygen resuscitator available
270. Adequate emergency vehicle available
271. Accident reporting and recoding
272. Directional rig signs
273. Stretcher, location (No.________)
274. Condition of handrails and stairs
toe boards
275. Fire retardant clothing available
276. Fire extinguishers checked weekly and
hydrostatic test dates are current
277. Suitcasing/walkways
U. ENVIRONMENT POLICY AND PROCEDURES
278. Company manual(s) On-site and Current
279. CAODC Waste Wall Chart Posted
280. Contractual Responsibilities Reviewed
V. GENERAL LEASE CONDITIONS
281. Lease site clean and free of debris
282. Special Conditions
283. Berm integrity
W. SPILL RESPONSE
284. Employees trained
285. Sorbents available
286. Spill response report form available
287. Emergency response procedure
X. WASTE MANAGEMENT
288. Waste separated into hazardous/non-hazardous
289. Secondary containment for hazardous waste
290. Waste bin in good condition
291. Recyclable waste properly segregated and stored
292. Non-Hazardous recyclable waste properly
segregated and stored
293. Light plant waste properly stored
Y. WASTE DOCUMENTATION
294. Waste manifests complete and maintained on file
295. Used oil recycled and documented
296. Used oil filters recycled/drained and documented
297. Oily rags recycled and documented
298. Batteries recycled and documented
299. Glycol recycled/properly disclosure and documented
300. Land filled wastes and sites indicated and
properly documented
Z. COMMENTS/EXPLANATIONS
DRILLING FOREMAN__________________________________________________________ SIGNATURE____________________________________________________________________
RIG MANAGER _______________________________________________________________ SIGNATURE___________________________________________________________________
5.0 COMMUNICATION
Communication is the most essential element in a safety program. Effective communication
between all levels of workers is necessary to monitor and improve safety and environmental
performance. In addition, good communication creates an opportunity for management to
distribute information and receive the necessary feedback. 6
7
5.1 MEETINGS
Safety meetings provide the opportunity for the sharing of information among all
stakeholders. These meetings should include project kick-off safety meetings, tailgate safety
meetings, and/or regular scheduled monthly meetings. The frequency and type of meeting may
vary but the Occupational Health and Safety legislation states that employers hold regular
meetings at least once each month for the review of:
i) Reports of current accidents, near misses and hazards, identifying root causes and 16
means of prevention. 17
ii) Remedial actions taken or required by reports of assessments/inspections and
providing investigations.
iii) Any other matters pertinent to health and safety.
Additionally, Project/Pre-Job/Tailgate Meeting are to be conducted for project or contractor
work. Supervisors are required to hold pre-job meetings to discuss the scope of the task,
hazards, and control measures implemented.
A summary of these meetings is provided, as well as samples of meeting agendas. 26
27
5.1.1 General Health, Safety & Environment Meetings
Should be held regularly
Have an agenda (published and circulated). (See attachments for
additional planning information and sample agendas).
Minutes recorded and circulated.
Held with all workers including contract personnel, consultants,
contractors and sub-contractors.
An annual safety meeting should be conducted for all HARVARD 36
personnel. 37
Topics may include:
Safety rules and policies, hazard assessment and controls.
Recent accident/incidents cause and prevention.
Work procedures (new/revised/review) equipment use and condition
review.
Current issues including environment, insurance, emergency
response plans, government acts and regulations, safety grams, 46
bulletins, memos, etc. 47
Training general and formal courses that can be worked on as a
group. (e.g. Off-Highway Driving, Working with Propane).
Presentations by area workers, Company departments or suppliers.
Figure 1: PLANNING A GENERAL HSE MEETING
What is the purpose of the General HSE Meeting?
To Improve:
Safety
Quality
Communication
Cost Control
Team relations
Environmental Awareness
Clarity of goals, rules, and procedures
To Reduce:
Injuries and loss
Rejects and rework
Misunderstandings
Mistakes and waste
Resistance to change
Environmental damage
Problems and confusion
What are the components of a good meeting?
Time is used efficiently
There is a clear agenda
There are clear results (who does what, by
when)
Expected results are clearly summarized in
meeting minutes
There is a set start and finish time
There is open and active group discussion
Signatures of all meeting attendees are
obtained.
What skills do I need to lead the meeting?
Before:
Plan: objectives, agenda, actions
Communicate: purpose, time, place, subjects, expectations
Prepare: meeting place, supplies, equipment presentation
During:
Get it going: start on time, thank attendees, introduce the subject, lay the groundwork
Maintain momentum: promote participation, apply the art of asking questions, deal with sticky
situations or problem participants, use repetition, memory and audiovisual aids
Bring it to a stop: summarize, highlight action steps, thank participants, end on time
After:
Issue minutes and/or reports
Express special appreciation
Follow-up
Evaluate and improve
Is there a suggested format?
I know the basics, but what else is
classified as new business?
Opening Remarks 2 min.
Old Business 5 min.
Presentation 15 min.
Discussion of Presentation 5 min.
New Business 20 min.
Closing Remarks 3 min.
Safety grams
Hazard Assessment / Identification /
Controls
Incident / Accident / Spill Statistics
Emergency Preparedness
WHS/OH&S / WCB bulletins
Key policies and procedures
Where can I get help, especially with my presentation?
Your supervisor or co-worker Formal training, self-teach programs,
training videos
5.1.2 Project / Pre-Job / Tailgate Meetings 56
57
Project Meetings are:
Held prior to start of construction project.
Include principle contractor, consultants (company representatives), prime
contractor(s), and sub-contractors.
Pre-Job Meetings are:
66
Held prior to start of a major job or project (ie: turnarounds, workovers, 67
major overhauls, jobs where others may be affected, special projects such
as environment clean-up, and tie-ins.
Tailgate and/or Toolbox Meetings:
Should be held daily
Are crew or site-specific
Task has limited scope. 76
Review work permit and work procedure. 77
Record of meeting documented (minutes or general entry in logbook).
The following is list of topics that could be discussed at these meetings.
This list is intended as a guide and topics may be added or deleted as
necessary.
86
87
Figure 2: Project / Pre-Job / Tailgate Agenda
(add or delete items as necessary)
1. HARVARD expectations of contractors and orientation (see also handbook orientation quiz
in Section 9.0).
2. Authority of Company Representatives to shutdown contractor work. 96
3. Right and responsibility of any worker to refuse unsafe work. 97
4. Scope of work and work area layout
Outline of Job (layout, duration, manpower, etc.)
Tracking of Workers on Location Check In / Check Out
Location of Restricted Work Areas
Trespassing Implications
5. Schedules
Project Schedule
Hours of Work
Days off and Holidays 106
Schedule Delays 107
Critical Points on Project Schedule
Permit Approvals When, Who, How?
6. Work Permit and Work Clearance System
7. Requirement to Report Hazards / Close Calls and Incidents
8. Hazard Assessment & Identification (written see Hazard Assessment & Identification
section), ie:
H
2
S
Driving hazards & restrictions
Overhead powerlines 116
Location of buried lines & cables 117
Equipment/material lifts
Hot work
Confined/Restricted space entry
Combustible atmospheres
Housekeeping
Working at heights
WHMIS / TDG
Housekeeping
9. Job Procedures/Drilling and Completions general and critical tasks 126
Fracing 127
Drill Stem Testing, Swab Testing, Flow Testing
Acidizing
Coiled tubing
Pressure Testing
Energy-isolating device activated (electrical or auto- start equipment)
In-the-Derrick Work
Other non-regular operations
Use of the Man Basket
10. Safety and Emergency Response 136
Equipment (Safety / Emergency) and Location ie: outline of PPE requirements, 137
location of first aid supplies, eye wash stations, etc.
Emergency Response / Procedures:
o Company Emergency Response Plan
o Contractor Plan
o Site-specific details such as emergency alarm system, safe areas, medical aid
procedures (first aid transportation plan), name and location of first aider, first
responder locations and contacts (ie: doctor, ambulance, hospital, fire
department, police)
11. Review of Regulatory Requirements* 146
12. Communication Requirements / Methods (Mobile Telephones, Radios, etc.) 147
13. General Discussion and Other Job-Related Business
*An employer must ensure that a current paper or electronic copy of the Provincial
Occupational Health and Safety Act, Codes and Regulations are readily available for
reference by workers.
5.2 WORK PERMIT SYSTEM
HARVARD has a work permit system which specifies the safety precautions to be taken 156
when certain types of potentially hazardous work is being undertaken. Before any work 157
begins the need for a JSA or work permit must be established.
Overall work permit requirements are as follows:
1. All Calgary staff initiating and/or supervising in the field are required to obtain a
work permit or a work clearance. No work will commence without a work permit or
clearance in place unless otherwise authorized by the foreman responsible for the
area.
2. A work permit, as defined by OH&S is required for: 166
167
Hazardous or Hot Work
Confined Space Entry
Ground Disturbance
Contractor Involvement
3. The existing work permit form will be used for both work permits and work
clearance. If being used as a work clearance, the permit should identify the length
of time the clearance is valid for. 176
177
4. If necessary, the work permit or clearance should be accompanied by a safety
checklist or work procedure. At the discretion of the permit issuer, an ERP manual
may be issued to the job supervisor at the time the work permit or clearance is
issued.
5. Any HARVARD employee has the authority to suspend work until an approved
work permit or clearance is in place. Any non-compliance problems will be referred
to the employees/consultants manager for appropriate disciplinary action.
186
Each area is responsible for developing site-specific guidelines for when work permits should 187
be used.
All work permits must be checked off as being one of the following designations:
WORK CLEARANCE:
This is a special work permit that is issued when the complete control of a site is
turned over to another person. The person accepting the work clearance is
responsible for ensuring continued site safety and for issuing any other safe work
permits that may be required. This type of permit is good for the duration of the 196
tasks to be carried out. 197
NOTE: This is the type of permit that is given by the Production staff when they are
turning a lease over to the well site supervisors of the Drilling and Completions
department.
WORK PERMIT:
Hot Work This is issued whenever work is carried out that may introduce an 206
ignition source in areas where combustible materials may or do exist. This includes 207
such things as cutting, welding, burning, air gouging, riveting, drilling, grinding,
chipping or using non-classified electrical equipment.
Cold Work This is issued for work where no danger exists from ignition but where
other potential hazards exist. This includes such things as toxic fumes, dust,
vapours, chemicals, steam or pressure.
BLANKET WORK PERMIT:
This type of permit may be issued for an extended period of time (one year 216
maximum). It is intended to be used for tasks that are carried out on an ongoing 217
basis and where procedural guidelines have been established and agreed to by the
contractor. An example of where this type of permit is used is for the hauling of
fluids in a production area.
NOTE: This type of permit would not be used in a drilling/completion operation.
WORK ORDER:
This permit is used by operating staff to communicate with maintenance staff
regarding maintenance work needing to be done. In this case the operator will be 226
his name on the Requested by: line and given an explanation of the work needing 227
to be done in the Description of Work to be Done section.
NOTE: This type of permit would not be used in a drilling/completion operation.
5.2.1 WORK CLEARANCE, PERMIT REQUIREMENTS AND
PRE-JOB SAFETY MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR
DRILLING & SERVICE RIG OPERATIONS
To address government regulations and HARVARD Safety Program 236
requirements, this work permit system must be established for drilling and 237
service rig operations. Work clearances and work permits are to be issued
using HARVARD 'S work permit form (sample form attached). Many service
companies have developed their own work permit system. It is permissible to
use the contractors' work permit system when the contractors' work permit is
more stringent or more applicable to the work being completed.
A. WORK CLEARANCE PRIOR TO BEGINNING WELL OPERATIONS
The intent of the work clearance is to ensure all known hazards or 246
operating conditions that may affect safety at the site are identified, 247
understood and communicated and all appropriate control measures have
been implemented.
When well operations work involves a well within an existing production
area, the Well Site Supervisor is required to obtain a written work
clearance from either the Production Superintendent or Foreman or their
designate prior to commencing well operations. The Well Site Supervisor
must also ensure the necessary emergency response support is available.
It is the work clearance issuer's responsibility to advise the Well Site 256
Supervisor of any known hazards relative to the planned well operation. 257
B. WORK PERMIT REQUIREMENTS DURING WELL OPERATIONS
While drilling, completing or servicing a well, work permits are to be issued
by HARVARD'S Well Site Supervisor for the following operations:
1. HOT WORK: As defined by OH&S. This includes any cutting, welding,
burning, air gouging, riveting, drilling, chipping or other work where flame
is used or sparks are produced, including operation of an internal 266
combustion engine. 267
There are two levels of hot work that need to be considered.
Hazardous Hot Work - A work permit must be completed for any hot work
carried out on the well site inside a designated hazardous area or in an
area where flammable substances or residues have been detected or are
likely. Hazardous areas for drilling and service rigs are summarized in the
equipment spacing diagrams found in the Section 4.0 of this manual.
276
Routine Hot Work - Work carried out on the well site outside any 277
designated hazardous areas and away from any flammable substances.
Hot work is prohibited in an atmosphere which exceeds 10% of the lower
explosive limit. Field welding on fuel trucks, and other enclosed tanks
such as accumulators or oil bunkers are also prohibited. This type of work
must be performed in a shop.
2. CONFINED SPACE ENTRY: As defined by provincial OH&S regulations,
is a restricted space which may become hazardous to a worker entering it
because of an atmosphere that is or maybe injurious because of: 286
287
a. An oxygen deficiency or enrichment, flammability, explosivity or
toxicity.
b. A condition or changing set of circumstances within the space that
presents a potential for injury or illness
c. The potential or inherent characteristics of any activity which can
produce adverse or harmful consequences within the space.
296
For each confined space entry requirement, the following steps must be 297
taken in accordance with HARVARDs Confined Space Entry Code of
Practice. Primary steps include:
Providing proper ventilation;
Testing the atmosphere;
Providing proper respiratory equipment if hazards exist after testing;
Assigning an attendant worker.
A copy of HARVARDs Confined Space Entry Code of Practice can be 306
found in Section 8.0 of this manual. 307
Preplanning for the emergency rescue of the worker is critical. Prior to
work commencing, any special rescue equipment required must be on
site. Emergency response drills are encouraged to ensure that rig staff
understands how to safely use specialized rescue equipment
3. GROUND DISTURBANCES IN THE VICINITY OF BURIED PIPING OR
EQUIPMENT: This includes work around buried pipelines or other
underground equipment and would include installing anchors, cat or
backhoe work. HARVARDS requirements for ground disturbances are 316
discussed in the Ground Disturbances Code of Practice which is found in 317
the Work Procedures section of this manual (Section 8.0). Ground
Disturbance Permits are valid only for that specific task and a specific
location and are valid for a maximum of seven days.
C. PRE-JOB SAFETY MEETINGS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH
CRITICAL OPERATIONS
For other potentially hazardous operations, Well Site Supervisors will
ensure that crews conduct a documented pre-job safety meeting. This 326
would include, but not limited to, the following operations or procedures: 327
Fracing
Drill Stem Testing, Swab Testing, Flow Testing
Acidizing
Coiled tubing
Pressure Testing
Energy-isolating devices activated (electrical or auto-start
equipment)
In-the-Derrick Work 336
Use of the Man Basket 337
Other non-regular operations
Work permits are not normally required for these operations. The Well Site
Supervisor may elect to use the work permit to improve communications
or to facilitate a pre-job safety meeting. The Well Operations Pre-Job
Safety Meeting checklist found in this section of the manual can also be
used for identifying and documenting the issues to be discussed.
5.2.2 ISSUING A WORK PERMIT
346
347
Can task be postponed until:
Turnaround
Scheduled shutdown
Other suitable time
Reschedule Work!
Review work permit
requirement at
suitable time.
YES
Do ALL workers involved:
Understand the scope of the work / task?
Understand required work procedures?
Have required training and are competent to complete the
required task?
Are trained to use and have necessary equipment available?
What hazards does task involve?
- Hot Work - Third Party Contractor
- Cold Work - Chemicals, H
2
S, HVP, etc.
- Confined Space - Breaking of system integrity
- Other
NO
STOP
Consider:
Is this a critical task?
Is a general or site-specific work procedure available?
How does work to be done impact on other aspects of
operations and/or workers?
Complete Work Permit:
Ensure permit issuer is competent and understands task.
If necessary, review work procedures and attach to permit.
Review completed permit with worker / crew.
Post work permit at work site.
When task is completed:
Review work permit.
Amend necessary work procedures.
Develop work procedure.
5.2.3 DEFINITIONS
Please Read Prior to Issuing Access/Work Permit
COLD WORK: Used in hazardous maintenance work that does not
involved hot work. Cold work permits are issued when
there is no reasonable source of ignition, and when all
contact with harmful substances has been eliminated or
appropriate precautions taken.
356
HOT WORK: Means cutting, welding, burning, air gouging, riveting, 357
drilling, grinding, chipping, using non-classified electrical
equipment or introducing to a work process area a
combustion engine or any other work where flame is
used or sparks produced in a location where a
flammable substance is or may be in the atmosphere or
stored, handled, processed or used.
CONFINED
SPACE: A restricted space which may become hazardous to a 366
worker entering it because of an atmosphere that is or 367
maybe injurious because of oxygen deficiency,
enrichment, flammability, explosivity or toxicity or
because a condition or changing set of circumstances
within the space that presents a potential for injury or the
potential or inherent characteristics of any activity which
can produce adverse or harmful consequences within
the space.
376
WORK 377
CLEARANCE: Work to be done that requires no preparation by
operations personnel (environmental clean-up, etc.)
TESTS: Determination of whether the atmosphere contains a
FLAMMABLE substance in a quantity sufficient to ignite,
TOXICITY above the O.E.L. of a given chemical or
OXYGEN CONTENT above or below considered safe
limits. No testing shall be conducted inside a
confined/restricted space unless a non-flammable 386
atmosphere is established from outside the space 387
providing the person testing is equipped with adequate
personal protective equipment and no flammable
atmosphere exists within the space.
FLAMMABLE
ATMOSPHERE: For Cold Work, or for entry without breathing apparatus,
must not exceed 10% L.E.L.
For Hot Work, must not exceed 0% L.E.L.
396
397
TOXIC
ATMOSPHERE: Above the Occupational Exposure Limited (O.E.L.) of a
given substance. No person shall enter into an area
where a toxic atmosphere exists without utilizing the
proper personal protective equipment, e.g. approved
respiratory equipment, protective clothing, eyewear,
head gear, footwear, and appropriate rescue equipment 406
and procedures. (Toxic atmosphere for H
2
S is above 407
O.E.L. 10 ppm).
OXYGEN
DEFICIENT
ATMOSPHERE: Any atmosphere that contains less than 19 percent by
volume of oxygen in air. Approved breathing apparatus
must be worn by persons entering into any area that
contains less than 19 percent by volume in air. (Normal
oxygen content is 20.5 percent by volume in air). 416
417
OXYGEN
EXCESSIVE
ATMOSPHERE: Any atmosphere which contains more than 23 percent by
volume oxygen in air. No person shall enter into or
perform hot work in any oxygen excessive atmosphere.
ENERGY A condition that prevents movement of control devices to
ISOLATION: the operating or on position.
426
ENERGY 427
ISOLATION A mechanism or arrangement that will hold and maintain
DEVICE: a control device in an inoperable or off position.
COMMUNICATION
AND ALERT: Where the atmosphere contains a harmful substance or
a deficiency of oxygen, a worker must be attended by,
and be in communication with another worker stationed
at or near the entrance. Medical support must be 436
contacted at the time of an alarm. 437
NOTE: If any of the above gas levels are subject to change during the
operation due to the agitation of sludge, temperature change, welding or
cutting, use of solvents, purging with inert gases or deviation from
procedures previously set, they may be required to be monitored on a
continuous basis. Procedures to be followed may change accordingly.
Given this situation, a new permit may be required.
446
447
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
SECTION 5 FORMS
Drilling and Completions HSE Meeting Report
Work Permit 456
457
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
Page1of 2
Monthly Health, Safety &
Environment Meeting
Report
Location: Start Time:
Adjournment Time:
Chair Person: Date:
Meeting Agenda:
Presentation (video / speaker / other):
Old Business: (record outstanding issues until resolution)
Action #
Mo/Yr
Action By
Closure
Date
Additional Agenda Items:
Action #
Mo/Yr
Action By
Closure
Date
New Business:
Action #
Mo/Yr
Action By
Closure
Date
Handouts Circulated:
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
Page2of 2
Health, Safety &Environment Meeting Report Page 2
Incident Reviews:
Action #
Mo/Yr
Action By
Closure
Date
Safety Grams / Regulatory Bulletins:
Action #
Mo/Yr
Action By
Closure
Date
Hazard Alerts:
Action #
Mo/Yr
Action By
Closure
Date
Next Meeting Location: Date:
Start Time:
Chair Person: Topic:
Attendee Sign In:
Permit Hot Cold
Clearance Confined Space/ Restricted Space
Order Requested by: PERMIT No:
Supervision Continuous Intermittent
Issued by: Phone No:
Description of Work to be Done / Comments:
COMMUNICATION PROCEDURES
Req'd Complete N/A Req'd Complete N/A
1 Job discussed with Worker/Contractor/Maintenance 24 Stand -by Man/Continuous Gas Monitoring
2 Work Procedures Reviewed 25 Electrical Equipment/Valve Handles Locked & Tagged
3 Safety Regulations Received/Reviewed 26 Grounding/Bonding Required
4 M.S.D.S. Reviewed 27 Equipment Cooled/Ventilated/Isolated
5 Safety Meetings 28 Blinds Installed/Bleeds Open
6 Area Roped Off & Warning Signs Up 29 Vessels/Lines Purged
7 Radio on Hand 30 Shoring/Cut Back Required
8 Review Code of Practice (Site Specific)
9 Specific Training Identified PERSONAL PROTECTIVE & SAFETY EQUIPMENT
31 Air Hood/Dust Respirators
HAZARDS 32 Breathing Air - SABA / SCBA
10 Combustible Material Removed 33 Face Shield/Goggles/Safety Glasses
11 Drains Covered/Sumps Covered and Sealed 34 Hearing Protection
12 No Vessels/Pumps to be Vented/Depressured 35 Protective Clothing
13 Overheard Lines, Clearance Established 36 Safety Harness and Life Line
14 Underground Line, Located & Identified 37 Safety Belt and Lanyard
15 Other Hazardous Material 38 Explosion Proof & Low Voltage Electrical Equipment
16 High Voltage 39 Air Movers/Ventilators
17 Intrinsically Safe Equipment 40 Scaffolding
41 Wash Facilities
EMERGENCY PLANNING
18 Safe Egress from Work Areas Identified
19 Fire Extinguisher Ready to Use Note: Completed checkbox , should be completed by permit receiver after
20 Steam/Water hose Ready to Use all requirements have been met.
21 Emergency Air horn
22 ERP Manual Discussed
23 Atmosphere Testing (Explosive, Toxic & Oxygen Deficiency ) Record Below
AREA FREE OF
( appropriate box)
N
/
A
N
/
A
N
/
A
N
/
A
Combustible Gas (vapour) % LEL % LEL % LEL % LEL
Hydrogen Sulphide ppmH
2
S ppmH
2
S ppmH
2
S ppmH
2
S
Toxic Gas ppmH
2
S ppmH
2
S ppmH
2
S ppmH
2
S
Oxygen Content % O
2
% O
2
% O
2
% O
2
Tester's Signature
N
O
T
E
Validity (Permit - only valid for single shift)
Issued Date: Time: Expiry Date: Time:
We have read & understand the required precautions/instructions.
Approval by: Accepted By:
work indicated above has either been: completed or
cannot be continued until the issuance of a new work permit.
Signed:
Contractor Representative/Worker Supervisor
This permit is valid only as long as work conditions existing at the time of its issuance continue and expires upon occurrence of any hazard such as gas leak, liquid spill, drastic operating change in equipment, or change in
wind direction blowing vapours into the work area. Any worker will have the right to stop the job if he has reasonable grounds to believe that the job is, or likely to become unsafe. Work shall not resume until a new permit is
issued.
Supervisor Contractor Representative/Worker
Hours
RETESTS
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS, INSTRUCTIONS & EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
Hours Hours
RETESTS
Hours
FIRST TEST RETESTS
WORK
Location:
Contractor:
6.0 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND ANALYSIS
6.1 OVERVIEW
Regulations require that incidents be reported, investigated, and analyzed to determine
corrective actions and prevent recurrences. Incident investigation involves specifying what
actually happened, and determining the root and basic causes. Analysis is an overall study of
accident types, frequencies, locations and common causes. It also involves identifying risk
areas, safety needs and accident trends to determine where improvements are necessary.
6.2 INCIDENT REPORTING
Every employee and contractor must immediately report all incidents, no matter how small, to
HARVARD Supervisor. Supervisors must report accidents and close calls to their manager
immediately to ensure the root cause of the incident has been identified and the follow up
process is in place. Supervisors must also assist in the investigation all incidents, at least to the
extent that the risk potential is determined, and then submit reports as required (i.e. ERCB,
OGC, OH&S).
All injury accidents must be classified as either first aid, medical aid, modified work, or lost time.
Any non-compliance is to be reported immediately to the regulator and an incident report
completed and submitted to HARVARD supervisor. This means at the first available
opportunity without jeopardizing the safety of personnel responding to an incident, not when it
is convenient and the emergency is over. You should be aware that failure to report an incident
is often seen to be more serious than the incident itself and can result in administrative penalty
or other enforcement action by the regulator.
All non-compliance events will be reviewed to determine what factors led to the non-
compliance and actions items identified to ensure the non-compliance will not reoccur.
Additionally, all regulatory audits and inspections are to be reported as soon as results are
made available to company staff or representatives.
6.3 ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND FOLLOW-UP
The first line supervisor may initially being investigating all incidents and making
recommendations to prevent occurrences. The HARVARD HSE person is responsible for
completing and signing off on all incident investigations. Assistance of a safety professional in
carry out the investigation may be required if the incident is, or has the potential of being, a
major loss.
6.4 LOSS CONTROL STATISTICS
Incident statistics are maintained and reviewed on a regular basis to determine the
effectiveness of the safety program. These reports are also used to help determine the types of
accidents occurring, common causal factors, where they are occurring, high risk tasks, program
needs, accomplishments and trends. The statistics are reviewed by HARVARDs management.
6.5 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION RESPONSIBILITY FLOWCHART
Ensureproper governmentandinsurancenotificationsare
made
FieldformtobesubmittedtoHSE Department
Level 2incidentsrequireaformal IncidentInvestigation
ReportcompletedbyHarvardHSE Department.
LEVEL 1
Did the incident involve?
Equipment damage under $10,000
First aid injury or medical aid injury
Did the event have a significant
potential of being a SERIOUS
incident?
YES
NO
LEVEL 2
Equipment damage between $10,000
and $250,000
A lost time injury
A potential threat to public safety
Minor Incident
Notify Production Manager *
Line supervisor assumes
responsibility of senior investigator
An interim report is to be submitted
within 24 hours.
Submit completed Incident Report
Form within 5 days
NO
Did the event have a significant
potential of being a MAJOR
incident?
Y
E
S
YES
LEVEL 3
A fatality
A permanent disabling injury
Equipment damage in excess of
$250,000
Exposure of public to injury
Serious Incident
Area supervisor assumes
Submit initial report immediately
Submit final report after all
documentation is complete
NO
Y
E
S
YES
Major Incident
Area supervisor assumes
and incident review committee
Submit interim report within 48 hours
and final report after all
documentation is complete
NO
6.6 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION METHODOLOGY FLOWCHART
SENIOR INVESTIGATOR / INCIDENT REVIEW COMMITTEE
COLLECT EVIDENCE:
- Photograph - Tear down analysis
- Sketch and map - Analyze position
- Test materials - Analyze parts
- Reconstruct accident - Interview witnesses
- Examine response and loss
limitation actions
DETERMINE IMMEDIATE CAUSES:
- Substandard Practices - Substandard Conditions
DETERMINE BASIC CAUSES:
- Personal Factors - Job Factors
DEVELOP AND TAKE
REMEDIAL ACTIONS
REPORT FINDINGS AND ACTIONS:
- Incident report form for all incidents.
- WCB form (employers and employees) for all medical and lost time
accidents.
- Include copies of any supporting documents such as police reports, lab
reports, witness statements/reports, and pictures.
FOLLOW-UP:
- Ensure action items
identified have been
completed and are
working effectively
- Advise regulator of
steps taken to correct
non-compliance.
- A written report to
the regulator may be
required and is to be
submitted by the
manager.
6.7 INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT
Completing the Incident/Accident Report
When determining the events surrounding an incident there are six key questions
that will assist in the investigation process.
WHO?
Who saw the accident?
Who was working with the employee?
Who was injured?
Who had instructed/assigned the employee?
Who else was involved?
Who assigned the work? Supervisor?
Who else can help prevent recurrences?
Who were the witnesses?
WHAT?
What was the accident/incident?
What was the injury?
What injured the employee?
What was the employee doing?
What had the employee being told to do?
What tools had the employee being using?
What machine/equipment was involved?
What operation was the employee performing?
What instructions had the employee been given?
What specific precautions were necessary to FSM/FSH/Manufactures operation manual?
What specific precautions was the employee given by the supervisor?
What protective equipment was the employee issued by the supervisor?
What protective equipment was the employee using?
What training had the employee been given to use the protective equipment correctly?
What were the environmental conditions? (Hot/dry, wind/rain, ice, snow, etc.)
What training had the employee received to perform the assignment?
What were the initial precautions given to the employee in the Job hazard analysis?
What additional precautions had the employee received in the tailgate safety session?
What was the employees tour of duty?
What tour had the employee actually been working?
What communication did the employee have?
What communication equipment was required for the job?
WHEN?
When did the accident occur?
When did the employee begin that job?
When was the employee assigned on that job?
When were the hazards pointed out to that employee?
When had the employees supervisor last checked on the job progress?
When did the employee first sense something was wrong?
When was the employees last work/rest days?
When was the employee tested/certified/carded to operate the equipment/machinery?
When did the employee last check in?
WHERE?
Where did the accident occur?
Where was the employee at the time?
Where was the supervisor at the time?
Where were co-workers working at the time?
Where were other people who were involved at the time?
Where were witnesses when the accident occurred?
WHY?
Why was the employee injured?
Why did the employee do what he/she did?
Why was the protective equipment not used?
Why were specific instructions not given to the employees?
Why was the employee in the position he/she was in?
Why was the employee working beyond his/her scheduled tour of duty?
Why did the employee not check with the immediate supervisor when they noted that things were
not as they should be?
Why was the employee using the tools or machinery he/she was using?
Why was the employee not trained/certified to perform the job/operate the equipment?
Why did the employee continue, even under the circumstances?
Why was the supervisor not there at the time?
Why was the employee working alone?
HOW?
How was the employee injured? (Based on facts only)
How did the accident occur? ( Based on facts only)
Summary of Responsibilities and Explanations for Filling out the Form
A copy of the incident report form with section numbers referenced is provided at the end of this section.
SECTION 1
This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial report form:
Environment is checked if it is an oil, water, chemical spill, gas release or a TDG incident etc.
Safety is checked if it is an injury, vehicle accident, damaged property, etc.
SECTION 2
This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial incident report form.
Close Call is checked if the incident did not result in an injury, environmental release,
damaged equipment or property leading to a loss of production, etc.
Injury is checked if the incident resulted in any type of injury no matter how small to
company or contract personnel working for or on one of HARVARDs locations.
Vehicle is checked if the incident involved a company vehicle even if there was no
noticeable damage to the vehicle. This is also checked if the incident involved a
contractors vehicle.
Release is checked if the incident involved a release of oil, water, produced water, gas
(sweet or sour) or chemical, etc.
Property Damage is checked if the incident involved damage to company equipment,
property or theft of equipment or property.
Non-Conformance / Compliance is checked if the incident involved a non-compliance or
contravention of a permit or license. This is also checked if the incident involved equipment
non-conformance, which includes issues such as equipment alterations, material or
specification changes etc. that are not consistent with HARVARD QMPQAP. Deficiencies
identified as a result of an inspection by a regulatory body such as ERCB or OH&S,
Saskatchewan Labour, Workplace Safety and Health (Man.) & SER.
SECTION 3
This section should be filled out by HARVARD Supervisor.
Interim Report is checked when the report is missing information such as final costs,
follow-up action to identified assignments, etc.
Final Report is checked when it is the final report completely filled out including final costs,
injury information, cleanup description and follow-up, etc.
NOTE: It is most important to complete a thorough incident investigation. If
additional time is needed to complete a proper review of incident and to identify the
required follow-up actions, an INTERIMreport should be forwarded to Calgary by the
end of the next working day with basic incident information. The FINAL report
should be submitted once the investigation is completed, typically within one week.
SECTION 4
This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial accident report.
District is
Field is
SECTION 5
This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial incident report.
Date of Occurrence is the date and time that the incident took place.
SECTION 6
Date Reported is the date and time that the incident was first reported to the Calgary
Office.
SECTION 7
Location is the LSD the incident occurred on.
Exact Location of Incident is the actual location on the lease that the incident
happened (e.g. separator building, water injector building or 400 bbl. tank). If it is a
vehicle incident this would be the location the accident occurred (e.g. Corner of 100
th
Avenue and 108
th
St., Kilometre 21 on Road 234).
SECTION 8 - NOTIFICATIONS
This section should be filled out by the person who is doing the notifications.
Notifications include all government agencies or landowners that are notified. The
name of the person and time they were contacted should be recorded.
Following are the notification requirements for safety and environment incidents. (The following
is meant as a guide only. The appropriate regulation should be consulted for full details).
SAFETY INCIDENTS
AB WCB: Employers Notification Requirements:
a. Complete and submit an Employers Report of Injury or Occupational
Disease to the WCB if the accident disables or is likely to disable the
worker beyond the date of accident. You should report the injury within
24 hours of being notified. Failure to report injuries within 72 hours could
result in a penalty.
b. Report fatalities immediately.
c. Report the accident if the worker needs medical aid not covered
under basic health services; e.g. drugs, dressings, prosthetic
replacement, dental repair and eyeglass replacement.
Other Employer Responsibilities Include:
a. Keep records of all first aid administered.
b. Provide the worker with immediate transportation from the injury site
to a medical treatment facility. You must ensure that adequate
means of transport by land, water or air is available at all times.
c. Pay the worker his regular salary for the day the injury occurred. If
disablement goes beyond the accident day, compensation
payments start the first regular working day afterward. Cheques are
issued every two weeks. If you continue to pay the worker his full
salary, you may arrange to receive compensation cheques on
assignment by notifying the WCB.
d. Work with the WCB and health care providers in developing an
effective return to work plan for the injured worker.
Injured Workers Responsibilities Include:
a. Submit a Workers Report of Injury or Occupational Disease to
WCB.
b. Keep employers informed of their progress to help employer plan
for their return to work.
c. Maintain ongoing communication with the WCB.
d. Follow the advice of health care providers in order to recover as
quickly as possible.
AOH&S:
a. An injury or accident that results in death.
b. An injury or accident that results in a worker being admitted to a
hospital for more than two days.
c. An unplanned or uncontrolled explosion, fire or flood that causes a
serious injury or that has the potential of causing a serious injury.
d. The collapse or upset of a crane, derrick or hoist.
e. The collapse or failure of any component of a building or structure
necessary for the structural integrity of the building or structure.
BC WCB: Employers Notification Requirements:
a. Report every work-related injury. The report must be made within
three days of the injurys occurrence.
b. Report every disabling occupational disease, or allegation of an
occupational disease. The report must be made within three days of
receiving the workers report of the disease.
c. Report every work-related death immediately to the Board and the
Boards local representative.
d. The report must be on the form prescribed by the Board and must
state:
The name and address of the worker.
The time and place of the disease, injury or death.
The nature of the injury or alleged injury.
The name and address of any physician or qualified
practitioner who attended the worker, and
Any other details required by the board or by regulation.
Employers responsibilities include the Occupational
First Aid Regulation under Section 5.70(1) of the
Workers Compensation Act.
Injured Workers Responsibilities Include:
a. Report an injury or disabling occupational disease as soon as
possible to the employer. The report must include:
The name of the worker.
The time and place of the occurrence.
A description of the disease or injury and its cause.
MAN WCB: Employers Notification Requirements:
a. Complete and submit Employers Report of Injury Form to the
WCB. You should report the injury within five business days of the
accident.
b. Report any fatalities immediately.
Other Employer Responsibilities Include:
a. Keep records of all first aid administered
b. Provide the worker with transportation from the injury site to the
medical treatment facility. You must ensure that adequate means of
transport by land, water, or air is available at all times.
Injured Workers Responsibilities:
a. Report the incident to your employer as soon as possible
b. If you miss time from work because of the work related injury, report the
accident to WCB by phone, fax or mail.
c. Be sure and get medical attention
d. Keep in contact with your employer and let them know how you are
recovering
e. Be sure to follow the advice of your medical professional
MAN WHS:
a. An incident that results in death or serious injury
b. Collapse or structural failure of a building, tower, crane, hoist, temporary
construction support system or excavation
c. An uncontrolled spill or escape of a toxic, corrosive or explosive
substance
d. Explosion, fire or flooding
SASK WCB: Employers Notification Requirements:
a. Must report injury within five days of it occurring
b. Provide appropriate first aid
c. Arrange for immediate transportation so worker can receive
appropriate treatment from a qualified health care professional
Injured Workers Responsibilities:
a. Get medical help if you need it
b. Have your caregiver report to WCB
c. Report the incident to your employer immediately
d. Complete and submit Workers Initial Report of Injury as soon as
possible
e. Participate with your employer, caregiver and WCB in setting up a
personalized return-to-work plan
SASK OH & S
a. OH&S notification is required for any hospital stay of 72 hours or
more due to medical aid, restricted duty or lost time accidents
POLICE: Any fatality
LANDOWNER/
OCCUPANT: Any incident that impacts or has the potential to impact the
landowner/occupant.
ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENTS
LANDOWNER/
OCCUPANT: Any incident that impacts or has the potential to impact the
landowner/occupant.
GOVERNMENT
AGENCY: See Regulatory Reporting Requirements in Forms at the end of this
section.
SECTION 9 DESCRIPTION OF INCIDENT
This section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial report and reviewed by the
Production Foreman and the Production Engineer/Manager or their equivalent.
Detailed Description of Incident is a complete detailed description of the incident
including What, When, Where, Why, Who information, equipment, site diagrams, QMP
reports, vehicle report forms and any other appropriate documentation.
Vehicle Report is information that is necessary for insurance reporting requirements.
There is a time limited for reporting an incident to the insurance company that may
result in a claim. That can be done with a phone call.
Unit Number is the vehicle number if the incident involved a HARVARD vehicle.
Severity Potential section should be filled out by the Production Engineer or
equivalent:
Minor
Personnel: Injury requiring minimal or no first aid.
Public: No impact.
Environment: Product or chemical release contained on lease or in
process (Non-reportable spills typically less than 2
m
3
).
Regulatory: Written or verbal warning only. No fines or control
orders likely to result.
Serious
Personnel: Injury requiring medical first aid with no lost time.
Public: Public exposure with potential to result in a
complaint.
Environment: Reportable product or chemical off-lease release or
large spill contained on lease (Priority 3 spills -
typically 2-20 m
3
).
Equipment: Damage which results in down time less than 1 day.
Regulatory: Infraction resulting in potential for a fine control order.
Major
Personnel: Serious injury or health effects (Lost time injury).
Public: Exposed to potential accident or injury.
Environment: Large uncontained product or chemical release
(Priority 1 and 2 spills typically over 20 m
3
).
Regulatory: Potential for a significant fine or a control order
requiring facility or operations shutdown.
Probability of Occurrence
Seldom is checked when the likelihood to occur is sometime in the facilities life.
Not normally expected unless precautionary measures fail. Once every 10
years.
Occasional is checked when it is commonly know to occur periodically. Likely
to happen several times in the life of the facility. Usually yearly or longer within
the district.
Frequent is checked when it is expected to occur routinely or repeatedly over
the life of the facility. Usually monthly or weekly within the district.
This information is summarized in the Risk Matrix located in Section 4.
NOTE: When evaluating the severity and probability of an incident, the
description should note if the hazard was identified beforehand and if the
necessary work permits were issued.
SECTION 10 INJURY INFORMATION
Copy of Applicable WCB Form Attached is checked when there was a reportable
injury. An injury that involved medical aid, modified work, lost time or fatality is
responsible. The applicable WCB form(s) are to accompany the incident form.
All injury incidents must be classified as either first aid, medical aid, modified work, or lost time.
The classification standard endorsed by the Canadian Association of Petroleum Producers and
being used by HARVARD is ANSI Z16.4. To assist you in accurately filling out our incident
report forms, outlined below are the four categories of injury accidents and some explanation of
what type of incident fits into each category.
1. First Aid
This is defined as any one treatment and subsequent observation of minor
scratches, cuts, burns, splinters and so forth, which do not ordinarily require medical
care by a physician. The transport of an injured worker to a physician for
observation or for diagnosis as a safety precaution can still be considered a first aid
case.
2. Medical Aid
The decision as to whether a case involves medical aid should be made on the
basis of whether the case normally would require medical treatment. The decision
cannot be made on the basis of who treats the case. A physician can administer
first aid. Medical aid is defined as a work injury other than a first aid which requires
treatment by a physician or other medical professional and includes:
Impairment of body functions (e.g. loss of consciousness).
Damage of a non-superficial nature to physical structure (fractures, cuts
requiring stitches etc.)
Complications (e.g. debridement following burns, treatment of infections
arising from injury).
Ongoing medical treatment (e.g. physiotherapy, repeat administration of
a prescription pain killer, etc.)
Diagnostic procedures such as x-rays or preventive procedures such as tetanus shots
are not in and of themselves considered medical aid.
3. Modified Work
This is any work injury which results in a temporary work assignment that does
not include all the normal duties of the persons regular job. The temporary work
assigned must be considered meaningful.
Initiation of Modified Work Plan
Employee reports to supervisor about need for medical limitations due to
injury or illness.
Employee presents medical information from recognized health care
provider using HARVARDs Medical Limitation report.
Employee has his/her supervisor develop a Modified Work Plan.
Content of Modified Work Plans
All modified work plans will specifically identify the:
Medical limitations that require modified work
Work duties or tasks to be modified
Assigned work duties and the hours of work
Physical demands of the assigned work duties
Any change in assignment of supervision
Employees commitment to follow and continue rehabilitation and medical
care
Frequency of medical progress reporting
Employee and supervisors commitment to adhere to the plan.
Informal Modified Work Plan
Medical advice indicates that normal job duties may be resumed within two weeks.
The work plan may be developed and documented between the employee and their
front line supervisor based on the medical limitations and work capability
recommended by a recognized health care provider.
Formal Modified Work Plan
Medical advice indicates that modified work will be required for longer then two
weeks. The work plan will be developed between the employee, the front-line
supervisor and the area supervisor. A more detailed description of the physical
demands of the proposed work duties may be required. The work plan will be
documented and submitted to the appropriate health care provider and, when
needed, by other interested stakeholders for input or approval.
Return to Work
Before employees return to work following a disability that resulted in medical
limitations, the employee will present a progress report providing medical clearance
to full work duties.
4. Lost Time Injury
This is defined as an injury where the injured worker is unable to report for the next
scheduled day of work or to modified work.
Injured Party
Company is checked when the injured party is a HARVARD employee.
Public is checked if the person injured was someone that is not working for
HARVARD as an employee or contract worker.
Contractor is checked if the injured person was working for HARVARD as a
contract operator, consultant or working for a company doing work for
HARVARD. HARVARD that the injured party is working for must also be noted
here.
Name is the name or names of the injured person or persons.
Employee Number is the injured persons HARVARD employee number.
Phone Number is the injured persons home phone number.
Address, City and Postal Code is the injured persons home address.
Occupation is the occupation of the injured person.
Experience is the number of years the person has been doing their present job.
Injured Part of Body identifies which part of the body was injured in the
incident.
Immediate Supervisor is the injured persons direct supervisor be it a contract
or HARVARD person.
SECTION 11 ENVIRONMENT
The first part of this section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial incident
report. The second part should be filled out by the Production Foreman or their equivalent.
Liquid is checked if the release was an unrefined petroleum product, produced water, fresh
water or crude oil.
Gas is checked for any accidental sweet or sour gas release.
Other is checked if the release was a chemical or a refined petroleum product such as
diesel, gasoline, etc.
Terrain Affected
o Land is checked if the release affected any of the surrounding area including on
lease.
o Water is checked if the release got into any river, creek or body of water.
o Both are check when the release affected the surrounding area and body of water.
Contained on Lease
o Yes is checked if no product got off the lease or right-of-way.
o No is checked if product did get off the lease or right-of-way.
Rehabilitation Required
o Yes is checked if work may have to be done at a later date to restore the spill area
back to its original condition.
o No is checked if no work is required other than the initial clean up.
Waste Manifest is checked if a waste manifest needs to be filled out for any material
hauled off location.
Public Complaint is checked if there is a complaint from any party not working for
HARVARD or if a spill or release is reported by a landowner, etc.
GAS
Discharged is the estimated amount of gas released expressed in m
3
. This should include
accidental or emergency flared gas volumes.
Sweet or Sour indicates if the release contained H
2
S levels in excess of 10 ppm.
WATER BASE MATERIAL
PW is checked if the spill involved produced water.
FW is checked if the spill involved fresh water.
DISCHARGED is the estimated amount of water release expressed in m
3
.
RECOVERED is the actual amount of water cleaned up expressed in m
3
.
LIQUID HYDROCARBON
Discharged is the estimated amount of hydrocarbon released expressed in m
3.
Recovered is the actual amount of hydrocarbon cleaned up expressed in m
3
.
OTHER
Discharged is the estimated amount of chemical, refined petroleum product released
expressed in m
3
.
Recovered is the actual amount of chemical etc. cleaned up expressed in m
3
.
H
2
S% is the H
2-
S content of the release expressed in %.
Smoke is checked yes if there was a fire involved in the release or a flare stack or lit pit
was involved. Otherwise no is checked.
Odour is checked yes if there was a release that emitted an odour that may be
noticeable to the surrounding public or contract personnel. Also if there was a complaint
in the area. No would be checked if none of these apply.
Noise is checked yes if there was a condition resulting in noise exceeding permitted
levels. Also if there is a complaint from the public. Otherwise no is checked.
Wind Direction is the direction the wind was blowing during or after the release.
CONTROL MEASURES
Description of Clean Up and Rehabilitation is a detailed description of what was
done on location. How was the spill contained? What was the area affected? What was
used to recover the fluid? Where was the recovered fluid taken and how was it
disposed of? If hauled away to where? Was it treated on location? Were any of the
fluids recycled? What special activity took place during the spill response and why?
What amendments were applied to the site? A sketch of the spill area should be
included with the report. (See Forms at the end of this section).
AMENDMENTS APPLIED
Quantab Values is the initial values obtained using the Quantabs provided in the spill
kits. The final report should state what values were achieved.
Date is the date the amendments were started or applied.
Government File Number is the file number issued by the government at the time the
release was reported. This number should be asked for when reporting the release.
Date Rehabilitation Was Completed is the final date work was performed on the
location.
Calcium Nitrate is the amount of calcium nitrate used in the reclamation expressed in Kgs.
Ammonium Nitrate is the amount of fertilizer (ammonium nitrate) used in the
reclamation expressed in Kgs.
Seed Mixture Applied is the type and amount of seed used in the reclamation.
Other is any other product that may have been used in the reclamation of the lease
e.g. straw, hay or Oil-Gator, etc.
SECTION 12 VESSEL PIPELINE
This section should be filled out by the Production Foreman or their equivalent. This section is
used by the Calgary office for creating a history of failures on a particular line. This information
can then be used to indicate if the entire line may need replacing.
License Number is the Board license number found on the pipeline application to the
government.
Line Number is the number found on the license application.
Line OD is the outside diameter of the line in the area of the failure (expressed in mm).
Grade is the grade or type of pipe used: sour, sweet, schedule 40 etc.
MOP is the maximum operating pressure of the failed line as stated on the pipeline
license (expressed in kPa).
Type of Wrap is the type of outside coating of the line (e.g. yellow jacket).
Internal Coated yes is checked if the line has any type of internal coating. If not
coated check no.
Wall Thickness is the pipe thickness in the area of the failure (expressed in mm).
Normal Operating Pressure is the operating pressure of the line under normal
operating conditions (expressed in kPa).
Depth of Cover is the amount of material that is covering the line in the area of the
failure.
Type is the type of line (e.g. fiberglass, plastic, etc.)
Vessel I.D. is the Alberta Number or CRN registration number off the vessel.
NON-CONFORMANCE RELATED TO:
Repairs and Alterations is checked if the cause of the failure was related to any
repairs or alterations done to the line or vessel.
Material or Specification Changes is checked if the material or specifications in the
area of the failure were not the same as on the licensing agreement or if any changes
are being made.
SECTION 13 SUMMARIZE ALL COSTS RELATING TO INCIDENT
This section should be filled out by the Production Foreman or their equivalent.
Note: This information is used by our insurance company to determine if a claim
should beinitiated.
Final Costs is checked if this is the known final cost of the incident.
Estimated Costs is checked if the costs are not known or there may be more costs
added at a later date.
Covering Costs
o Company is checked if HARVARD is covering all the repair or clean-up costs.
o Third Party is checked if the costs are being charged to or paid for by a
contractor, trucking company, or someone elses insurance company, etc.
Estimated Repair Replacement Costs is an estimated cost of the repair or
replacement of a vehicle, piece of equipment or pipeline repair, etc. For larger incidents
this information is needed right away for insurance reporting requirements. There is a
time limit for reporting an incident to the insurance company that may result in a claim.
This can be done with a telephone call.
Final Repair Replacement Costs is the actual cost of repairs or replacement.
Estimated Clean-Up Costs is the estimated cost of the clean-up including all
transportation, disposal, clean-up and seeding costs, etc. For larger incidents this
information is needed right away for insurance reporting requirements. This is a time
limit for reporting an incident to the insurance company that may result in a claim. This
can be done with a telephone call.
Final Clean-Up Costs is all actual costs associated with the clean-up of the site.
SECTION 14 WHAT WAS THE CAUSE OF THE INCIDENT
The first part of this section should be filled out by the person preparing the initial incident
report. This section should be checked by the Production Foreman and the Production
Engineer / Manager or their equivalent.
Describe any Unsafe Conditions. This is a detailed written explanation of any unsafe
condition or conditions and should include the what, how and why. Any unsafe
condition or conditions that contributed to the incident should be checked off. The
written description should also discuss any unsafe conditions that are not included in
the check boxes.
Describe any Unsafe Acts. This is a detailed written explanation of any unsafe act or
acts and should include the what, how and why. Any unsafe act or acts that contributed
to the incident should be checked off. The written description should also discuss any
unsafe acts that are not included in the check boxes.
SECTION 15 CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN TO
ADDRESS THE ROOT CAUSE OF THE INCIDENT
This section should be filled out of the Production Foreman and reviewed by the Production
Engineer/Manager. If required, the Calgary office may be asked to help with the investigation
depending on the severity of the incident.
Corrective Action is a detailed explanation outlining what actions have or will be taken
to prevent the recurrence of a similar incident. The written description should also
discuss any recommended actions not included in the check boxes.
NOTE: Corrective actions should be based on an understanding of the basic
causes. A summary of basic or root causes is provided in the Forms at the end of
this section.
SECTION 16 BLANK
SECTION 17 FOLLOW-UP ASSIGNMENTS
This section should be filled out by the Production Engineer/Manager.
What is a brief description of follow-up that needs to be done to prevent a recurrence or
to finish rehabilitation.
Who is the person responsible to make sure the follow-up is completed.
When is the date this follow-up is expected to be completed.
Submitted By is the operator or person initiating the original report.
Reviewed and Approved by is the Foreman or the Rig Construction Supervisor.
Reports should be forwarded to HARVARD Calgary Office via fax
(403) 229-0603
SECTION 6 FORMS
Spill Site Assessment Sheet
Basic Causes of Loss
Regulatory Reporting Requirements for Spills and Releases
Reportable Spill Volumes for TDG Controlled Substances
INCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT
Please ensure you have provided all information for the incident you are reporting Note: See Instructions in Section 6.0 for completing form.
ENVIRONMENT NEAR MISS INJURY VEHICLE RELEASE INTERIM REPORT
SAFETY PROPERTY DAMAGE NON CONFORMANCE / COMPLIANCE FINAL REPORT
DISTRICT: FIELD: Date of Occurrence: Date Reported:
YYYY / MM / DD TIME YYYY / MM / DD TIME
LOCATION ERCB / MEM Name: Time:
LSD SEC TWP MEI / SEM / NEB Name: Time:
W MER WCB / OH&S Name: Time:
EXACT LOCATION OF INCIDENT: AEP / MELP Name: Time:
POLICE Name: Time:
LANDOWNER Name: Time:
PROVIDE AN EXACT DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INCIDENT, NON CONFORMANCE AND / OR PROPERTY AFFECTED: (attach diagram if appropriate)
EQUIPMENT / VEHICLE INFORMATION - (including QMP) VEHICLE FORM ATTACHED UNIT NO.
SEVERITY POTENTIAL Minor Serious Major PROBABILITY OF OCCURRENCE Seldom Occasional Frequent
INJURY INFORMATION COPY OF APPLICABLE WCB FORM ATTACHED
First Aid Medical Aid Lost Time Fatality Other Specify
Injured party: Employee Public Contractor (Company Name) :
Name: Employee # Phone #
Address: City: Occupation:
Postal Code: Experience: Yrs Injured Part of Body
Immediate Supervisor: Modified Work _________________________________________________________________________
Any product spill - Off Lease, Into a Water Course, or Over 2m on Lease is to be reported. On Lease spills under 2m do not need to be reported.
ENVIRONMENTAL Liquid Other Terrain Affected Land Water Both
Contained on Lease? Yes No Rehabilitation Required ? Yes No Waste Manifest Yes No Public Complaint? Yes No
Gas: Water Base Material (m
3
) PW FW Liquid Hydrocarbon (m
3
): Other:
Discharged: Discharged: Discharged: Discharged:
Sweet/Sour Recovered: Recovered: Recovered:
H
2
S %: Smoke: Yes No Odour: Yes No Noise: Yes No Wind Direction:
CONTROL MEASURES INCLUDING A DESCRIPTION OF CLEAN UP AND REHABILITATION: (Recovered product recycled? - Contaminated Soil? - Treated? Hauled Away? - Where?)
Quantab Values:
Amendments Applied: Date: Government File: Date Rehab Completed:
Calcium Nitrate: kg Ammonium Nitrate: kg Seed Mixture Applied: Other: Straw etc.
VESSEL / PIPELINE INFORMATION - (if applicable)
License No. Line No: Line OD (mm):
Grade: MOP (kPa): Type of Wrap:
Internal Coat: Yes No Wall Thickness (mm): Normal OP. Press (kPa):
Depth of Cover (m): Type: Vessel I.D. #:
NON CONFORMANCE RELATED TO: Repairs or Alterations Material or Specification changes Page 1 of 2
N
O
T
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
Please ensure you have provided all information for the incident you are reporting
Summarize all costs relating to incident Indicate Final Costs Estimated Costs Company Third Party
Estimated Repair / Replacement Costs $ Final Repair / Replacement Costs $ Estimated Clean-Up Costs $ Final Clean-Up Costs $
What was the cause of the accident? (Determine the cause by analyzing all factors concerned. A person, a machine, or a physical condition? How? Why?
A. Describe any UNSAFE CONDITIONS:
CONGESTED WORK AREA OR RESTRICTED ACTION DEFECTIVE TOOLS, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE:
UNSAFE FLOOR, RAMPS, STAIRWAYS OR ROADWAY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE (GASES, DUST SMOKE, VAPOUR)
INADEQUATE GUARDS OR PROTECTION INADEQUATE OR IMPROPER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT IMPROPER MATERIAL STORAGE
INADEQUATE WARNING SYSTEM HIGH OR LOW TEMPERATURE INADEQUATE VENTILATION
EXCESSIVE NOISE INADEQUATE / EXCESSIVE ILLUMINATION POOR HOUSEKEEPING
RADIATION EXPOSURE INTERNAL CORROSION / EROSION
UNSTABLE GROUND CONDITIONS EQUIPMENT FAILURE (WEAR & TEAR)
B. Describe any UNSAFE ACTS:
VIOLENCE / HARASSMENT
FAILURE TO SECURE / LOCK-OUT FAILURE TO USE PROPER TOOLS OR EQUIPMENT FAILURE TO USE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
FAILURE TO USE GUARDS PROVIDED IMPROPER LIFTING, LOWERING OR CARRYING MAKING SAFETY DEVICES INOPERABLE
IMPROPER LOADING OR PLACEMENT UNSAFE POSITION FOR TASK SERVICING EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION
OPERATING AT UNSAFE SPEED OPERATING WITHOUT AUTHORITY INFLUENCE OF ALCOHOL AND/OR DRUGS
USING DEFECTIVE EQUIPMENT USING EQUIPMENT IMPROPERLY LACK OF SKILL OR KNOWLEDGE
UNNECESSARY HASTE HORSEPLAY UNSAFE ACT OF OTHER (3RD PARTY)
UNAWARE OF HAZARD PHYSICAL LIMITATION / MENTAL ATTITUDE FATIGUE
CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN TO ADDRESS THE ROOT CAUSES OF THE INCIDENT:
Explain what you have done or what you recommended to prevent a recurrence of a similar incident / accident
IMPROVED LAYOUT OR DESIGN IMPROVED / INCREASED SUPERVISION ADDITIONAL / PROPER JOB PROCEDURES
IMPROVED CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS IMPROVED HIRING STANDARDS INCREASED ON THE JOB INSTRUCTION
IMPROVED EQUIPMENT STANDARDS IMPROVED JOB PLACEMENT STANDARDS INCREASED ENFORCEMENT OF WORK STANDARDS
IMPROVED PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE IMPROVED JOB PLANNING METHODS INCREASED ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
INCREASED INSPECTION / MAINTENANCE FREQUENCY ADDITIONAL TRAINING OR AWARENESS ADDITIONAL CONTRACTOR CONTROLS
CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN FOR QMP CONFORMANCE:
SUBMITTED BY: (please PRINT) REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY:
DATE
FORWARD REPORT TO: Page 2 of 2
Covering Costs
SUPERINTENDENT / MANAGER SUPERVISOR / FOREMAN SIGNATURE INCIDENT REPORTED BY
WHEN?
WHAT?
WHO?
DATE SIGNATURE: INSPECTOR
FOLLOW-UP ASSIGNMENTS:
This report is required as part of Harvard obligations under the Occupational Health & Safety Act of Alberta and is subject to the protections of sections 18 and 19 of that act. Further, any
statements given herein are made subject to the protections provided by section 6 of the Alberta Evidence Act and section 5 of the Canada Evidence Act to the extent that they may apply.
N
SPILL SITE ASSESSMENT SHEET
Contractor: ____________________________________________________________________ SITE SKETCH
Weather: ____________________________________________________________Date:_________________
Legal Description: ______________________________ W _______ M
NTS Location: _______________________ Longitude: ______________ Latitude: ____________
Legend: Wellhead Sump Erosion Slope Building
Undergroundtank Pipeline Riser FlarePit SurfaceTanks
Spills/Contamination Topsoil pile Subsoil pile
Drainagedirection Berm Trench ac Access
Comments:
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
S
bl
ust
fp
st
tsp ssp
BASIC CAUSES OF LOSS
PERSONAL FACTORS JOB FACTORS
Inadequate Physical/Physiological Capability
- inappropriate height, weight, size, strength, reach etc.
- restricted range of body movement
- limited ability to sustain body positions
- substance sensitivities or allergies
- sensitivities to sensory extremes (temperature, sound, etc.)
- vision deficiency
- hearing deficiency
- other sensory deficiency (touch, taste, smell, balance)
- respiratory incapacity
- other permanent physical disabilities
- temporary disabilities
Inadequate Mental Physiological Capability
- fears and phobias
- emotional disturbance
- mental illness
- intelligence level
- inability to comprehend
- poor judgment
- poor coordination
- slow reaction time
- low mechanical aptitude
- low learning aptitude
- memory failure
Physical or Physiological Stress
- injury or illness
- fatigue due to task load or duration
- fatigue due to lack of rest
- fatigue due to sensory overload
- exposure to health hazards
- exposure to temperature extremes
- oxygen deficiency
- atmospheric pressure variation
- constrained movement
- blood sugar insufficiency
- drugs
Mental or Psychological Stress
- emotional overload
- fatigue due to mental task load or speed
- extreme judgment decision demands
- routine monotony, demand for uneventful vigilance
- extreme concentration perception demands
- meaningless or degrading activities
- confusing directions
- conflicting directions
- preoccupation with problems
- frustration
- mental illness
Lack of Knowledge
- lack of experience
- inadequate orientation
- inadequate initial training
- inadequate update training
- misunderstood directions
Lack of Skill
- inadequate initial instruction - infrequent performance
- inadequate practice - lack of coaching
Improper Motivation
- improper performance is rewarding
- improper performance is punishing
- lack of incentives
- excessive frustration
- inappropriate aggression
- improper attempt to save time or effort
- improper attempt to avoid discomfort
- improper attempt to gain attention
- inappropriate peer pressure
- improper supervisory example
- inadequate performance feedback
- inadequate reinforcement of proper behaviour
- improper production incentives
Inadequate Leadership and Supervision
- unclear or conflicting reporting relationships
- unclear or conflicting assignment of responsibility
- improper or insufficient delegation
- giving inadequate policy, procedure, practices or guidelines
- giving objectives, goals or standards that conflict
- inadequate work planning or programming
- inadequate instructions, orientation and/or training
- providing inadequate reference documents, directives and guidance publications
- inadequate identification and evaluation of loss exposures
- lack of supervisory management job knowledge
- inadequate matching of individual qualifications and job task requirements
- inadequate performance measurement and evaluation
- inadequate or incorrect performance feedback
Inadequate Engineering
- inadequate assessment of loss exposures
- inadequate consideration of human factors ergonomics
- inadequate standards, specifications and/or design criteria
- inadequate monitoring of construction
- inadequate assessment of operational readiness
- inadequate monitoring of initial operation
- inadequate evaluation of charges
Inadequate Purchasing
- inadequate specifications on requisitions
- inadequate research on materials & equipment
- inadequate specifications to vendors
- inadequate mode or route of shipment
- inadequate receiving inspection and acceptance
- inadequate communication of safety and health data
- improper handling of materials
- improper storage of materials
- improper transporting of materials
- inadequate identification of hazardous items
- improper salvage of waste disposal
Inadequate Maintenance
- inadequate preventive - inadequate reparative
assessment of needs communication of needs
lubrication and servicing scheduling of work
adjustment assembly examination of units
cleaning or resurfacing part substitution
Inadequate Tools and Equipment
- inadequate assessment of needs and risks
- inadequate human factors ergonomic considerations
- inadequate standards or specifications
- inadequate availability
- inadequate adjustment repair maintenance
- inadequate salvage and reclamation
- inadequate removal and replacement of unsuitable items
Inadequate Work Standards
- inadequate development of standards
- inadequate communication of standards
- inadequate maintenance of standards
Wear and Tear
- inadequate planning of use
- improper extension of service life
- inadequate inspection and/or monitoring
- improper loading or rate of use
- inadequate maintenance
- use by unqualified or untrained personnel
- used for wrong purpose
Abuse or Misuse
- condoned by supervision
- not condoned by supervision
- unintentional/intentional
Regulatory Reporting Requirements Page 1
TYPE PRODUCT/ INCIDENT CONDITIONS VOLUME/ SEVERITY ALTA B.C. Federal
Any situation or dangerous occurrence that had the potential for
serious injury of workers (ie: structural failure or collapse of a
support system, excavation, or contact with a pipeline)
Any WHS WCB NEB/TSB
Actual injury / fatality of employee or contractor
Notes:
1) In Alberta, WHS notification includes any hospital stay >2 days
due to medical aid, restricted duty or lost time accidents
2) WCB notification must occur immediately for fatalities or within
72 hours for injuries
3) Confirm with Incident Commander that local ambulance service
or Stars Link Centre (Alberta) has been notified.
Any WHS
WCB
WCB NEB/TSB
Life Safety
Any situation that has or potentially may threaten the health and
safety of the public
Any ERCB
LDDS
EMA
Police
* AT-via EMA
PEP
OGC/PEP
Police
* DTH
NEB/TSB
On-Lease crude oil / salt water spill
OR
Product losses / vandalism
AB: 2m3 or more
BC: 100 L oil and >200 L
salt water
ERCB OGC/PEP
WLAP
Off-Lease crude oil/ salt water spill or any pipeline release or any
pipeline release that may, has, or could cause an adverse effect
Any volume ERCB OGC/PEP
WLAP
NEB/TSB
Crude oil/ salt water spill
Into watercourse
Any volume ERCB
AEPCD
OGC/PEP
WLAP
ECAN
DFO
NEB/TSB
Transportation of Dangerous Goods (TDG) incident involving
refined or unrefined products. This includes On or Off lease truck
loading/ unloading spills
Volumes according to TDG
regs
EMA
Local Police
OGC/PEP
Local Police
Refined product or chemicals: Any significant spill, or a spill into
water, or a spill that may, has or could cause an adverse effect
Reportable volumes in
TDG regs and CEPA
AEPCD
EMA
OGC/PEP
WLAP
Spills
Refined or unrefined spills involving PCBs or spills on aboriginal
land, in National Parks or on railway right of ways
In addition to above spill notification requirements notify ECAN
contdonnextpage
Regulatory Reporting Requirements Page 2
TYPE PRODUCT/ INCIDENT CONDITIONS VOLUME/ SEVERITY ALTA B.C. Federal
Sour Gas Any volume ERCB OGC/PEP
WLAP
NEB/TSB
Releases Odours/fugitive gas emissions
In Alberta EUB unless from a refined product then notify AE-PCD
Nuisance / noticeable,
public complaint
received
ERCB OGC/PEP
WLAP
Unscheduled or Emergency Flaring AE-PCD: Exceeds facility
approval
ERCB: exceeds approved
volume or flaring for more
than 24 hours
AE-PCD or
ERCB
OGC/PEP
WLAP
Flaring
report to
agency which
issued approval
Black Smoke or flaring that may cause an adverse effect ie: public complaint
received
AE-PCD or
ERCB
OGC/PEP
WLAP
Pipeline
Contact/Failure/
Rupture
Any EUB or NEB licensed pipeline is contacted, fails or ruptures
Note: WHS must also be notified if situation causes or had potential
to cause serious injury
Any ERCB or NEB, as
applicable
WHS see
Note
NEB/TSB
Fire/
Explosion
Any explosions and On or Off lease fires
Note: As required, confirm with that local fire fighters/ forest fire/ or
industrial fire fighters have been notified.
Any ERCB
WHS
LDDS
OGC/PEP
WCB
NEB/TSB
Pressure vessel Incident involving pressure vessel, boiler or pressure piping Any ABSA ML-BVS NEB/TSB
Electrical Incident involving/possibly caused by electrical equipment Any SCO ML-ES NEB/TSB
Vehicle accident Single or multiple vehicle accidents Any Local Police Local Police NEB/TSB
Security Incident
Threatening phone call or trespassers on company property. Any Local Police
* AT-via EMA
Local Police
* DTH
Abbreviation Government Regulatory Agency Phone # For Spill Reporting
ERCB Energy Resources and Conservation Board Regional Offices 24 hrs.: Bonnyville (780) 826-5352, Drayton Valley (780) 542-5182, Grande Prairie (780) 538-5138, St. Albert (780) 460-
3800, Calgary/Midnapore (403) 297-8303, Medicine Hat (403) 527-3385, Red Deer (403) 340-5454, Wainwright (780) 842-7570
AE-PCD Alberta Environment Pollution Control Division Pollution Control Division 24 hr. Spill Reporting Line (780) 422-4505
EMA & AT*;
LDDS
Emergency Management Alberta (*Alberta Transportation);
Local Director of Disaster Services
Emergency Coordination Centre 1-800-272-9600; Emergency Managements Local Director of Disaster Services for the region can also be
notified via 1-800 number.
WHS Workplace Health & Safety (also notifies WCB) 24 hr. reporting 1-866-415-8690
OGC / PEP; DTH*;
WLAP
BC Oil & Gas Commission & Provincial Emergency Program;
(*Dept. of Transportation & Highways); Water, Lands, Air &
Parks
PEP 24 hr. (Provincial Emergency Program) 1-800-663-3456 Effective April 1, 2004 all incidents previously reported to OGC or WLAP are
to be routed to the PEP emergency line.
BC WCB BC Workers Compensation Board 24 Hour 1-888-6221-7233
ECAN Environment Canada In Alberta (Alberta Ministry of Environment) 1-800-222-6514
In BC (ECAN) 604-666-6100
DFO Department of Fisheries and Oceans navigable waters only Environmental Emergencies 1-800-889-8852; Navigable Waters Protection Branch Alberta (780) 495-3701 or B.C. (604) 775-8867
SCO Safety Codes Officer Alberta Municipal Affairs Safety Services, Electrical Discipline 780-415-0481
NEB & TSB National Energy Board & Transportation Safety Board NEB Regulated Lines Only - NEB Emergency Line 1-800-632-1663, Transportation Safety Board Incident Reporting 24 hr. (819) 997-7887
ABSA Alberta Municipal Affairs Regional Offices (daytime reporting) Edmonton (780) 437-9100 Calgary (403) 291-7070 Grand Prairie (780) 538-9922
Fort McMurray (780) 714-3067 Lethbridge (403) 381-5465 Red Deer (403) 341-6677 Medicine Hat (403) 529-3514
After Hours # for deaths or serious accidents (780) 437-9100.
(* Highway Authorities for emergencies that impact or require closure of 1 or 2 digit highway
Regulatory Reporting Requirements - Page 3
TYPE PRODUCT/INCIDENT CONDITIONS VOLUME/SEVERITY SASK. MAN. FEDERAL
Any situation or dangerous occurrence that had the potential for serious
injury of workers: (ie: structural failure or collapse of a support system, Any OH&S WSH NEB/TSB
excavation, or contact with a pipeline)
Actual injury / fatality of employee or contractor
OH&S WSH
Notes: 1). In Saskatchewan there must be notification to OH&S for any
hospital stay of over 72 hours due to work related injury Any WCB WCB NEB/TSB
Life Safety
2). In Man. & Sask. WCB & OH&S (WHS) must be notified immediately
for fatalities and within 5 days for any injuries
Any situation that has or potentially may threaten the health and safety Any OH&S WSH NEB/TSB
of the public Police Police
On-Lease crude oil/salt water spill Sask: 1.6m3 or more SER
Manitoba
Conservation
OR Man: 0.5m3 or more
Product losses/vandalism
Off-Lease crude oil/salt water spill or any pipeline release or any Any Volume SER
Manitoba
Conservation
pipeline release that may, has, or could cause an adverse effect NEB/TSB
Spills Crude oil/salt water spill into watercourse Any Volume SER
Manitoba
Conservation ECAN,
Dept. of
Environment DFO,
NEB/TSB
Transportation of Dangerous Goods (TDG) incident involving refined or Volumes according to
Dept. of
Environment
Manitoba
Conservation
unrefined products. This includes - On or Off lease truck TDG regulations Local Police Local Police
loading/unloading spills
Refined product or chemicals: Any significant spill, or a spill into Reportable volumes in
Dept. of
Environment
Manitoba
Conservation
water, or a spill that may, has or could cause an adverse effect TDG regulations & CEPA
Refined or unrefined spills involving PCBs or spills on aboriginal In addition to above spill notification requirements notify ECAN
land, in National Parks or on railway right of ways
Sour Gas Any Volume SER
Manitoba
Conservation NEB/TSB
Releases
Odours/fugitive gas emissions Nuisance/noticeable, SER
Manitoba
Conservation
public complaint received
Exceeds Facility Approval SER
Manitoba
Conservation
Flaring - report Unscheduled or Emergency Flaring
to agency which
issued approval
Black Smoke or flaring that may cause an adverse effect IE: Public complaint SER
Manitoba
Conservation
Any Provincial or NEB licensed pipeline is contacted, fails or ruptures SER
Manitoba
Conservation
Pipeline
NOTE: OH&S or WSH must also be notified if situation causes or had
potential to cause serious injury Any
Engineering
Services Branch NEB/TSB
Contact/Failure/
Rupture
Any explosions and On or Off lease fires SER WSH
Fire/Explosion NOTE: As required, confirm with the local fire fighters/forest fire or Any Fire Dept. Fire Dept. NEB/TSB
industrial fire fighters have been notified.
Pressure Vessel Incident involving pressure vessel, boiler or pressure piping Any
Corrections &
Public Safety
Man.
Labour/Imm.
Mechanical &
Engineering
Branch
NEB/TSB
Electrical Incident involving/possibly caused by electrical equipment Any Sask Power
Labour/Imm.
Mechanical &
Engineering NEB/TSB
Vehicle Accident Single or multiple vehicle accidents Any Local Police Local Police NEB/TSB
Security Incident Threatening phone calls or trespassers on company property Any Local Police Local Police
Abbreviation Government Regulatory Agency Phone # For Spill Reporting
SER Saskatchewan Energy and Resources Regina - 1-866-727-5427, Saskatoon - 1-800-667-5023
Regional Area Offices Petroleum Dev. Branch: Area I - Lloydminster - 1-(306) 825-
6434 - Area II - Kindersley - 1-(306) 463-5400 - Area III - Swift Current
1-(306) 778-8252 - Area IV - Estevan - 1-(306) 637-4541
OH&S Saskatchewan Occupational Health & Safety 1-800-567-7233 - Office: 1-(306) 787-4496
Sask. WCB Sask. Workers Compensation Board Filing Claim - 1-800-787-9288
Sask. Dept. of Env. Saskatchewan Dept. of Environment Spill Control Centre: 1-800-667-7525
Dept. of Pipeline Sask. Petroleum & Development Branch Pipeline Conserv. Contact - 1(306) 787-2603
Corrections & Public
Safety Sask. Corrections & Public Safety Pressure Vessel Reporting: 1(306) 787-4524
Man. Conserv. Manitoba Conservation Emergency Number: 1(204) 994-4888
WSH Manitoba Workplace Safety & Health Reporting Line: 1(204) 945-6848 After Hours - 1-(204) 945-0581
Man. WCB Manitoba Worker's Compensation Board Reporting Line: 1-800-362-3340
ECAN Environment Canada ECAN - Man. 1-(204) 945-4888
ECAN - Sask. 1-800-667-7525
DFO Department of Fisheries and Oceans Environmental Emergencies 1-800-889-8852
navigable waters only Navigable Waters Protection Branch
NEB/TSB National Energy Board & NEB Regulated Lines Only - NEB Emergency Line 1-800-632-1663
Transportation Safety Board Transportation Safety Board Incident Reporting 24hr. (819) 997-7887
Reportable Spill Volumes For TDG Controlled Substances
TDG Act 1992; Transportation of Dangerous Goods Clear Language Regulations 2002
ITEM CLASS DIVISION QUANTITIES OR LEVELS
1 1 Explosives Any quantity that could pose a danger to public safety or 50 kg
2 2.1 Flammable Gases
3 2.2
Non-Flammable,
Non-Toxic
4 2.3 Toxic Gases
Any quantity that could pose a danger to public safety or any
sustained release of 10 minutes or more
6 3 Flammable Liquids At least 200 L (44 Gallons)
7 4 Flammable solids At least 25 kg (55.12 lbs)
8 5.1 Oxidizing substances At least 50kg or 50L (110.2 lbs)
9 5.2 Organic Peroxides At least 1 kg (2.2 lbs) or 1 L (0.22 Gallons)
10 6.1 Poisonous Substances At least 5 kg (11.02 lbs) or 5 L (1.10 Gallons)
11 6.2 Infectious Substances Any quantity that could pose a danger to public safety
12 7
Radioactive Materials (as
per section 20 of the
Packaging and Transport
of Nuclear Substances
Regulations)
1) Any quantity that could pose a danger to public safety; 2)
packages transported under exclusive use - any discharge or a
radiation level exceeding 10 mSv/h external surface, 2 mSv/h on
surface of conveyance, 0.1 mSv/h at a distance of 2 m from
surface of conveyance; 3) packages not being transported under
exclusive use 0.1 mSv/h at a distance of 1 m from package, 2
mSv/h on surface of conveyance, 0.1 mSv/h at a distance of 2 m
from surface of conveyance.
13 8 Corrosive Substances At least 5 kg (11.02 lbs) or 5 L (1.10 Gallons)
14 9
Miscellaneous Products,
Substances or Organisms
At least 25 kg (55.12 lbs) or 25 L
* Additional B.C. Reporting Requirements as per Waste Management Act Spill Reporting Regulation 166/93
(Items above listed in B.C.s Spill Reporting Schedule are reflected above as per new Federal Clear Language TDG
Regulations)
17 Waste asbestos as defined in section 1 of the Special
Waste Regulation.
50 kg
18 Waste oil as defined in section 1 of the Special Waste
Regulation.
100 L
19 Waste containing a pest control product as defined in
section 1 of the Special Waste Regulation.
5 kg
20 A substance not covered by items 1 to 19 that can cause
pollution.
200 kg
21 Natural Gas 10 kg, if there is a breakage in a pipeline or
fitting operated above 100 psi that results in a
sudden and uncontrolled release of natural gas.
7.0 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
7.1 OVERVIEW
Although proper hazard assessment procedures will identify and address most worksite hazards,
some unanticipated emergencies must be planned for. The primary objectives of emergency
preparedness preparations are: to save lives, implement protective actions, and restore operations.
Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that emergency response requirements for their area are
identified and addressed.
Emergency Response Plans
Harvards mandate and commitment is to conduct all business in a competent and safe manner.
Harvard believes that although the likelihood of an emergency situation occurring is low, the
potential certainly exists. Therefore Harvard has developed both a Corporate Emergency
Response Plan and site or job-specific plans.
Emergency Response Plans must be developed to provide a seamless response structure and
built from an implementers perspective. They also outline the responsibilities of both Company and
contract personnel, as well as government agencies should an emergency incident occur.
Corporate ERP
All Company operations will be covered under a Corporate ERP. The Corporate ERP gives
general guidelines of what to do, who to notify, and how to plan for and manage an emergency.
Higher risk worksites such as: sour facilities, densely populated areas, drilling, or remote locations
may require higher levels of emergency response planning and site specific ERPs.
Harvards Corporate Emergency Response Plan defines the major categories of an emergency,
which are:
Serious injury or fatality;
Incidents, including automobile incidents that result in or could result in a serious injury
or loss of life;
Plant, pipeline, facility, or other explosion;
Well blow-out or other emergencies related to drilling or service rig operations;
Major fire, or incidents where damage has occurred or threatens Company and/or
public property;
Uncontrolled spill of product or chemicals;
Telephone threat, explosion, bomb threat, hostage taking, or ransom; and
Natural disasters including but not limited to flooding and tornados.
The Corporate Emergency response Plan contains telephone numbers of key Corporation
personnel and appropriate provincial regulatory agencies to contact in times of emergency.
Regulatory Requirements
In accordance with Alberta OH&S Code Part 7, Emergency Preparedness and Response, the
following applies in relation to the development and maintenance of an ERP.
An employer must establish an emergency response plan for responding to an emergency that
may require rescue or evacuation. The employer must involve affected workers to ensure the
emergency response plan is current, and lastly, provide training and emergency simulation
exercises in keeping with sections 115 (1-3) and 117(3).
In accordance with Canadian Standards Association CAN/CSA-Z731 employers are required to
develop, maintain and implement their ERP in accordance with the requirements of the
aforementioned Standard.
ERCB Directive 071 (revised April 8, 2008) states that when a site-specific ERP is not required, a
corporate level ERP is used by the license to handle emergency events.
1) All licensees must have a corporate-level ERP with preplanned procedures that will
aid in effective response to handle emergency events.
Licensees are expected to determine the level of detail required to address each item
in a corporate level ERP, depending on the nature of the operations that the plan
covers.
2) As a minimum, the licensee must include information in its ERP on
a) key licensee contacts including 24 hour numbers
b) classing incidents and response actions for specified incidents,
c) a communications plan that address
communications with response team, support services, and government,
communications with the public and media and
downgrading emergency levels,
Responsibilities of licensee personnel and
Incident management centers.
3) The licensee must include the following in the corporate level ERP:
The Assessment Matrix for Classifying Incidents (see Directive 71 Appendix 5)
As a minimum, the actions outlined in Responses for Specified Incidents (see
Directive 71 Appendix 5)
4) The licensee must define appropriate actions including protection measures that would be
taken for each level of emergency.
The following sections of Directive 071 should be consulted for:
1) Corporate Level ERPs - Part A Section 2-4 & Part B Section 11-13
2) Sour Well Site-Specific Drilling/Completions ERPs - Part A Section 3-6 & Part B Section 12-15
3) Sour Operations ERPs - Part A Section 3-5, 7 & Part B Section 12- 14
4) ERPs for High Vapour Pressure Pipelines - Part A Section 3-5, 8 & Part B Section 12-14
5) ERPs for Cavern Storage Facilities Storing HVP Product - Part A Section 3-5, 9 & Part B
Section 12-14
6) Spill Cooperative Response Plans - Part A Section 10 & Part B Section 16
Note: The reader is advised that the above references are for the Province of Alberta only.
Reference material for British Columbia can be found with BC-Oil and Gas Conservation
Regulation, BC Oil and Gas Handbook, BC Pipeline Act and Regulation, BC Drilling
Regulations. For Saskatchewan, the only reference identified is the CAN/CSA Z731.
8.0 WORK PROCEDURES
Detailed work procedures for critical tasks are important to both management and workers. In
each jurisdiction, the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations require that safe work
procedures be developed and implemented where work to be performed constitutes a hazard
to the worker. Most importantly, work procedures set guidelines for operating performance and 6
provide reference for training. 7
Job Safety Analysis (JSA) and Observation
Job Safety Analysis (JSA) and observation help to eliminate hazards before they cause
problems. Supervisors must regularly observe the work site and work practices to assess the
safety of operations and determine where improvements are needed.
The key to successful work procedures is to continually encourage safe and efficient work
practices. Shortcuts which compromise safety are unacceptable. 16
17
The following HARVARD Codes of Practice and Work Procedures are included in this section
to help guide supervisors in maintaining safe working conditions at the work site:
8.1 Codes of Practice
8.1.1 Asbestos 8.1.4 Release of Harmful Substance
8.1.2 Benzene 8.1.5 Respiratory Protective Equipment
8.1.3 Confined Space Entry 8.1.6 Sour Service
8.2 Work Procedures
8.2.1 Air Craft Awareness 8.2.22 Hot Oiling
8.2.2 All Terrain Vehicles (ATVs) 8.2.23 Hot Taps
8.2.3 Blowdowns 8.2.24 Hot Work Procedures
8.2.4 Cables, Chains And Ropes 8.2.25 Housekeeping
8.2.5 Chemical & Biological Hazards 8.2.26 Hydrate / Ice Plug Handling
8.2.6 Communication Equipment 8.2.27 Managing Control of Hazardous Energy
8.2.7 Compressed Gas Cylinders 8.2.28 Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials (NORM)
8.2.8 Cranes And Hoisting Devices 8.2.29 Noise Exposure
8.2.9 Critical Lift Procedure 8.2.30 Pigging Guidelines
8.2.10 Crown Savers 8.2.31 Portable Pumping Equipment
8.2.11 Driving Conduct 8.2.32 Purging
8.2.12 Fall Protection 8.2.33 Rig Anchors
8.2.13 Fire Prevention 8.2.34 Safe Work Permits
8.2.14 Fire & Explosion Hazard
Management
8.2.35 Tank Truck Loading Procedures For Flammable
Fluids
8.2.15 Flammable & Hazardous Liquid 8.2.36 Timber Removal
8.2.16 Flowbacks 8.2.37 Trailers & Bunkhouses
8.2.17 Fuel And Chemical Storage 8.2.38 Trenching
8.2.18 Ground Disturbances 8.2.39 Vehicle, Mobile Equipment & Machinery
8.2.19 Hand And Power Tools 8.2.40 Welding & Burning
8.2.20 Heaters & Open Flame
Equipment
8.2.41 Wildlife Awareness
8.2.21 High Pressure Gas Wells 8.2.42 Working Alone
8.2.43 Working Near Overhead Powerlines
8.1 CODES OF PRACTICE
26
8.1.1 ASBESTOS Code of Practice 27
SCOPE AND PURPOSE
Outline type and uses of asbestos
Identify health hazards
Identification and control
Removal
TYPES AND USES 36
37
Asbestos is the name given to a group of naturally occurring silicate mineral
fibres. The three most common forms are:
Chrysotile (White Asbestos)
o Most common
o Insulating pipes, boilers, furnaces
Amosite (Brown Asbestos)
o Sprayed coatings 46
o Insulating (as above) 47
o In Cement Products
Crocidolite (Blue Asbestos)
o No longer used (was used very rarely in past)
USES INCLUDE
Roof tiles, floor tiles, wallboard, brake shoes, clutch plates, gaskets
56
NOTE: Most insulation used before 1975 was asbestos or 57
asbestos based.
HEALTH HAZARD
Primary hazard of asbestos results from breathing asbestos fibres.
Three principle diseases associated with asbestos are:
o Asbestosis is a chronic lung disease resulting from prolonged
exposure to asbestos dust. The fibres gradually cause the lungs to
become scarred and stiff, resulting in increased breathing difficulty. 66
o Lung Cancer may be caused by asbestos fibres in the lung. The 67
exact way in which asbestos causes lung cancer is not fully
known. The combination of smoking and inhaling asbestos fibres
greatly increases the risk.
o Mesothelioma is a rare but very malignant form of cancer affecting
the lining of the chest or abdominal cavity.
IDENTIFICATION
76
Four step process: 77
1. Visual Inspection
o Check drawings and blueprints
o Exposed asbestos may be soft or hard
o Check under physical barriers: gyproc, plywood, metal sheeting,
paint
NOTE: Asbestos that is encapsulated behind a barrier or sealed poses
very little risk to the worker, unless it is disturbed. 86
87
2. Collect Sample(s)
o Identification coupons (samples) should be taken as deep as
possible as other types of insulation may have been put over
top of asbestos insulation.
o See attached procedure
3. Sample Analysis
o Use only experienced specially equipped laboratories (contact the
Calgary Office for the list). 96
97
4. Inventory
o Indicate on drawings and blueprints
o Establish an asbestos log book. Record areas, removal and
disposal
o Identify area with placard:
CAUTION: INSULATION CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBRES
DO NOT DISTURB or use label system similar to WHMIS Identification.
106
ASBESTOS REMOVAL 107
General Information
All projects of moderate to high risk removal require government
notification (see OH&S Regulations).
Transportation of asbestos waste must follow TDG regulations:
o Manifests required
o Placards in place if over 550 kilograms
116
A. Low Risk 117
Definition
o No more than 2 workers are required
o Volumes to be removed will fit into Glove Bag
o Task is no longer than one shift
o Worker can be protected by PPE
o No power tools are used
Removal: 126
o Glove Bag (see attached procedure) 127
B. Moderate to High Risk
Definition
o More than 2 workers are required
o Area to be removed is large than Glove Bag method can
accommodate
o Power tools are used
o Task lasts more than one day 136
o Medical surveillance of workers required by provincial regulations 137
o Disposal is, or can be, a problem
Removal
o If one or more of the above conditions are present, removal by an
approved Removal and Abatement Contract is required.
Contact the provincial government for a list of approved
contractors. (Contractors must meet standards of Partnerships
Program and be able to supply references).
146
147
156
157
166
167
ASBESTOS REMOVAL VIA GLOVE BAG
AREA: _____________________________________________________________________
INCIDENT POTENTIAL ______ Major LIKELIHOOD ______ High
176
______ Serious ______ Moderate 177
______ Minor ______ Low
SCOPE AND PURPOSE:
Remove asbestos from piping up to 16 in diameter and 10 in length using glove
bags and no power tools.
POTENTIAL HAZARDS: 186
187
Breathing asbestos dust
PPE REQUIRED:
Rubber gloves (disposable)
Rubber boots
Respirator with asbestos cartridge
Disposable hooded coveralls
196
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED: 197
Glove bag(s) 6 ml (suitable size)
Scraping blades, wire brush
Tin snips or wire cutters
Wetting agent with detergent
Coating or sealant for sealing raw edges
Disposal bag (6 ml), duct tape, bucket of detergent water, barricades of warning
signs
206
TRAINING: 207
Review provincial regulations
ACTS, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS:
216
217
ASBESTOS REMOVAL VIA GLOVE BAG
Issue work permit
Erect barricades or signs
Signs to State: ASBESTOS WORK IN PROGRESS
Put on PPE
226
Put all equipment in glove bag 227
Fasten glove bag to pipe
Remove cladding, lay in bottom of glove bag
Wet pipe and clean with scraper and brushes
Bag may be moved along pipe at this point
Seal any exposed insulation with sealant 236
237
Put all equipment into one glove
Remove glove bag and seal
Pull glove with equipment inside out, cut
off and seal with duct tape
Place glove with equipment under water
and clean 246
247
Remove coveralls, cut off glove, respirator
cartridge and glove bag in 6ml disposal bag
Label disposal bag
Label to state:
CONTAINS ASBESTOS CANCER HAZARD, AVOID BREATHING DUST
256
Wash face, hands and respirator face piece 257
Dispose of all bags in approved land fill
Contact Calgary Head Office
ASBESTOS BULK SAMPLE COLLECTION
AREA: _____________________________________________________________________
266
INCIDENT POTENTIAL: ______ Major LIKELIHOOD: ______ High 267
______ Serious ______ Moderate
______ Minor ______ Low
SCOPE AND PURPOSE:
Steps to collect bulk samples
276
POTENTIAL HAZARDS: 277
Breathing asbestos dust
Clothing contamination
PPE REQUIRED:
Rubber gloves (disposable)
Respirator with asbestos cartridge (if doing more than one sample)
Disposable hooded coveralls (if doing more than one sample) 286
287
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED:
Coating and sealant
Glass jar with screw top lid
Ziploc plastic bag(s)
Utility knife
Spray bottle with detergent water
Duct tape
296
TRAINING: 297
Work permit (if more than one sample taken)
ACTS, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS:
306
307
ASBESTOS BULK SAMPLE COLLECTION
Remove cladding sample size
(approximately 1)
Wet down insulation with water 316
317
Collect sample in jar or Ziploc bag
Seal cut area (use sealant and duct tape)
Label sample contained with location Label to state and date:
DANGER, CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBRES AVOID BREATHING
Remove gloves, coveralls and respirators 326
(if used) and dispose of in 6ml plastic bag 327
(landfill trash)
Wash tools, face and hands
Send sample to approved laboratory
Contact Calgary Head Office
336
8.1.2 BENZENE Code of Practice 337
This code of practice is intended to provide guidance and
information to workers at facilities likely to come into contact
with fluids containing Benzene.
Potential Hazards
Benzene and the associated compounds, Toluene,
Ethylbenzene and Xylene (BTEX) have an anesthetic effect 346
and primarily attack the central nervous system. Prolonged 347
exposure to Benzene concentrations of 100 ppm will have
adverse consequences.
Benzene is most commonly taken into the body through
inhalation of vapour but can be taken in to a far lesser
extent, by absorption through the skin. Inhaled Benzene
vapours are eliminated from the body by the lungs when the
victim is taken into fresh air.
BTEX compounds are normally found as liquids in gas
condensates and Crude Oil streams. If liquid hydrocarbon 356
streams at gas plants show that concentrations of Benzene 357
exceed the 0.1% level and are in the range of 0.5% to 1.5%,
extra caution must be taken. Normally, condensate is stored
and transported in a closed system of vessels, lines and
pumps, but workers can be exposed when those systems
are opened for maintenance. Benzene has also been found
as a vapour at the vents of dehydrators at levels of 50 ppm,
which can be a concern if there is prolonged exposure to
those vapours.
366
Occupational Exposure Limits 367
The current Occupational Exposure Limit (OEL) for Benzene
in:
Alberta 0.5 ppm average for 8 hours, 2.5 ppm for 15
minutes.
BC - 0.5 ppm average for 8 hours, 2.5 ppm for 15 minutes
Benzene is a skin sensitizer, known carcinogen and an
ALARA substance meaning that all exposures must be kept 376
As Low As Reasonably Achievable. 377
Employer Responsibility
Surveys will be conducted to identify all steams at
facilities where Benzene is likely to be present at
significant levels;
All tasks and activities will be studied to determine where
exposure to condensate could occur. This will include all
routine job s, such as process surveillance and sampling, 386
as well as occasional tasks, such as routine preventative 387
maintenance and component replacement;
When tasks are identified where worker exposure could
occur, procedures will be developed to control that
exposure. This will involve the provision of suitable
workplace ventilation and or use of appropriate personal
protective equipment (PPE);
Workers who may have to work in an area where
exposure to Benzene containing streams could occur will
be given training in controlling Benzene exposure; and 396
Workers shall attend information sessions on the health 397
hazards associated with Benzene and participate in
training with required PPE.
Worker Responsibility
Workers must be aware that respiratory protective
equipment on its own will not fully protect a worker;
Workers must be aware of which streams contain
Benzene and the potential for exposure involved with 406
specified tasks, and must follow all written and verbal 407
instructions; and\
These responsibilities are incumbent on contractors
employees as well as company employees.
Site Specific Procedures
Each facility shall develop site-specific procedures to
cover its own operations;
These procedures must identify streams where Benzene 416
is present, list routine operational or maintenance jobs 417
involving those streams, and specify measures to be
taken to prevent worker exposure; and
The procedures must allow for action at 25% of the OEL
or Critical Limit, to ensure that over exposure does not
occur.
Caution: This program does not represent a complete
guideline to the subject area, consult your supervisor before
continuing. 426
427
8.1.3 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY Code of
Practice
This code of practice is intended to provide assistance in the recognition,
evaluation and control of potentially dangerous or unhealthy atmospheres in
confined spaces that could lead to illness, injury, death or property loss.
Where confined space work is to be performed by workers, responsibility for
safety, both at the time of entry and during the entire operation rests with the 436
employers on-site supervisor. The work to be performed shall be under the 437
direction of a competent supervisor who is knowledgeable of the hazards
that may be encountered, accident prevention requirements and rescue
measures. All workers performing the work in the confined space shall,
before entry, be informed of the hazards they may encounter, precautionary
measures required and rescue measures and methods required.
AREA: _________________________________________________________________
446
INCIDENT POTENTIAL: ______ Major LIKELIHOOD: ______ High 447
______ Serious ______ Moderate
______ Minor ______ Low
SCOPE AND PURPOSE:
Detailed site/job specific procedures must be developed identifying key 456
aspects of this task such as: 457
Isolation points
Energy Isolation Requirements
Venting procedures
Site-specific hazards
POTENTIAL HAZARDS:
Physical hazards mixers, trays etc.
Chemical hazards (sludge, scale)
H
2
S Gas 466
Explosive atmosphere 467
Oxygen deficient atmosphere
PPE REQUIRED:
SCBA/SABA
Fire retardant clothing
H
2
S monitor
Oxygen analyzer
Explosive meter 476
Safety harness and other rescue equipment 477
Head, eye, face, hand, foot and body protection as indicated by
hazards
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED:
Blanks/blinds or equipment for other acceptable methods of isolation
Water, steam, or nitrogen where purging is necessary
Vacuum truck
Catch pan 486
Hand tools 487
Energy isolating devices
TRAINING:
Safety Orientation (ie: task, handbook, etc.)
Confined space entry/rescues
H
2
S
WHMIS
496
ACTS, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS: 497
HARVARD HS&E Handbook
Work Permit
Applicable provincial OH&S regulations
PROCEDURE/ACTION:
General:
506
Work permits must be issued and discussed with the workers each 507
day. Other topics to be discussed with workers include:
o At Operating Facilities any alarms that may occur and their
meaning.
o MSDS sheets of any chemicals that may be encountered.
The method of worker rescue must be planned and discussed prior
to vessel entry. Additional safety equipment (tripod) that may be
necessary to effect a rescue must be in place before a confined
space entry occurs.
Ensure unauthorized personnel and vehicles are kept out of the 516
area. 517
Caution exercised and atmosphere testing should be carried out in
enclosed areas around the confined space (e.g. inside dikes around
tanks).
Proper bonding and grounding procedures must be followed and
explosion proof electrical equipment used where necessary.
No person shall walk on a tank roof unless there is a proper
walkway or is wearing a safety belt and line.
Preparation: 526
527
Confined space must be depressurized and/or fluid levels pumped
as low as possible.
All inlet and outlet lines will be isolated by the use of blanks/blinds or
an approved alternate method (listed in the CAPP Petroleum
Industry Guideline for Entry into Confined Space) that provides an
equal level of safety. Breathing apparatus may be necessary to
perform these functions.
All hazardous energy sources to the confined space shall be
secured by an energy-isolating device. 536
Where purging is necessary to prevent the development of 537
hazardous atmospheres in the confined space, water, steam or
nitrogen may be used. Caution must be exercised with any exhaust
vapours.
Ventilation:
The confined space will be thoroughly ventilated, preferably by a
positive method of mechanical ventilation.
If ventilation requires opening manways or clean out doors then a 546
catch pan and possibly a vacuum truck should be available to 547
control and take away the flow of liquids/sludge coming out of the
confined space.
Ventilation should continue throughout the project.
Inerting:
The introduction of an unreactive gas such as nitrogen into a
confined space may be required to displace all oxygen.
Inerting may need to be considered where it is very difficult to control 556
ignition sources in a confined space. The inerting creates an oxygen 557
deficient atmosphere and workers entering this environment must be
properly trained and equipped with self-contained breathing
apparatus or supplied air breathing apparatus with escape bottle.
Refer to work procedure on Purging for additional information.
Initial Entry:
All atmospheres that have not been tested should be considered
dangerous to life and health. 566
Initial testing for H
2
S, LEL and oxygen can be taken in the exhaust 567
air.
If the exhaust air is considered safe, (above 19.5% oxygen, below
20% LEL and less than 10 ppm H
2
S CAPP guideline) a qualified
worker wearing breathing apparatus and other appropriate PPE may
now enter to do further testing of all areas of the confined space.
Disturbance of any sludge that is present in the confined space may
result in the release of hydrocarbon gases. This may result in the
development of a toxic, flammable or an oxygen deficient
atmosphere. All efforts should be made to remove the sludge prior 576
to a confined space entry or when this is not possible, a breathing 577
apparatus must be worn at all times.
Ensuing Entries:
The work should be performed from the outside as much as
possible.
If the atmosphere tests safe as stated above, workers wearing the
appropriate PPE may enter the confined space. Caution must also
be exercised to address any physical hazards (mixers, blades, etc.) 586
in the space. 587
Where an ignition source is to be introduced into the confined space,
combustible gas testing must confirm that the atmosphere is and
remains at 0% LEL (CAPP Guideline).
Monitoring should take place from upon each entry to ensure a
contaminant has not unpredictably re-entered the confined space, if
work is suspended for a significant period of time, or if Hot Work is to
be carried out.
A stand-by/safety watch must be in place at all times while a worker
is in a confined space. This person must be knowledgeable of the 596
confined space rescue plan and be in communication with the 597
person in the confined space. He must also be available to call for
additional help in the event of an emergency. Consideration should
also be given to having additional stand-by men if more than one
worker is in the confined space.
Waste Disposal:
All wastes generated during the cleaning process should be properly
managed including: manifested, characterization, classification and 606
disposal. Consult the facility Waste Management Wall Chart or 607
contact HARVARDs Calgary Office for assistance in classifying and
manifesting the waste.
Job Completion:
A thorough inspection must be conducted to ensure that no workers, 616
tools or equipment has been left behind. 617
Ensure all blanks/blinds or other isolating devices are removed and
valves are returned to their correct positions. When returning the
confined space back into service, caution must be exercised to
avoid the possibility of an ignition source being introduced to a
flammable atmosphere (nitrogen purge or controlled flow rate).
Return the work permit to the responsible supervisor.
8.1.4 RELEASE OF HARMFUL SUBSTANCE Code of 626
Practice 627
Purpose
In accordance with regulatory agencies this Code of Practice is intended
to provide guidance on the steps to be taken to prevent an uncontrolled
release and, should such an event occur, the steps to mitigate its harmful
effects.
Prevention 636
637
In order to prevent an uncontrolled release, the following procedures
apply:
The design of new facilities will comply with appropriate codes and
accepted industry engineering practices;
Equipment will be operated within the design limits as required by
the manufacturer;
Regular inspection of piping and vessels will be conducted to
ensure equipment integrity;
When building new facilities or maintaining or upgrading existing 646
ones, suitable materials will be selected to contain the hazardous 647
substances under the conditions of temperature, pressure, and
corrosiveness normally expected;
Workers will demonstrate competence in maintenance procedures
and operation of equipment, prior to working independently; and
Equipment will be maintained and not allowed to continue to
operate outside its prescribed tolerances.
Controlled Release
656
There may be times in our operations when quantities of H
2
S (or other 657
hazardous substances) will be released during the course of normal
operation and maintenance activities. These releases are considered
controlled releases because they are anticipated and planned for.
Systems and procedures shall be in place to control the amount released
so that workers and the public are not at risk.
Many controlled releases must also be reported or approved.
Uncontrolled Release
666
Occasionally there are unplanned events in the movement or storage of 667
substances. Where this occurs, company and contract personnel will:
Protect people;
Take action to control the effect on the environment;
Not enter the area where the release has occurred unless equipped
with appropriate personal protection;
Initiate controlled shut down of affected equipment when failure to
do that would present greater risks;
Isolate and contain the release; 676
Document and report all occurrences in a proper manner to the 677
appropriate authorities; and
Investigate the occurrence to determine root cause, so as to prevent
future occurrences.
8.1.5 RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT Code of
Practice
8.1.5.1 SELECTION, MAINTENANCE AND USE OF
RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 686
687
In accordance with occupational health and safety regulations,
HARVARDS Code of Practice for the Selection, Maintenance and
Use of Respiratory Protective Equipment is outlined as follows:
1. Selection and Use of Air Purifying and Atmosphere
Supplying Respirators
The overall requirements to be considered when
selecting respiratory protective equipment are
summarized in Figure 1. A work sheet to assist with the 696
selection of equipment is provided together with more 697
detailed information regarding common petroleum
industry hazards and the most appropriate equipment for
that hazard.
2. Fit Testing Requirements and Procedures
The requirements and procedures for fit testing
respiratory equipment.
3. Inspection of Air Purifying and Atmosphere 706
Supplying Respirators 707
The requirements and procedures for properly inspecting
4. Cleaning and Storage of Respiratory Protective
Equipment
The requirements and procedures for properly cleaning
and storing respiratory equipment.
5. Training of Workers 716
The requirements for proper training of workers using 717
In addition, commonly used definitions relating to the use of
respiratory equipment are summarized in this Code of
Practice.
Figure 1: SELECTION OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
HAZARD
Oxygen
Deficiency
IDLH
(Immediately
dangerous to life or
health)
Gas or Vapour
and Particulate
Chemical
Cartridge
Respirator
Powered
Air-Purifying
Respirator
Combination
Cartridge Plus Filter
Respirator
SCBA
(Self-Contained
Breathing Apparatus)
SABA
(Supplied Air Breathing
Apparatus with escape provision)
Toxic
Contaminant
Gas or Vapour
Gas
Mask
Particulate
Filter
Respirator
Gas Mask
Non-IDLH
(Not immediately
dangerous to life or
health)
Contaminant exceeds
Occupational
Exposure Limits
(Consult Provincial
Chemical Regulations)
RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT WORKSHEET
AREA: _______________________________________________________________
LOCATION:
6
HAZARD: 7
Particulate (dust)
Gas
Vapour
Mist
Fume
Combination
Oxygen Deficiency
16
NOTE: Review MSDS and Provincial Regulations for toxic limits. 17
WORKER EXPOSURE
Short Term (minutes, hours)
Long Term (hours)
RESPIRATOR
Type ______________________________ 26
27
Model _____________________________
Training
Available Air Capacity (time)
Expiry Date _________________________ (cartridge type filters)
Manufacturer/Supplier Information 36
37
RESPIRATORY HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH
PETROLEUM INDUSTRY
HAZARD TYPE OF PROTECTION RECOMMENDED
Ammonia Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) or
Supplied Air Breathing Apparatus (SABA)
46
Asbestos P100 or HEPA Filter (asbestos approved), Powered 47
Air Purifying Respirator (PAPR), full or half mask
respirator
Biological (low levels) P100 or HEPA Filter (ie: sewage lagoons, Hanta
Virus)
Chemical Fumes Chemical Cartridge (specific to components of
Chemical involved) or SCBA
56
Chlorine SCBA or SABA 57
Heavy Metals P100 filter and metal-specific cartridge combination
Hydrogen Sulphide (H
2
S) SCBA or SABA
Hydrocarbon Vapours:
1. Painting Combination P100 filter / organic chemical cartridge
(spray painting disposable type, brush reusable, 66
solvents/organic vapours - chemical cartridge) 67
2. General Chemical Cartridge (organic vapours), protection
against low level concentration hydrocarbons (ie:
benzene)
3. Process Areas SCBA or SABA used in case of leak, equipment
failure or turn-around.
Nuisance Dusts P100 or HEPA filter (disposable)
Nuisance Odours Chemical cartridge filter (typically organic,
disposable) 76
Oxygen Deficiency SCBA or SABA 77
Radioactive (NORM) P100 filter (disposable, preferably half or full
face mask)
Sandblasting (Major Operation) Total body-encapsulated suit with SCBA or SABA
Silica P100 or HEPA filter (disposable, preferably half or full face mask)
Sulphur Dioxide (SO
2
) Chemical cartridge or SCBA
Welding Fumes Combination P100 or HEPA filter and chemical
cartridge (disposal or half mask) 86
AIR-PURIFYING RESPIRATORS SELECTION & USE
TYPE OF DEVICE USED FOR LENGTH OF SERVICE
PRECAUTIONS FOR
USE & SELECTION STYLES AVAILABLE
Mechanical Filter Use for airborne aerosols,
including all dusts, mists, metal
fumes, smoke.
1. Filters, cartridges or disposable
respirators may be used until
breathing resistance increases to
an uncomfortable level.
2. Disposable units should be
discarded after each use.
3. Filters and cartridges may be
used in successive days, until
breathing resistance indicates
replacement is necessary.
1. Not for use in IDLH
atmospheres.
2. Not for use in oxygen deficient
atmosphere.
3. High-efficiency filter cartridge
must be used if wearer is
exposed to highly toxic
particulate matter (e.g. asbestos)
4. A combination chemical
cartridge filter mask must be
used if particulate contaminant
and gases and vapour
contaminant are present.
5. Full face-piece must be worn
where eye irritation is possible.
6. Consult manufacturer or supplier
for proper unit.
1. Quarter mask with single
filter.
2. Half mask with twin
filters.
3. Full face-piece with
single or double filters.
4. Disposable
Chemical Cartridge Use for low concentrations of
organic vapours and gases,
alkaline and acid gases, mercury
vapours, pesticides, paint vapours
or any combination of the above
1. Cartridges can be used until the
odour of the contaminant can
be smelled, irritation occurs, or
the substance can be tasted by
the wearer.
2. Cartridges must not be used
after the expiration date printed
on the label (control inventory).
1. Not for use in IDLH atmosphere.
atmosphere.
3. Must not be used in
environments where odour or
irritation is not easily detected or
not reliable stopped by the
cartridge.
4. Not for use where the odour
threshold is above the
recommended OEL.
5. Full face-piece must be worn
where eye irritation is possible.
6. Consult manufacturer and/or
supplier for proper unit.
1. Half mask with twin
cartridges.
2. Full face-piece with twin
cartridges.
PRECAUTIONS FOR
Gas Masks Use for relatively high
concentrations of organic vapours
or gases, alkaline and acid gases,
pesticides, paint vapours and
mists, and radioactive particulate
1. Canisters can be used until:
- indicator changes colour
- contaminant is detected by
wearers: smell, taste or
irritation
- breathing resistance develops
2. Never re-use a used canister
3. Never use an outdated canister.
Check expiry date on label
(inventory control)
1. Gas masks may be used for
escape from IDLH atmosphere,
but never for re-entry into such
atmospheres.
atmospheres.
3. Additional precautions same as
above for chemical cartridge
respirators.
1. Chin type canister with
full face-piece.
2. Canister type with full
face-piece connected to
face-piece with hose.
Self-Contained Breathing
Apparatus (SCBA)
oxygen-deficient environment
area containing multiple
hazards
confined space (providing
egress and mobility allow for
use of unit)
environment may be subject to
rapid change
environment where super-
heated air may be present
1. Unit can be worn until low-air
warning bell advises wearer to
exit area.
2. Cylinder capacity determines
length of wearing times (30 to
60 minutes).
3. Hydrostatic testing of cylinders:
Steel - every 5 years
Fibreglass wrapped
aluminum - every 3 years.
Testing to be done by approved
supplier.
1. Weight of unit may reduce work
time.
2. Air supply may be reduced
depending on individual task
being done.
3. Wearer may be claustrophobic
(test before sending wearer into
environment).
4. Ensure all units within area are
from the same manufacturer.
5. Positive-pressure only should be
used.
1. Half face-piece (should
not be used in our
industry).
2. Full face-piece.
PRECAUTIONS FOR
Supplied Air Breathing
Apparatus (SABA)
Same as above (SCBA)
Where extended periods of
work are required
Confined space where
- there is limited mobility
- egress is difficult and/or time
consuming
1. Select most appropriate air
supply:
a) single cylinder: 210 cu. ft,
about 6 hrs for/man
b) cascade system supply
dependent upon number of
cylinders
c) compressor air supply
unlimited
1. Not for use in:
a) long distance separation
(over 300 ft between wearer
and source)
b) areas where air-line could
sustain mechanical/
chemical damage
c) areas where air-line may
entrap worker
d) areas where the compressor
intake may pick up
contaminants (if used)
2. Specification for breathing air
hose:
a) max length: 300 ft
b) min diameter: " (6mm)
c) min working pressure: 250
psi (1725 KPa)
d) connections installed by a
approved installer
3. Positive pressure only should be
used
1. Same as above
8.1.5.2 FIT TESTING REQUIREMENTS AND
PROCEDURES FOR RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION
Persons who are or may be required to wear respiratory
protection equipment must be clean shaven where the face- 6
piece seals with the skin to ensure an effective facial seal. 7
Every time a respirator is used, one of the following tests
should be included:
A. Negative Pressure Fit Test
B. Positive Pressure Fit Test
During fit testing, the face-piece head straps should be as 16
comfortable as possible. 17
A. NEGATIVE PRESSURE FIT TEST
To conduct a negative pressure fit test:
Put on a respirator (should be comfortable)
Close off inlet with the palm of your hand; or shut off air
supply on SCBA/SABAs
Inhale so that face-piece collapses slightly 26
Hold breath for about 10 seconds 27
Fit is considered adequate if:
Face-piece remains slightly collapsed
No inward leakage is detected
B. POSITIVE PRESSURE FIT TEST
Note: This test may be difficult or impossible to carry out 36
on valveless respirators. 37
To conduct a positive pressure fit test:
Put on respirator (should feel comfortable)
Close off exhalation valve
Exhale gently into face-piece
Fit is considered adequate if:
46
A slight positive pressure builds-up in face-piece 47
No outward leakage is detected
8.1.5.3 INSPECTION OF AIR PURIFYING
RESPIRATORS AND ATMOSPHERE
SUPPLYING RESPIRATORS
1. Before and after each use, inspect for:
Excess dirt 56
Cracks, tears, holes or physical distortion of shape 57
from improper storage
Inflexibility of rubber face-piece (stretch and knead to
restore flexibility)
Cracked or scratched lens in full face-piece
Incorrectly mounted full face-piece lenses
Broken or missing mounting clips
Cracked or broken air-purifying element holders, badly
worn threads, or missing gaskets (if required)
Nose cap 66
67
2. Examine the head straps or head harness for:
Breaks
Loss of elasticity
Broken or malfunctioning buckles and attachments
Excessive worn serration on head harness which might
permit slippage (full face-piece only)
3. Examine the exhalation valve for the following (after 76
removing its cover) 77
Foreign materials such as detergent residue, dust
particles, or human hair under the valve seat
Cracks, tears, or distortion in the valve material
Improper insertion of the valve body in the face-piece
Cracks, chips or breaks in the valve body, particularly
in the sealing surface
Missing or defective valve cover
Improper installation of the valve in the valve body 86
87
4. Check and examine:
Regulator
Gauges
Hoses
Connections
Cylinder for condition and hydrostatic test date
96
97
5. Examine the air-purifying element for:
Correct cartridge, canister or filter for the hazard
Incorrect installation, loose connections, missing or
worn gasket or cross-threading in the holder 106
Expired shelf-life date on cartridge or canister 107
Cracks or dents in the outside case of filter cartridge or
canister (indicated by absence of sealing material,
tape, foil, etc. over the inlet)
6. If device has a corrugated breathing tube, examine it
for:
Broken or missing connections
Missing or loose hose clamps 116
Deterioration (determined by stretching the tube and 117
looking for cracks)
7. Examine the harness of a front or back mounted gas
mask for:
Damage or wear to the canister holder (which may
prevent its being held in place)
Broken harness straps for fastening
126
8. Miscellaneous 127
Condition of carrying cases and boxes
Note: Use of Authorized Parts only is permitted. Check
with supplier as to when service must be conducted by
trained personnel.
8.1.5.4 CLEANING AND STORAGE OF
RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 136
137
1. All types of respirators should be cleaned and
disinfected after each use and stored in a clean,
sealable container. This is particularly important if
not individually assigned
Remove filters, cartridges or canisters on APRs
Disassemble face-pieces, removing speaking
diaphragms and any valves or valve assemblies
Wash all components in 122F (55C) 146
Drain components 147
Where cleaner does not contain a sanitizing agent,
the components should be immersed for 2 minutes in
a solution of 9 parts water to 1 part laundry bleach
Rinse components as above ensuring all sanitizing
agent is rinsed away
Drain
Hand dry all components with clean lint-free cloth or
air-dry
Reassemble face-piece, install filters, canisters, or 156
cartridges where necessary 157
Watch shelf-life date
Store in appropriate area
2. Respiratory protection equipment should be sorted
to protect against:
Dust
Direct sunlight
Excessive heat 166
Extreme cold 167
Excessive moisture
Damaging chemicals
3. Respirators placed in work areas should be stored in
clearly marked containers which are quickly
accessible at all times.
4. Respirators stored in lockers or tool boxes should
be protected from contamination, distortion and 176
damage. 177
5. Breathing air compressors should be turned on for
20 minutes every week to reduce contaminant build-
up and tested semi-annually by accredited
laboratory.
8.1.5.5 TRAINING OF WORKERS IN THE
SELECTION, USE, CARE AND
MAINTENANCE OF RESPIRATORY 186
PROTECTION EQUIPMENT 187
All employees who may be required to use respiratory
protection equipment must be trained in:
Selection of protection equipment (including MSDS
training)
Care and maintenance
Use
196
Supervisors must: 197
Receive the same training as employees
Monitor the selection, care and use of all respiratory
protection equipment
On-the-Job Training
206
As a minimum, OTJ training should include: 207
The nature, extent and effects of respiratory hazards the
wearer may be exposed to
The operation, limitations and capabilities of the selected
respirator
Inspecting, wearing, fit testing, maintaining and storing
respirators
Emergency situations using different respirators
216
Training Resources: 217
Suppliers and Manufacturers
Outside consultants
Other experienced workers
Other companies studies and reports
8.1.5.6 DEFINITIONS RESPIRATORY HAZARDS
Confined/Restricted Space: As defined by the regulatory 226
authority. Examples include: storage tanks, process 227
vessels, boilers, silos, tank cars, pipelines, tubes, ducts,
sewers, underground utility vaults, tunnels and PITS. All
confined spaces are considered IDLH unless proven
otherwise.
Dust: Solid, mechanically produced particles or fibres.
Exposure Limited (EL): A permissible exposure limit to
airborne contaminants as defined by the regulatory 236
authority. Also know as Occupational Exposure Limit 237
(OEL).
Fume: Solid particles generated by condensation from the
gaseous state, generally after volatization from melted
substances (e.g. welding) and often accompanied by a
chemical reaction such as oxidation.
Gas: A substance that is in the gaseous state at ambient
temperature and pressure. 246
247
Hazardous Atmosphere: Any atmosphere that is oxygen-
deficient or that contains an air-borne toxin or disease-
producing contaminant in concentrations exceeding the
exposure limit.
High-Efficiency Particulate Air Filter (HEPA): A filter that
has been tested to assure an efficiency equal to or
exceeding 99.97% for removal of particles having a mean
aerodynamic diameter of 0.3 um from the air. 256
257
Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH): A
condition in any worksite, space, or area where a
hazardous atmosphere exists to such an extent that a
person without appropriate respiratory protection could be
fatally injured or suffer immediate, irreversible or
incapacitating health effects.
Lower Explosive Limited (LEL): The lower limit of
flammability of gas, vapour, or dust, or any combination of 266
these at ambient temperatures. For gases and vapours, 267
this is expressed as a percentage in air by volume.
For dusts, this is expressed as weight of dust per volume
of air.
Mist: Liquid particles in a gaseous medium.
Oxygen Deficiency: As defined by the regulatory authority
for physiological effects. For certain respirators, refer to the
minimum oxygen concentration where such devices may 276
be utilized. 277
Particulate: Includes air-borne dust, fumes or mist.
Respirator: A device designed to protect the wearer from
inhaling a hazardous atmosphere.
SCBA: Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
SABA: Supplied Air Breathing Apparatus 286
287
Vapour: The gaseous state of a substance that is solid or
liquid at ambient temperature and pressure.
8.1.6 SOUR SERVICE Code of Practice
APPLICATION AND SCOPE
A facility is considered sour at 10 ppm H
2
S. If workers can be exposed to 296
H
2
S levels exceeding 10 ppm, Occupational Health and Safety 297
Regulations require:
Detection:
To determine the level of H
2
S in a work area, either a continuous or
personal monitor is to be used. In addition, oil and gas regulations
require poisonous gas warning signs to be posted at all wells and
facilities when the potential H
2
S content is 10 ppm or greater.
306
Note: Wells and facilities with a H
2
S content less than 10 ppm 307
must have a flammable gas/liquid warning sign.
Training:
Workers are to be provided H
2
S training. Employers are required to
develop and communicate safe work policies for sour operations.
Protection:
When H
2
S is present in an area, either an approved supplied air or 316
self-contained breathing apparatus must be worn when OH&S 317
maximum time exposures are exceeded. These are:
H
2
S Concentration Maximum Time Exposure
10 ppm 8 Hours
15 ppm 15 Minutes / Ceiling
HARVARDs safe work guideline for working in sour production areas are
as follows: 326
327
1. H
2
S Monitoring:
H
2
S detection must be used to monitor the work environment in
areas where the potential of exposure to H
2
S levels above 10 ppm
exists. Detection equipment can be either continuous or personal
monitors. Personal H
2
S monitors shall be worn at all times by full
time personnel. Contractors shall wear H
2
S monitors as directed
by HARVARD representative and/or their work permit. Known
danger areas must be clearly posted in accordance with 336
Occupational Health and Safety requirements. 337
2. Normal Routine Operations
Normal routine operations in sour production areas may be
performed by an operator working alone subject to the following
restrictions:
a. When entering sour locations, employees are to ensure that:
346
H
2
S monitoring equipment is turned on and used at all 347
times when on location.
Communication equipment is in good working order.
A breathing apparatus in good working order with an
adequate supply of air must be available.
b. Caution should be taken before entering any building that does
not have a permanent H
2
S monitor. Ventilation may be
required.
356
c. Workers should not enter dike areas and tank gauging should 357
only be done using external gauges unless breathing
apparatus is worn.
d. A site specific operating procedure may be developed for
completing a routine operation where sour product may be
released but the potential for H
2
S levels to exceed
occupational exposure limits is known to be minimal. A back-
up man is not needed in these situations.
366
e. If an H
2
S monitor alarms at any time while a worker is entering 367
or working at a location, all workers are to immediately retreat
to a safe area. Report conditions at the site to the appropriate
HARVARD representative.
3. Operations when H
2
S Levels Exceed Occupational Exposure
Limits
a. No employee shall work alone in an area where the measured
atmospheric H
2
S levels exceed occupational exposure limits. 376
The appropriate HARVARD representative must be notified 377
immediately and suitable precautions taken before work is
continued.
b. Under no circumstances is a worker to don a breathing
apparatus to repair an uncontrolled release without a back-up
man present. The back-up man must also be equipped with a
breathing apparatus.
c. When completing any operation and the release of gas is 386
expected to expose a worker to H
2
S levels that exceed the 387
occupational exposure limits, a breathing apparatus is
required. A back-up man is required in these situations.
d. For any job requiring the use of a breathing apparatus, the
foreman or supervisor will determine deployment of workers
taking into account the scope of the job, H
2
S exposure levels
and the availability of required safety equipment and work
procedures, including the need of a back-up man.
396
H
2
S GENERAL INFORMATION 397
All personnel (company and contract) working in H
2
S areas shall
have a valid H
2
S Alive Certificate and shall be made aware of site
specific procedures where applicable.
The 8-hr time weighted average Threshold Limited Value (TLV.-
TWA) or Occupational Exposure Limit (O.E.L.) for Hydrogen
Sulphide Gas is 10 ppm. These are generally accepted as the
maximum limit to which nearly all unprotected workers may be
exposed for eight hours, five days/week without adverse health 406
effects or the concentration that is immediately dangerous to life 407
and health, whichever is lower.
The maximum exposure limit (TLV/OEL Ceiling concentration) for
Hydrogen Sulphide is recommended at 15 ppm. No worker should
be exposed to concentrations at or above the ceiling limit.
Hydrogen sulphide gas, H
2
S, an acid gas that is sometimes
present in natural gas, is the most dangerous poisonous gas
encountered in our operations. In low concentration, it has a high
characteristic odor of rotten eggs and a sweet taste. In higher 416
concentrations, the sense of smell is quickly paralyzed. Smell, 417
therefore, must NEVER be relied upon to indicate the amount
of H
2
S present.
Hydrogen sulphide may be present in natural gas produced alone
or in combination with crude oil. Concentrations may be from the
faintest odour to a percentage that will result in sudden death.
Accordingly, wherever H
2
S is present, respiratory protection is of
extreme importance.
426
Hydrogen sulphide is heavier than air, having a specific gravity of 427
1.189, with respect to air which is 1.0, so heavier concentrations
will be found at ground or lower levels, such as cellars, open
ditches and natural topographical low spots.
Hydrogen sulphide is highly flammable and has an explosive
range of 4.3% to 46% volume in air.
When H
2
S is known to be present in natural gas or crude oil, all
products are handled in systems designated to confine and, when 436
necessary, dispose of the gas in a safe manner. 437
When, through accident, leakage or necessary opening of a
closed system, H
2
S becomes present in the atmosphere,
employees present shall wear positive pressure breathing
apparatus protection and take such other precautions as required.
If your eyes become irritated or you notice a halo around an
electric light while working in a plant or are which has being
determined to be safe from H
2
S, take the following precautions: 446
o Leave the location at once. 447
o Wash your eyes thoroughly with water.
o Wear positive pressure supplied air breathing apparatus
with a full face piece if it is deemed necessary to re-enter
the area.
Since the result of exposure to H
2
S is paralysis of the nerves
controlling respiration; persons stops breathing and lose
consciousness quickly. If the victim is promptly removed from the
exposure and artificial respiration is started immediately, the 456
chances of complete recovery are good. 457
Any delay in the start of artificial respiration appreciably reduces
the change of recovery. Even though the chances of recovery may
seem slim, artificial respiration should be continued until normal
breathing is resumed. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) may
be required if the heart has stopped.
Any persons overcome by hydrogen sulphide must be taken to a
hospital for observation after recovery. 466
467
Hydrogen sulphide reacts with iron and steel to form iron sulphide.
Iron sulphide reacts with air to form iron oxide. The conversion of
iron sulphide to iron oxide creates heat sufficient to ignite
flammable vapours.
8.2 WORK PROCEDURES
8.2.1 AIRCRAFT SAFETY AWARENESS 476
477
The purpose of this section is to ensure employee and contractor personnel
are not subjected to unnecessary risk during the use of charter or other
aircraft, the following guidelines have been adopted from several insurance
industry sources, and are applicable to all employees and contract personnel
utilizing fixed wing, helicopter, charter, or other aircraft.
Standard Safety Briefing
The standard safety briefing shall consist of an oral briefing provided by a 486
crew member or by audio-visual means, and includes the following 487
information as applicable to the aircraft, equipment, and operation:
o Embarking and disembarking procedures;
o No smoking in or around any aircraft;
o When, where, why, and how carry-on baggage is required to be stowed;
o The fastening, unfastening, tightening, and general use of safety belts or
safety harnesses;
o The location of emergency exists, exit location signs, and how each exit
operates;
o The location, purpose of, and advisability of reading the craft specific 496
safety features card; 497
o The requirement to obey crew instructions;
o The use, location, operation, and deployment, as applicable, of
emergency equipment such as life rafts, life preservers, fire
extinguisher, ELT (Emergency Locator Transponder), survival
equipment, and first aid kit including means of access to any locked
compartment;
o Where applicable, the method of egress from a wide body helicopter in
the event of a roll-over incident; and
o Any special instructions related to emergency evacuation if the craft is 506
configured with external devices. 507
Where no additional passengers have boarded the flight for subsequent take-
offs on the same day, the pre-take-off and after take-off briefing may be
omitted provided a crew member has verified that all carry-on baggage is
properly stowed, safety belts or harnesses are properly fastened, and seat
back and chair table are properly secured.
Note: This is not a complete guide for aircraft safety, please consult the pilot
and/or your supervisor for additional information. 516
517
Helicopter Safe Approach Area Diagram
526
527
536
537
546
547
8.2.2 ALL TERRAIN VEHICLES (ATVs) 556
557
All company employees and contractors that are required to use an All-
Terrain Vehicle (ATV, snowmobile and/or ARGO) must be competent
operators regarding the type of equipment they are using. HARVARD Site
Supervisor will identify training requirements, but regardless all drivers, as
a minimum, must review the manufacturers guidelines for safe operation.
Workers who do not have a working level of knowledge and skill are
recommended to take a hands-on training course, provided by a certified
and reputable trainer.
In general, all ATV riders must: 566
567
Wear the appropriate PPE, including:
CSA-approved
helmet
Eye protection (safety glasses,
face shield and/or goggles)
Sturdy footwear
Work gloves
Long-sleeved shirt and pants
Hearing protection
(recommended)
Reflective vest and/or safety
flags
Drive the ATV in accordance with local regulations,
Possess a valid drivers license for insurance purposes, implement the
required procedures and carry appropriate equipment, including:
Working alone/check-in
procedure
Head lights and tail lights on
First Aid Kit (remote areas)
Operators manual
Survival Kit (remote areas)
Communication device and a
GPS (when working in remote
areas)
*Optional equipment may include an axe, gas line anti-freeze, spark plugs, 576
winch, bear deterrents, fire extinguisher. 577
Properly maintain their ATV (servicing, pre-ride inspection in
accordance with manufacturers guidelines see ATV Checklist).
When riding an ATV, all riders are expected to scan the area, identify
hazards, predict what will happen, decide what to do, and execute the
decision. All ATV riders must adjust their driving attitudes to the
surrounding conditions, where unfamiliarity and adverse weather
conditions require a more cautious approach in operations. Formal hazard 586
assessments are required when traversing slopes with a potentially 587
dangerous grade. If an ATV rider does not feel comfortable in their ability
to complete a task, they should inform their supervisor immediately.
ATV CHECKLIST
Satisfactory S Unsatisfactory U Not Applicable N/A
Location (LSD): Date (yy/mm/dd):
ATV Activities
Description of ATV activities (brief):
Personnel Using ATV
Name: Make: Model:
Pre-Use Inspection
S U N/A S U N/A
Walk-Around Lights and Switches
General ATV Condition Ignition switch in good condition
Tires, wheels, or tracks in good condition Stop switch works
Brake controls operate smoothly Headlights work
Throttle and other cables move smoothly
and snap closed
Tail lights work
Winch works (if equipped) Engine
No leaks on drive shaft
Oil and Fuel Nuts and bolts securely fastened
Adequate oil level
Adequate gasoline level Personal Protective Equipment
Proper fuelling area Helmet worn
Proper fuel storage Safety glasses/eye protection worn
Proper fuel transport Wearing work boots
Gloves available
Hearing protection available
Tools and Equipment Clothing fully covering legs and arms
First aid kit Reflective Vest and/or Safety Flags
Survival kit (for remote surveys)
Communication system (for remote
surveys satellite phone)
Trailer (if equipped)
Ensure securely mounted to ATV
Map and GPS (for remote surveys) Tires in good condition
Fire Extinguisher (fully charged)
Signature:
Comments
Site Supervisors Name (print)
8.2.3 BLOWDOWNS
596
SCOPE AND PURPOSE 597
To provide safe procedures for conducting blowdowns. Blowdowns
include operations to:
1. Depressurizing wells for the purpose of unloading accumulated
liquids.
2. Depressurizing pipelines and other facilities for the purpose of working
on them and for removing hydrates and other plugging substances. 606
607
For the purpose of this work procedure, it is assumed that all fluids
recovered from the well or facility are sweet and the facility is designed as
a typical sweet gas wellsite facility with separator of dehydrator and buried
blowdown tank. If sour fluids are expected refer to applicable safe work
procedures for sour fluids.
Refer to Industry Recommended Practice for Well Testing and Fluid
Handling IRP Vol. 4.
616
BLOWING DOWN WELLS 617
The following steps should be taken when a well is to be blown down to
unload liquids. In most cases a buried blowdown tank is provided as a
permanent facility. A block valve will be located in the flowline,
downstream of the blowdown line. A wellhead choke may also be
provided.
1. Shut the well in by closing the block valve in the flowline downstream
of the blowdown line. 626
627
2. If it is necessary to build up reservoir energy to facilitate the lifting of
liquids, leave the well shut in for sufficient time to build up pressure.
The necessity to blow down a well is usually characterized by low
tubing pressure and high casing pressure (if the well does not have a
packer). Blowdown is usually done from the tubing as that is the way
the well is normally produced.
3. Check and record the shut-in wellhead pressure(s).
636
4. Check fluid level in the blowdown tank to ensure there is room for the 637
anticipated volume of liquid to be recovered.
5. Check the blowdown tank vent line to ensure that it is unrestricted.
6. Check to ensure there are no potential sources of ignition within 25
meters of the blowdown tank vent line. If there are vehicles on
location, ensure they are parked upwind.
7. Slowly open the block valve on the blowdown line to avoid pressure
shocking the blowdown tank and avoid blowing liquids out the vent 646
line. If the wellhead is equipped with a choke, the choke should be 647
used to slowly open the well to the blowdown tank.
8. Continuously monitor the blowdown until it is felt that all or sufficient
liquids have been recovered.
9. Close the choke at the wellhead (if one is provided) and then the block
valve on the blowdown line.
10. Check and record shut-in wellhead pressure(s). 656
657
11. Slowly open the block valve in the flowline downstream of the
blowdown line and then open the wellhead choke (if provided) to
return the well to production.
Note: If blowdown cannot be done upstream of meter run, then
ensure orifice plate is removed before blowdown. Once blowdown is
completed, re-install the orifice plate.
BLOWING DOWN PIPELINE SEGMENTS 666
667
The following procedure should be used when depressurizing pipelines to
remove hydrates or other obstructions. In all cases where hydrates are
suspected, the line must be depressurized on both sides of the hydrate.
Refer to safe working procedures for detecting and removing hydrates.
1. If Hot Tapping is required, refer to appropriate safe work procedures
for hot tapping and ensure that competent and suitably trained
personnel are available to perform the hot tapping operation.
676
2. If liquid recovery is anticipated during the blowdown, appropriate 677
containment must be planned for.
3. Slowly open the bleeder valve to avoid a surge of fluids to the
containment tank.
4. When all line pressure has depleted and there is no further flow, close
the bleeder valve.
8.2.4 CABLES, CHAINS AND ROPES 686
687
The following precautions should be taken when working with ropes:
Inspect ropes before using.
Look for abrasions in rope fibers.
Untwist the rope in several places.
If black or rusty brown spots are noticed, they may indicate chemical
burns.
Do not take chances. Notify the immediate supervisor if in doubt as to
the condition of any rope. 696
697
Inspect all chains, hooks and cables before using and do not use if worn
or frayed. Also inspect cables for kinks before use. Return defective
equipment to the approved repair shop and notify your immediate
supervisor.
8.2.5 CHEMICAL & BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS
There are a variety of chemical hazards (ie: benzene, solvents, heavy
metals, lead, diesel exhaust), biological hazards (ie: micro-organisms in 706
sewage, toxic mould, hanta virus), and harmful substances (ie: asbestos, 707
silica, nuisance dusts) that may be present on the work site. Proper and
documented work practices for handling, storage, transport, and disposal
of these substances are required to minimize both worker and public
exposure.
The route of exposure (inhalation, ingestion or skin absorption), duration
of exposure (8 hours, short-term or long-term), and effect of more than
one substance, all factor into the total affect on the worker. Airborne
concentration measurements obtained by a competent worker should be
related to allowable limits to determine potential impacts. Common 716
hazards that require controls include: 717
8.2.5.1 ASBESTOS
HARVARD has developed an asbestos management plan,
located in detail in 8.1.1 of this manual. All employees and
contractors involved with handling of asbestos should be familiar
with this code. Contact the area supervisor to determine if there
is asbestos in the area facilities that you are working.
8.2.5.2 BENZENE
Benzene is found naturally in many geological formations and
therefore may be found at HARVARD production facilities. A 726
Code of Practice regarding Benzene can be located in section 727
8.1.2 of this manual.
8.2.5.3 HANTA VIRUS
Hanta Virus is a flu-like illness, which can be contracted from
inhaling air contaminated from saliva, droppings and dried urine
of rodents (ie: deer mice).
Avoid inhalation of contaminated air or direct contact with
contaminated areas by:
Ventilating closed buildings or areas before start of cleaning;
Cleaning up droppings by first wetting down the area with a 736
solution of five parts water to one part bleach. Do not use a 737
broom or vacuum; use a damp rag for clean-ups;
Disposing of dead animals and droppings in a twist-tied
plastic bag using disposable rubber or plastic gloves.
Control rodent infestation by:
Sealing holes that are larger than 0.5 cm around buildings;
Clearing brush/grass from around foundations;
Storing food in containers with tight lids;
Elevating garbage cans or use well-fitting lids;
Using spring-loaded mouse traps continuously in infested 746
areas; 747
Using rodenticide approved for exterior use in covered bait
stations.
8.2.5.4 SEWAGE
Proper site drainage and storage of biological wastes is
important for both health implications and reduction of
environmental impacts. Septic tanks should be stored away from
the primary residence area and be routinely cleaned out.
Proper PPE should be worn during this process.
756
8.2.6 COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT 757
All electronic devices such as cell phones, pagers, and mobile phones
must be intrinsically safe if they are to be used in a potentially explosive
environment.
8.2.7 COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS
All cylinders shall be returned promptly to a storage area after use. They
shall not be permitted to lay about the Work Site. Protective caps shall be 766
placed over the cylinder valves when not in use or when being transported 767
by any means.
Cylinders shall be stored in the upright position and secured to some
stationary object or structure and handled in accordance with Provincial
Occupational Health and Safety and/or Workers Compensation Board
Regulations.
8.2.8 CRANES AND HOISTING DEVICES
Cranes and hoisting devices are to be operated only by trained and 776
experienced personnel. Additionally, the crane operator is to work with an 777
experienced signaler.
All lifting devices must have the rated load capacity marked on the
equipment as per manufacturers specifications;
If a lifting device is not commercially manufactured it must be
certified by an engineer;
An employer must ensure that a lift calculation is completed for any
lift exceeding 75 percent of a cranes rated capacity.
Mobile cranes equipped with outriggers must be set up with the 786
outriggers on load-bearing floats or pads that are adequate in size, 787
strength and rigidity.
Workers should ensure they keep themselves from under loads
being hauled by cranes.
The operator must keep the load as close to the ground as possible.
In working near electrical power lines ensure the crane operator
keeps a safe distance.
OH&S regulations require that a log for each lifting device be kept
and readily available with equipment information, maintenance and
inspection records. The log book requirement does not apply to 796
manually operated hoists. 797
Cranes and hoists must be inspected and maintained as per
manufacturer recommendations.
8.2.9 CRITICAL LIFTS
SCOPE
This section includes guidelines and requirements applicable to critical lifts
and describes the planning and documentation required to perform a 806
critical lift. Critical lift permit is required. 807
REFERENCES
29 CFR 1926, SUBPART N
ANSI/ASME B-30.7 SERIES
RESPONSIBILITIES
RESPONSIBILITIES
816
Management 817
Make determinations of critical lifts
Provide supervisor and employee training
Provide safe and proper equipment for critical lifts
Provide inspection procedures
Supervisors
Follow guidelines and inspection procedures 826
Supervise all critical lifts 827
Ensure employees have adequate operational knowledge and
experience
Immediately remove from service any equipment that fails inspection
Employees
Follow lifting and rigging procedures
Immediately report any problems with equipment
Not attempt any critical lifts unless authorized and approved 836
837
CRITICAL LIFT DETERMINATION
The decision to designate a lift as a critical lift is a management decision.
Guidelines provided here are intended to aid in making that decision. A lift
should be designated as a critical lift if dropping, upset or collision could
cause or result in any one of the following:
1. Damage that would result in serious economic consequences.
2. Damage that would result in unacceptable delay to schedule or 846
other significant deleterious programmatic impact (such as loss of 847
vital data)
3. Undetectable damage that would jeopardize future operations or
safety of a facility.
4. Significant release of radioactive or other hazardous material to the
environment or creation of an undesirable condition.
5. Personnel injury or significant adverse health impact, either onsite or
offsite.
6. In addition, a lift that meets one of the following criteria shall be
designated as a critical lift: 856
Any lift that requires the use of multiple cranes 857
Any lift that exceeds exceptional 80% of the cranes rated
capacity within the lift configuration of the crane.
The item to be lifted requires exceptional care in handling
because of size, weight, close-tolerance installation, high
susceptibility to damage or other unusual factor.
The item, although non-critical, requires exceptional care in
handling because it is being lifted above a critical item.
The manager who has the responsibility for the item being lifted has the
authority to require that it be handled as a critical lift. In addition, the 866
manager at the facility where the lift will be performed also has the 867
authority to require that it be handled as a critical lift. The manager who
designates the lift as a critical lift shall ensure that a person-in-charge
(PIC) is assigned. (The PIC need not be in the managers organization).
CRITICAL LIFT PROCEDURES
The PIC shall ensure that a step-by-step procedure is prepared for critical
lifts. Although individual procedures are prepares for one-time critical lifts,
general procedures may be employed to accomplish routine recurrent 876
critical lifts, For example, a general procedure may be used to lift an item 877
or series of similar items that are frequently lifted or repeatedly handled in
the same manner. A critical lift procedure should contain the following, as
applicable.
Identify the items to be moved
Special precautions, if any (such as outrigger or track cribbing for
mobile cranes)
Weight of the item and total weight of the load (For mobile cranes,
see the manufacturers instructions regarding components and
attachments that must be considered as part of the load). 886
Centre of gravity location 887
A list of each piece of equipment (e.g. Crane, hoist, fork truck),
accessory, and rigging component (e.g., slings, shackles, spreader
bars, yokes) to be used for the lift. (This list shall identify each piece
of equipment by type and rated capacity).
Designated checkpoints and hold points and estimated instrument
readings, as relevant, so that job progress can be checked against
the plan.
NOTE: Sign offs in the procedure are generally appropriate. For example, 896
initials and time/date the procedures as key steps are completed. Hold 897
points or sign-off points should be provided for personnel assigned to
witness the work.
Rigging sketch(s), which include the following:
Lift point identification
Method(s) of attachment.
Load vectors
Sling angles 906
Accessories used. 907
Other factors affecting the equipment capacity.
Rated capacity of equipment in the configuration(s) in which it will be
used. (For mobile cranes, many factors affect rated capacity,
including boom length, boom angle and work area).
A load-path sketch that shows the load path and height at key points in
the job. (For lifts with mobile cranes, include the crane position(s) relative
to the load and relative to surrounding obstructions. Where appropriate,
include floor-loading diagrams). 916
917
A sketch indicating lifting and travel speed limitations. (This may be noted
on the load path sketch or on a separate sketch).
A sign-off sheet to verify that equipment and tackle inspections or tests
are current.
NOTE: Practice lifts are recommended. (If used, requirements for the
practice lift should be documented in the procedure.)
926
APPROVAL OF CRITICAL LIFTS 927
The critical lift procedure should be approved as required by the
responsible contractors procedures. In the absence of direction from the
contractors procedures, a critical lift procedure shall be approved (signed
and dated) by the following:
Procedure author
Manager of the lift operation
Engineer in charge 936
Safety department / Field safety consultant 937
REVISIONS TO CRITICAL LIFT PROCEDURES
Revisions to the procedure shall be reviewed and approved through the
same cycle as the original procedure.
PRE-LIFT MEETING
Before the critical lift is performed, a pre-lift meeting with all participating 946
personnel shall be held. During the meeting, the critical lift procedure shall 947
be reviewed and questions shall be resolved. The pre-lift meeting shall be
documented.
DOCUMENTATION
Critical lift documentation is required. When the job is finished, the PIC
shall transmit the critical lift documentation to the manager (or designee)
for whom the lift was done. This documentation is subject to audit for one
year after the critical lift is completed. 956
957
Documentation of a critical lift shall include the following:
The critical lift procedure, recording job completion with approval
signatures and hold point sign-offs.
Documentation of the pre-lift meeting; containing, as a minimum, the
meeting date and list of attendees (NOTE: it is recommended that
documentation of the pre-lift meeting can be included as part of the
critical lift procedure.
Any additional documentation deemed appropriate by the PIC or 966
other responsible personnel (e.g., lessons learned) 967
8.2.10 CROWN SAVERS
This work procedure was developed to reflect HARVARDs practice that
all contracted rigs have crown savers installed and are regularly function
tested before operation of the rig is commenced.
PROCEDURE
1. It is the Well Site Supervisors responsibility as a representative of 976
HARVARD to NOT approve the start of rig operations until the crown 977
saver has been function tested.
2. It is the rig contractors responsibility to supply, install and function
test crown savers in accordance with the rig manufacturers design
and specifications.
3. Subsequent function testing of crown saver equipment must be
carried out at appropriate times.
8.2.11 DRIVING CONDUCT 986
987
VEHICLE CHECK
Keep vehicles in proper operating condition
Ensure loads are secure at all times
Large units should have mud flaps in place and be checked for rocks
between wheels
Walk around required
BEFORE STARTING 996
997
Ensure proper signage and documentation is in place
ON THE ROAD
Wearing seat belts is mandatory
Drive with headlights and taillights on at all times to increase visibility
Obey all traffic signs and speed limits
Stay on the right side of the road on corners, crest of hills, and at
intersections. 1006
Slow down when merging 1007
Yield extra road surface to larger traffic
Watch for following cars, and pull over to the side when safe to let
faster traffic pass
Do not use cell phones and field radios while driving. Pull off to a safe
spot to answer or make calls.
Always try to back into parking spots.
DRIVING IN POOR CONDITIONS
1016
Reduce speed when driving on poor roads or in visibility conditions. 1017
Do not pass in loose gravel, during poor visibility, or slippery road
conditions.
LICENSING AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION
If a worker uses a personal vehicle for work purposes, an employer
must ensure the worker complies with the appropriate licensed driver
requirements of Provincial legislation.
The worker must ensure their vehicle is maintained in sound 1026
mechanical condition. 1027
REFUELING
Workers must not smoke within 7.5 metres of a vehicle when it is
being refueled.
Vehicles must not be refueled if there is an ignition source within 7.5
metres of the vehicle.
Workers must not dispense flammable fuels into the fuel tank of a
motor vehicle while the engine is running unless it is otherwise
permissible by the manufacturer or certified by a professional 1036
engineer. 1037
8.2.12 FALL PROTECTION
Fall protection regulations require employers to prepare written
procedures in a fall protection plan. This plan must be in place before
work commences on any task where a fall of vertical 3 meters or more
can occur and where workers are not protected by guardrails. The plan
must also be in place if there is an unusual possibility of injury if a worker
vertically falls less than 3 meters, such as falling into or onto a hazardous 1046
substance or object or through an opening in a work surface. The plan 1047
must include procedures for rescuing workers who have fallen but are
unable to rescue themselves. In the event a plan is required, it must be
available and reviewed with the workers prior to undertaking the task (See
Fall Protection Plan Form at the end of this section.)
The fall protection plan must specify the following:
The potential fall hazards at the work site.
The fall protection system to be used at the worksite. 1056
The anchors to be used during the work 1057
The clearance distances below the work area, if applicable, have been
confirmed as to prevent the worker from striking the ground or an
object at below the work area.
The procedures to assemble, maintain, inspect, use and disassemble
the fall protection system(s).
Rescue procedures to be used if worker falls, is suspended by
personal fall arrest system or safety net and needs to be rescued.
The fall protection plan must be updated when conditions affecting fall 1066
protection change. 1067
Furthermore OH&S regulations state that employers must ensure that a
worker at a permanent work area is protected from falling by a guardrail if
they worker can fall a vertical distance of more than 1.2 metres and less
than 3 metres). If it is not reasonable for guardrails to be in place then a
worker must use a travel restraint system or other effective means to keep
worker from falling.
1076
INSTRUCTION OF WORKERS 1077
An employer must ensure that all workers are trained in the safe use of
the fall protection system before allowing the worker to work in an area
where a fall protection system must be used.
The training must include the following:
Review of pertinent legislation pertaining to fall protection
Understanding of what a fall protection plan is 1086
Fall protection methods a worker is required to use 1087
Identification of all hazards
Assessment and selection of specific anchors that a worker may use
Instructions for the use of connecting hardware
Information on the effects of a fall on the human body
Pre-use inspection
Emergency response procedures to be used if necessary
Practice in inspecting, fitting, connecting, adjusting etc.
1096
FALL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT 1097
There are many types of fall protection equipment, which are to be
determined by the job type and work site. All protection equipment must
meet CSA standards, be inspected prior to use for any damage or
malfunction, and kept free from substances and conditions that could
contribute to deterioration of the equipment. It should be noted that any fall
arrest system equipment that has stopped a fall should be removed from
service after the incident. A professional engineer or manufacturer must
certify that the system is safe for continued use. Typical fall arrest 1106
equipment includes but is not limited to: 1107
Full body harness
Body belt
Lanyard must be made of wire rope or appropriate material for job
and related hazards:
o If a tool or corrosive agent could sever, abrade, or burn, ensure
that lanyard material is able to withstand hazards.
o If working in the area of an energized conductor, the employer
must ensure worker uses another effective means of fall 1116
protection. 1117
Shock absorber, shock absorbing lanyard to be used in fall arrest
system and consists of a full body harness and a lanyard equipped
with a shock absorber or similar device. When a shock absorber is
used, ensure that allowance is made for the potential increase in total
fall distance. When a worker is using a personal fall arrest system
without a shock absorber the employer must ensure the fall arrest
system limits a workers free fall distance to 1.2 metres.
The connection components in the system include the following:
o Carabineers 1126
o D-rings 1127
o O-rings
o Oval rings
o Self locking connectors
o Snap hooks
TRAVEL RESTRAINT SYSTEMS
When using a personal travel restraint system a worker must limit the
vertical distance of a fall by: 1136
1137
Selecting the shortest length of lanyard that will still permit unimpeded
performance of the duties.
Securing the lanyard to an anchor no lower than the workers
shoulder, or if not available to an anchor point that is as high as
reasonably practical.
Using only a single lanyard between worker and anchor, with the
exception of electrical danger noted above.
Another important safety concern in fall arrest systems is limiting the 1146
amount of free fall which a worker may experience if a fall occurs. 1147
The personal Fall Arrest system must be arranged so that a worker
cannot hit the ground or an object below the work area. Furthermore it
must be ensured that the maximum arresting force exerted on the worker
is 6 kilonewtons unless the worker is using an E6 type shock absorber in
which case the maximum arresting force must not exceed 8 kilonewtons.
ANCHORS
If a worker is required to use a personal fall arrest system or travel 1156
restraint system the worker must ensure that it is safely secured to an 1157
anchor that meets CSA and ANSI standards. Any anchor with multiple
attachment points designed to support combinations of suspension lines,
tie-back lines and lifelines, is to be certified in writing by a professional
engineer.
An employer must ensure that a worker visually inspects anchors prior to
attaching a fall protection system. If an anchor is damaged the worker
must not reuse the anchor until it is repaired, replaced or re-certified by
the manufacturer or a professional engineer. 1166
1167
If a temporary travel restraint anchor point is to be used it must meet the
following criteria:
Have a minimum breaking strength in which the load may be applied
of at least 3.5 kilonewtons per worker attached in any direction in
which the load may be applied.
Be installed, used and removed according to the manufacturers
specifications or specifications certified by a professional engineer.
Be permanently marked as being for travel restraint only. 1176
The anchor must also be removed from use, immediately after the 1177
work involving the anchor point is complete or at the time specified by
the manufacturer or a professional engineer.
If a permanent travel restraint anchor is to be used, the following criteria
must be met:
The anchor must have a minimum breaking strength per worker of 16
kilonewtons or two times the maximum arresting force in any direction
in which load may be applied (not applicable to anchors installed 1186
before July 1, 2009). 1187
Is installed and used according to the manufacturers specifications or
certified by a professional engineer.
Is permanently marked as being for travel restraint only.
WIRE ROPE SLING AS ANCHOR
When a wire rope sling is used as an anchor it must be terminated at both
ends with a Flemish eye splice rated to at least 90 percent of the wire
ropes minimum breaking strength. 1196
1197
FALL ARREST SYSTEMS
Fall arrest anchors to which a personal fall arrest system is attached must
meet the following guidelines, with the exception of temporary horizontal
lifeline systems.
Must have an ultimate load capacity of at least 16 kilonewtons per
worker attached in any direction in which load may be applied. If
structure to which an anchor is attached is not capable of withstanding 1206
16 kilonewtons of force without damage; an anchor designed, installed 1207
and used as part of a fall protection system that is capable of
withstanding twice the maximum arresting force that the anchor is
subject to, may be used.
The anchor is to be designed, installed and used in accordance with
the manufacturers specifications, or with specifications certified by a
professional engineer.
The anchor to which a personal fall arrest system is attached is not to
be part of an anchor used to support or suspend a platform.
1216
Life Safety Ropes are one of the key components in fall arrest systems. 1217
There are a number of critical points in regards to life safety ropes which
must be adhered to:
Vertical lifeline must extend downward to within 1.2 meters of ground
level or another safe lower surface.
Vertical lifeline must be free of knots or splices except for a stopper
knot at its lower end.
Only one worker is to be attached to a life safety rope at any one time,
unless the manufacturers specifications or specifications of a certified 1226
engineer allow for the attachment of more than one worker. 1227
Any safety life rope must be effectively protected to prevent abrasion
by sharp or rough edges.
Be made of appropriate material to the hazard and able to withstand
adverse effects.
Is installed and used in a manner that minimizes the hazards of
swinging and limits the swing drop distance to 1.2 metres if a worker
falls.
Before a horizontal lifeline systems is used a professional engineer, a 1236
competent person authorized by the professional engineer, the 1237
manufacturer, or a competent person authorized by the manufacturer
must certify that the system has been properly installed according to the
manufacturers or professional engineers specifications.
All flexible and horizontal lifeline systems must meet the CSA
requirements.
Rigid and horizontal lifeline systems must be designed, installed and
used in accordance with manufacturers or professional engineers 1246
certified specifications. 1247
CONTROL ZONES
Control zones are marked areas in which an unguarded edge is present.
Control zones may be used only if a worker can fall from a surface that
has a slope of no more than 4 degrees towards the unguarded edge or
that slopes inwardly away from an unguarded edge and is not less than 2
metres wide when measured from an unguarded edge. Control zones are
not to be used to protect workers from falling from a skeletal structure in a 1256
work area. However, if the worker will at all times remain further from the 1257
unguarded edge than the width of the control zone, no other fall protection
system is needed. Control zones are to be clearly marked with an
effective raised warning line or other equally effective method if a worker
is working within 2 meters of the control zone. If work must be done within
the control zone then the use of a travel restraint system or equally
effective means of preventing worker from getting to the unguarded edge
is necessary. Also no persons who are not directly required to work in the
control zone are permitted inside control zone.
1266
PROCEDURES IN PLACE OF FALL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT 1267
Procedures may be developed in place of fall protection equipment where
it is not reasonable practicable to use an approved fall protection system
or if the use of procedures in place of fall protection equipment is
restricted to the installation or removal of fall protection equipment; roof
inspection; emergency repairs, at height transfers between equipment and
structures (if allowed by manufacturers specifications) or in situations
where a worker must work on top of a vehicle or load.
1276
When using procedures in place of fall protection equipment a hazard 1277
assessment must be completed before work at height begins.
Additionally, the procedures to be followed while performing the work must
be in writing and available to all workers before the work begins. The
work must be carried out in a way that minimizes the number of workers
exposed to a fall hazard. The work must be limited to light duty tasks and
be completed by a competent worker and do not expose the worker to
additional hazards.
WORK POSITIONING 1286
1287
If a worker uses a work positioning system, the workers vertical free fall
distance, in the event of a fall, is restricted by the work positioning system
to 600 millimetres or less. If the centre of gravity of a worker using a work
positioning system extends beyond the edge from which the worker could
fall or if the work surface presents a slipping or tripping hazards because
of its state or condition, the worker must use a back-up fall arrest system
in combination with the work positioning system.
A worker must use a back up personal fall arrest system in combination 1296
with the work positioning system if their centre of gravity extends beyond 1297
an edge from which the worker could fall or if the work surface presents a
slipping or tripping hazard.
SPECIAL PROCEDURES
There are also a number of special protection procedures which must be
followed while undertaking certain operations, they are as follows:
Any worker on a boom elevating work platform, boom-supported aerial 1306
device or forklift truck work platform is required to use a personal fall 1307
restraint system. The fall arrest system must be connected to an
anchor specified by the manufacturer of the work platform. If no
anchor is specified by the manufacturer an anchor point must then be
certified by a professional engineer that meets CSA requirements.
A fall arrest system must be used when connected to the anchor, the
lanyard, if reasonably practicable, is short enough to prevent the
worker from being ejected from the work platform or aerial device but
is long enough to allow the worker to perform their work.
An employer must ensure that a worker on a scissor lift or an elevating 1316
work platform, with similar characteristics uses a travel restraint 1317
system consisting of a full body harness and lanyard connected to an
anchor specified by the manufacturer and when connected to the
anchor, the lanyard, if reasonable practicable, is sort enough to
prevent the worker falling out of the scissor life or aerial work platform
but is long enough to allow the worker to perform their work.
Fork mounted work platforms elevated to a height of 3 meters or more
above the ground, with any portion of the guardrail system removed,
workers on platform must use a travel restraint system. This does not
apply however, if the manufacturers specifications allow a worker to 1326
work from the scissor lift or elevating work platform using only its 1327
guardrails for fall protection and if the scissor lift or elevated work
platform is operating on a firm and level surface.
If in any of above cases workers movement can not be adequately
restricted in all directions to prevent a fall, then the use of a fall arrest
system is mandatory.
Anyone being raised or lowered in a man basket must use a personal
fall arrest system.
When working over water and the where the worker could drown by
falling into the water, use of the appropriate fall protection equipment 1336
in conjunction with a personal floatation device must be used. A 1337
floatation device need not be worn if a fall protection system prevents
a fall into the water.
An employer using a leading edge fall protection system consisting of
fabric or netting panels must ensure the system is only used to provide
leading edge protection, is used and installed as per manufacturers
specifications and a copy of the specifications available on the
worksite.
Work or activities at height which incorporate a working line, safety
line and a full body harness in combination with any other devices that 1346
allow a worker to ascend, descend and traverse to and from a work 1347
area under their own control is considered Industrial Rope Access
Work.
If scaffolding or a temporary work platform can be damaged by
powered mobile equipment or a vehicle contacting it, measures must
be taken to protect the scaffolding or temporary work platform from
being contacted.
Workers that have to climb onto a vehicle or its load at any location
and where it is not reasonably practicable to provide a fall protection
system the employer must take steps to eliminate or reduce the need 1356
for the for the worker to climb onto the vehicle or load. If the load is 1357
not secured against movement the worker must not climb onto the
load.
8.2.13 FIRE PREVENTION
Adequate ventilation must be provided for all rooms or buildings
where gas or light oil products are handled.
Special vacuum vents and flame arresters should be inspected
frequently to determine that they are in good operating condition. 1366
Vegetation control must be present around tanks, buildings and 1367
wells. A sufficient area must be cleared to prevent the spread of
fires.
Spontaneous combustion may develop from oily rags. Rags must be
placed in metal containers with self closing lids.
Gas leaks shall be located only with a gas detector, soap suds or
other safe means. If a gas leak is suspected or detected in any
confined area, all motors, engines and sources of ignition shall be
shut down immediately. DANGER: Leaks must never be located
with an open flame. 1376
All building heating systems, offices, etc. are to be odorized ( Z662- 1377
94)
The use of plastic pails or containers for flammable products are to
be avoided.
Barrels stored in buildings are to have bungs removed and capped.
All gas regulators are to be vented outside and their doors kept
closed.
NO SMOKING signs shall be permanently posted in all hazardous
areas.
Flammable liquids shall be disposed of in a proper manner. Sewer, 1386
sump, or drain systems are not to be used for this purpose unless 1387
the system is specifically designed for this use..
Iron sulphide or lead sludge shall be removed from vessels etc. as
quickly as practical and be kept wet with water until disposed of in a
pit or fill site.
Oils that cause sulphur deposits must be closely monitored at all
times.
Rags used to wipe zinc thread lubricant must be kept in a separate
covered metal container.
Static electricity shall be minimized or eliminated to prevent a spark 1396
from causing a fire, explosion, or both. 1397
Top fill lines on tanks should be avoided to reduce the chance of
static discharges. If unavoidable, a downpipe shall be installed near
the bottom of the tank and filling pipe bonded to the tank.
Only equipment approved by Underwriters Laboratories for
hazardous atmospheres are permitted for use in or around
flammable vapours. This shall include all power tools, flashlights,
electric lanterns etc.
Attach Ground Cable signs shall be posted at all truck loading /
unloading points. 1406
Truckers shall not carry out repairs to electrical wiring systems while 1407
engaged in loading or unloading fluids.
8.2.14 FIRE & EXPLOSION HAZARD MANAGEMENT
To address regulatory requirements, HARVARD has established a
systematic approach for identifying and managing fire and explosion
hazards (see Fire and Explosion Prevention Form & Fire Prevention
Triangle at the end of this section.)
1416
This process involves: 1417
Evaluating of potential risks with respect to fire and explosion hazards.
Identifying means to effectively manage these potential risks.
Determining the need for specific control measures to prevent fires
and explosions.
Putting the required control measures in place.
General Fire & Explosion Control Measures
. 1426
In hazardous locations, where an explosive atmosphere may exist, 1427
employers must ensure they use intrinsically safe equipment (i.e.
lighting, cell phones, radios etc). Intrinsically safe equipment is
defined as equipment and wiring which is incapable of releasing
sufficient electrical or thermal energy under normal or abnormal
conditions to cause ignition of a specific hazardous mixture in its most
easily ignitable condition
A person must not enter or work at an area if more than 20 percent of
the lower explosive limit of a flammable or explosive substance is
present in the atmosphere. 1436
A person must not smoke in a work area where a flammable 1437
substance is stored, handled, processed or used.
A person must not use an open flame in a work area where a
flammable substance is stored, handled, processed or used.
A person should not mix, clean or use a flammable or combustible
liquid at a temperature at or above its flash point in an open vessel if a
potential source of ignition is in the immediate vicinity.
A person should not use a flammable or combustible liquid at a
temperature above its flash point in a washing or cleaning operation,
unless the equipment is specifically designed and manufactured for 1446
the use of the liquid. 1447
A person must not store contaminated rags used to clean or wipe up
flammable substances other than in a covered container that has a
label that clearly indicates it is to be used for the storage of
contaminated rags.
Flammable substances stored or used at a non-hazardous work area
must not be in sufficient quantity to produce an explosive atmosphere
if inadvertently released.
Flammable substances should not be stored within 30 metres of an
underground shaft or in the immediate vicinity of the air intake of a 1456
ventilation supply system, an internal combustion engine or the fire 1457
box of a fired heater or furnace.
Only CSA, NFPA and ULC approved containers can be used to store
flammable substances.
If work requires the contents of metallic or conductive containers be
transferred from one to another, an employer must ensure static
electricity is controlled while the contents are being transferred.
In hazardous locations, employers must ensure that equipment used
will not ignite a flammable substance and that static electricity is
controlled. 1466
If a work area is considered hazardous, the boundaries of the 1467
hazardous location must be clearly identified to warn workers of the
nature of the hazards and associated with the presence of the
flammable substance.
Procedures must be in place for hazardous locations that will prevent
the inadvertent release of flammable substance or oxygen gas if it can
contact a flammable substance.
For further information concerning Fire & Explosion Hazard Management
please refer to the Provincial Acts, Codes and Regulations 1476
1477
8.2.15 FLAMMABLE & HAZARDOUS LIQUIDS
Flammable and hazardous liquid containers and storage tanks shall be
labeled or identified and located in a safe place away from any open
flame, fire or engines in operation.
Where there is a potential for pressure build up or plastic container
degradation, drums and small non-safety containers must not be left
exposed to direct sunlight. Containers must be grounded when pouring 1486
flammable liquids in or out of them and containers must be of an approved 1487
type.
Metallic or conductive containers and vessels used for flammable and
combustible liquids must be bonded to one another and electrically
grounded when pouring to prevent sparks and accidental ignition.
Gasoline engines must be refueled only when engines are stopped.
Safety cans must be used unless the tank is filled directly from the storage
container via a piped system.
Smoking is not permitted near gasoline storage area(s). A sign stating No
Smoking or Open Flame must be posted at all storage areas. 1496
1497
8.2.16 FLOWBACKS
SCOPE AND PURPOSE
To provide safe operating practices for equipment, procedures and
supervision of flowbacks from wells. This is intended to include all
situations of flow from wells, including circulating, swabbing, fracture and
chemical treatment cleanups, depressurizing, etc., but does not include
production testing or drill stem testing. 1506
1507
Reference: Alberta Industry Recommended Practice IRP Vol. 4,
Subsection 4.0.7.20
SAFE OPERATING PRACTICES
1. An open fluid handling system should only be used when sweet, non-
flammable fluids are being pumping or flowed back from a well. Sour
and high-vapour pressure hydrocarbons must always be flowed back
into closed systems. 1516
1517
2. Prior to commencing a flowback of sweet, non-flammable fluids,
planning must be done by the preparation of a detailed program of
operations. The detailed program must state all pertinent well data,
expected pressure and flow rates, fluid properties and characteristics,
equipment requirements and layout, and identify all safety and
environmental hazards.
3. As specified in IRP Vol. 4, consideration must be given to the following
issues when preparing for a flowback: 1526
1527
a. Wellhead control
b. Expected produced fluids
c. Equipment design and layout
d. Procedures for special operations such as well killing, coiled tubing
cleanouts using air, pumping flowbacks and swabbing.
1536
e. Supervision and monitoring during flowbacks for detection of sour 1537
fluids and explosive mixtures.
f. Safety meetings and the use of safety checklist.
8.2.17 FUEL AND CHEMICAL STORAGE
Above ground storage tanks, less than 5 m
3
do not require secondary
containment unless the fluids could result in ground contamination 1546
problems. The following above ground storage tanks smaller than 5 m
3
1547
should have secondary containment due to the potential for environmental
damage:
Glycols
Amines
Demulsifiers
Corrosion inhibitors
Solvents
Fuel tanks
1556
Methanol tanks and tanks that are less than 5 m
3
do not normally require 1557
any secondary containment unless they:
Are within 100 metres of a water course, or
Have the potential for the contents to move off lease
8.2.18 GROUND DISTURBANCE
1566
The potential consequence to individual workers and HARVARD for 1567
accidents involving ground disturbance work are very serious and
therefore the appropriate time and resources must be allocated to ensure
that the work is carried out safely.
The following procedure should be followed in any ground disturbance
operation (see definitions):
Responsibilities as Owners of Pipeline
1576
1. Provide information to persons undertaking a ground disturbance and 1577
ensure compliance to IRP 17.
2. Referencing all available sources of information as far as reasonable
and practical to determine the existence of all pipeline and
underground utilities in the proposed Ground Disturbance work area.
The following are sources that can be referenced:
Company Maps & Plot Plans
Oil & Gas Regulators such as NEB, ERCB, etc.
One-Call Systems
Area Operations Personnel 1586
Land Titles 1587
Landowner
Visible Markers
Rural Gas Utilities
3. Locate the pipeline and mark the surface location using a qualified line
locator.
4. Carry out inspections that are necessary to keep the pipeline safe.
5. HARVARDs Representative must be at the Work Site until the
pipeline or utility has been exposed.
6. Inspect the pipeline before backfilling. 1596
7. Report any damage. 1597
Supervision
1. A designated supervisor is responsible for ensuring that the work is
carried out safely. This includes determining the existence of
underground facilities and their proper locating and exposure.
2. A supervisor must ensure that proper markers are positioned around a
ground disturbance to make workers aware.
3. The supervisor must have specific experience and training to
supervise ground disturbance activities. 1606
4. The supervisor must ensure that if workers are required to enter an 1607
excavation or trench the confined space entry code of practice has
been reviewed and applied if necessary. As a minimum, a means of
exit and entry must be provided for workers that are within 8 metres of
any excavation greater than 1.5 metres in depth
Search and Notification
1. Records must be searched for buried facilities within 30 metres of the
proposed ground disturbance. 1616
2. Owners or the owners designate of a facility within the search area 1617
are to be informed of the intent to create a ground disturbance and
asked to confirm the location, type, and content (as applicable) of their
facility.
Crossing Agreements and Approvals
1. Agreements are required if the ground disturbance is on a lease or
right-of-way or within five metres of any facility.
2. The crossing agreement must be on site before starting the ground 1626
disturbance. 1627
Locating Facilities
1. All facilities within the 30 metre search area should be located and
marked by competent personnel.
Permits
1. A site-specific ground disturbance permit must be completed as part 1636
of the work permit for each crossing or disturbance within five metres 1637
of a located buried facility.
Pre-Job Safety Meeting
1. A pre-job safety meeting must be conducted.
Exposure
1. The facility owner may request to have a representative on-site during 1646
the exposure. 1647
2. All hand exposed zones must be exposed 1 metre on each side of the
locate marks for a buried facility other than a high pressure pipeline.
High pressure pipelines must be hand exposed within 5 metres on
each side of the locate marks, unless the entire excavation is hydro-
vacd to 15 cm below the ground disturbance depth.
3. Mechanical equipment within 60 cm of a buried line should not be
used.
4. If contact with a pipeline occurs that damages the pipe, all work must
stop until the necessary go-ahead is received. 1656
5. Any damage must be reported immediately to the owner of the facility. 1657
6. It is the facility owners responsibility to notify the appropriate
government agencies.
Backfill
1. The line owner should inspect the crossings before and during burial.
Some other excellent sources of information and guidelines regarding 1666
ground disturbances are: 1667
a. Underground Facilities pamphlet published by the Alberta
Construction
b. Safety Association.
c. Safe Procedures for Pipelines and Utility Crossings booklet
published by the Edmonton Area Pipeline and Utility Operators
Committee.
2. Backfill inspection form must be completed. 1676
1677
8.2.19 HAND AND POWER TOOLS
Tools are to only be used for their intended function and must be
maintained in good condition. Appropriate personal protective equipment
must be worn at all times when using any tool.
Operators are to inspect equipment and verify that it is in safe operating
condition before starting work. The power must be disconnected from the 1686
tool and any pressure discharge before any adjustments are made. 1687
All guards are to be properly fitted and in good condition at all times.
All portable and stationary grinding tools shall be operated in accordance
with manufacturers specifications and must be equipped with the
appropriate guards and tool rests.
Eye protection must be worn at all times when using hand operated power
tools.
8.2.20 HEATERS & OPEN FLAME EQUIPMENT
1696
When lighting fired heaters and furnaces, face shields and gloves are to 1697
be worn.
Portable heaters are to be used only for the service for which it has been
approved and adequate ventilation should be maintained in order to
prevent a build up of exhaust gases. All flammables are to be removed
from the immediate area.
Flame type equipment such as open flame space heaters (Herman
Nelson) are to be used only in extenuating circumstances and then only in
conjunction with a HARVARD Hot work Permit. 1706
1707
8.2.21 HIGH PRESSURE GAS WELLS (EQUIPPING, START-
UP AND OPERATION)
SCOPE AND PURPOSE
To provide safe operating guidelines for wellsite piping design, initial
startup and production operations of sweet gas wells with higher reservoir
pressure (maximum expected shut-in pressure) than the highest working
pressure rating of downstream vessels and gathering lines. 1716
1717
EQUIPPING
For wellhead design and installation, refer to Industry Recommended
Practices Minimum Wellhead Requirements, IRP Volume 5.
In all situations where the maximum expected shut-in pressure of a well
exceeds the lowest working pressure rating of downstream facilities, the
wellhead will be equipped with a suitable adjustable choke for controlling
flow rates, methanol injection pump, and emergency shutdown (ESD) 1726
valve and the wellsite vessel equipped with a suitable pressure safety 1727
valve (PSV). These components must be designed, installed and
maintained in accordance with the appropriate API, ASME, and/or CSA
standards for components and piping installations.
STARTUP AND OPERATION
When wells with shut-in pressure higher than the working pressure rating
of any downstream vessel or pipeline are opened up from a shut-in
condition, care and caution must be exercised to avoid pressure surges 1736
on the downstream facilities. The following procedure is recommended: 1737
1. Fully open the master valve of the wellhead with the adjustable choke
in the closed position.
2. Check and record shut-in wellhead pressures.
3. The adjustable choke should be opened gradually allowing the flow
from the well to increase in stages to the desired rate.
1746
4. The static pressure in the downstream vessel must be continuously 1747
monitored until conditions have stabilized at the desired pressure.
5. Frequent checks and recordings or pressures, temperatures and flow
rates should be made during the first few days to ensure that
conditions have stabilized, hydrate formation is not occurring and
pressures are within normal operating limits.
6. Adjustable chokes, ESD valves and PSVs are to be serviced and
tested according to prescribed methods. 1756
8.2.22 HOT OILING 1757
Field operations personnel shall follow the following procedure when hot
oiling equipment (wells, flowlines, etc,).
PROCEDURE
COMPLETE THE HOT WORK PERMIT
1. Whenever possible, rig up hot oiler upwind and 50 meters from well, 1766
rig tanks, power lines, rig shacks, etc. (Note: if the hot oiler is equipped 1767
with a flame arrestor the unit may be rigged up as close as 25 meters
from the well, etc.)
Many leases do not allow 50 meters distance from the wellhead.
Always try to maintain at least 25 meters from the wellhead.
When rigging up, ensure at the point of entry (wellhead, etc.) there is a
check valve with a bypass (for bleeding off) installed in the hot oilers
flowline. 1776
1777
Note: Hot oiling should only be done using the metal pipe supplied on
the hot oiler. The flexible, high pressure hose is only designed for cold
pressure work.
2. The hot oil unit must be grounded at all times and if accompanied by a
tank truck, it must be grounded to the hot oil unit before
unloading/loading and located at least 15 meters away ( down wind)
from the hot oil unit.
1786
3. Ensure tank vapours are vented off down wind of the hot oil unit, This 1787
can be done by connecting a section(s) of suction hose to the tank
vent.
4. Hold pre-job safety meeting.
Communicate clearly to the hot oil unit operator what work is required.
Maximum pressure, temperature and pump rate will be determined by
the equipment being hot oiled. (Type of scraper rods are nylon, plastic,
and metal. Pressure ratings of equipment.).
1796
Do not exceed the manufacturers recommended temperature. 1797
If H
2
S is present; define where all personnel are to proceed if a
catastrophic leak/failure occurs.
5. Pressure test the hot oilers lines to 1.5 times the anticipated
maximum working pressure. Ensure the maximum operating pressure
of the hot oilers lines are not exceeded and the pop valves have been
set accordingly.
1806
HOT OIL SAFETY EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 1807
Hard hat, safety shoes, fire retardant clothing, goggles, gloves and H
2
S
Alive certificate for the operator and swamper.
8.2.23 HOT TAPS
A Hot Tap refers to any penetration into live piping or a pipeline where
there is no existing fitting or when welding on pressurized pipeline or a
pipeline. Welding on pressurized piping systems without taking the proper 1816
precautions is dangerous and can result in a major failure. Fatalities have 1817
occurred as a result of welding on pressurized pipeline. If proper steps are
not followed, it is possible for a Hot Tap to result in:
Pipe failure caused by burn through during welding;
Ignition and burning of the product inside the pipe;
Damage to equipment downstream of the hot tap due to cuttings;
Delayed failure of the weld due to hydrogen or stress corrosion
cracking.
Workers involved in supervising or performing a Hot Tap are expected to
ensure the proper pre-planning is completed including a formal Hot Tap 1826
plan. 1827
Step 1: Determine if the hot tap is really necessary.
Step 2: Assess the risk to ensure that the likelihood and consequence of
failure are acceptable.
In all cases, the decision to proceed with a hot tap will be based on the
ability to perform the hot tap safely. All Hot Tap procedures require
HARVARDENGINEERING approval in writing prior to commencing.
8.2.24 HOT WORK PROCEDURES
1836
The following special precautions are a minimum requirement to ensure
that adequate precautions are taken when dealing with Hot Work.
DEFINITION
Hot work is any operation that produces a source of ignition.
HAZARDOUS LOCATION
1846
The area within a radius of 25 meters of the Hot Work is considered a 1847
hazardous location and kept free of flammable substances. Where this is
not possible, competent supervisory personnel must be in constant
attendance and a Hot Work Permit issued.
EQUIPMENT ISOLATION
All equipment on which Hot Work is to be performed must be positively
isolated from all possible sources of combustible, explosive or toxic 1856
material. 1857
Positive isolation means blinding off, plugging or the complete removal
and blanking off of inter-connecting piping vessels or sewers which may
contain hazardous material.
PURGING AND GAS TESTING
No equipment, vessel, line or any type of container which has contained a
hazardous material shall be safe for Hot Work unless it has been purged,
gas tested and inspected. Steaming is an excellent way to remove 1866
residual hydrocarbons. 1867
HOT WORK PRECAUTIONS
1. All combustible materials within 7.5 meters of the Hot Work must be
suitably isolated or cleared from hot work location.
2. When welding is carried out for the purpose of hot tapping on a
pipeline, vessel or tank; the line shall be full of stock and have a
positive flow, or in the case of vessels and tanks, they shall be filled 1876
with fluid at least one meter above the point at which welding is to be 1877
carried out.
3. Oil surfaces and oil spills must be hosed down and sanded over
(minimum depth 1 inch). Oil soaked ground must be dug out and
removed.
4. Testing must show that the atmosphere does not contain a flammable
substance, in a mixture with air, in an amount exceeding 20 percent of
that substances lower explosive limit for gas or vapours or the 1886
minimum ignitable concentration for dust. 1887
5. All trash and oily rags must be removed.
6. Particular attention is required for the danger of expansion of oil or gas
in equipment (lines, vessels, etc.) immediately adjacent to the Hot
Work.
7. Flammable solvents must not be used or be present in the area of Hot
Work. 1896
1897
8. Fire blankets or appropriate fire retardant material shall be used when
there is a danger of sparks being carried outside the work area. Fire
blankets should be kept damp if spark impingement is intensive.
9. Valves cannot be accepted as leak proof. Bleeder valves on pumps,
lines and vessels shall be plugged off when such pumps, line or
vessel contains flammable fluids. This is consistent with accepted
practices that all bleeders are provided with plugs to prevent fire due to
bleeder valves opening from vibration. 1906
1907
FIRE EQUIPMENT
1. All fire equipment provided at the job site shall be checked and readily
available for the personnel performing the Hot Work and personnel
shall be fully familiar with the operation of such equipment.
2. Portable extinguishers permanently located in the operating area must
not be used as standby fire equipment for Hot Work.
1916
3. Portable extinguishers shall be placed in an accessible position and 1917
not so close to the Hot Work that they may become involved should a
fire take place.
ACCESS AND EGRESS
Walkways, ladders, tank or tower manways and other approaches to the
area must be accessible and free from obstacles that may obstruct
personnel engaged in fire fighting or escape in case of fire.
1926
WELDERS, CYLINDERS AND GENERATORS 1927
1. Welding machines, gas cylinders and generators must be located a
safe distance from the Hot Work area, leaving easy access for
removal in case of fire.
2. Welding machine ground wires must not be attached to any valves,
fittings, machinery or other equipment in operation.
3. Welding cables must be in good condition and located clear of hot 1936
lines and equipment. Splices and joints in cables must be properly 1937
made and insulated.
8.2.25 HOUSEKEEPING
HARVARD shall ensure that healthy and safe working conditions are
provided and maintained for all employees. It is the responsibility for
employees to maintain these conditions through good housekeeping and
good personal hygiene practices. Good housekeeping is more then 1946
cleanliness; it is cleanliness and order. Cultivate the habit of good 1947
housekeeping.
PRACTICES
All working areas shall be kept clean and free from obstructions at
all times. Tools, loose objects, oil, grease, and other materials are
tripping and slipping hazards.
Working areas shall be left clean and tidy at the end of each shift 1956
and on completion of work assignments. 1957
Materials shall not be stored in aisles or overhead.
Never place equipment and tools on stair treads.
Oil, paint, or chemically saturated rags must be placed in metal
containers with covers.
Rubbish must be placed in metal containers for waste disposal.
Pools of oil or water, acids or caustic, shall be cleaned up
immediately. If this is impractical, it should be reported your
supervisor and guarded by a standby until the condition is corrected.
Floor or ground openings shall be adequately barricaded. 1966
Rags are to be used when cleaning up around compressors etc. 1967
When purchasing rags, they should be of cotton base. Polyester
rags are NOT to be purchased.
All tools should be kept clean and in good repair at all times.
8.2.26 HYDRATE / ICE PLUG HANDLING
Prevention is the best method for handling hydrates. Hydrates can be
prevented and should not be accepted as normal operating routine.
1976
Hydrates and ice plugs pose a real threat to both people and equipment if
not handled properly. If proper procedures are not used when removing
hydrates, very large forces may be created as hydrates begin to move,
which can result in serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment.
The following provides procedures for the proper identification and safe
removal of gas hydrates.
1986
DEFINITION 1987
Gas hydrates are solid compounds formed by the reaction of a gas with
water. Some of the light hydrocarbons that are components of natural gas
form hydrates under pressure at temperatures above 0C. These hydrates
form as crystals and look like snow. In pipelines, they can pack solidly to
form a restriction resulting in partial or no flow. This is often referred to as
line freezing.
IDENTIFICATION 1996
1997
Static pressure spiking on pipeline systems is the first indication that
hydrates are beginning to form. A drop in flow should not solely be
attributed to liquid hold-up; hydrates must be considered as the possible
cause. The same applies to flowing wells, particularly if the wellhead
pressure and temperature are dropping.
A pipeline system should not be run when hydrates are forming unless
methanol is being injected or the flowing temperature is being increased
over a short period of time. 2006
2007
REMOVAL PROCEDURES
Removal of a solid hydrate should be directly supervised by the
foreman/field engineer or his trained designate.
Hydrates can be removed by increasing the temperature, depressurizing
or injecting methanol into the line.
Particular attention must be paid to the rapid vapourization of 2016
hydrates and the resultant pressure surge. 2017
1. Heating
a. Open flames (e.g. torches, fires, etc.) must not be used for
hydrate removal.
b. The use of vehicle exhaust for heating should follow hot work
procedures. The area must be well ventilated due to the danger of
carbon monoxide and attention must be paid to the possibility of 2026
gas ignition. This includes the presence of gas, and the condition 2027
of the vehicle engine and ignition system for possible sources of
ignition.
See OH&S Code, Part 10. Cross reference Safe Work Permits
and Hot Work Safe Operating Procedures.
c. When steaming is to take place, safe steaming procedures must
be followed.
2. Depressurizing 2036
2037
a. The most effective method for the removal of a hydrate plug is
shutting in and depressurizing. Injecting chemical and alternating
the pressure on either side of the plug has had limited success.
b. When depressurizing, the hydrate plug should be depressurized
from both sides. One side only should not be depressurized,
followed by an attempt to move the hydrate with the pressure
drop. This will only cause a more severe hydrate plug which may
exist for days after depressurizing.
2046
c. When depressurizing requires hot tapping, refer to a standard 2047
procedure for hot tapping that is applicable to this operation.
d. Caution must be exercised when a line, where hydrates are
suspected is being depressurized and opened. The hydrates may
plug the line and trap pressure as well as dissolve and release
hydrocarbons and toxic gases under pressure.
3. Chemicals
2056
a. Gas hydrates can be prevented or the hydrates dissolved by the 2057
injection of methanol or glycol. Glycols are not recommended,
unless a specific circumstance dictates, particularly if the injection
point is upstream of any compressors.
b. When pumping of chemicals is to occur, the procedures on
portable pumping should be followed.
8.2.27 MANAGING CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY
2066
Before maintenance work, testing or inspection begins on any machinery, 2067
equipment or powered mobile equipment, all sources of hazardous energy at
the location must be isolated by activation of an energy-isolating device. The
machinery or equipment must be rendered inoperative in a way that could
result in accidental activation, movement of equipment or otherwise cause
damage to a person, property or process. The equipment or machinery must
be isolated and secured at the main source of energy or control device.
Shut down equipment
Block in, de-pressure and purge vessel and piping if necessary. Install 2076
blinds where necessary. 2077
Ensure all energy isolating devices are in off position and attach a
completed signed and posted checklist describing the work to be
performed and the name of the operator installing the energy isolating
device.
Remove valve handles where practical or use energy isolating devices
and chains to prevent handles from being moved. Place Do Not Operate
tags on all valves.
Test Local Start / Stop switch to ensure equipment is inoperative.
2086
LOCKS 2087
A person installing a lock has the only key that will operate that particular lock.
The supervisor may have an alternate key to be used in an emergency. Use
of the alternate key must be documented.
Have each worker or each trade or group of trade workers install their
own energy isolating device on the mechanical lock out clamp prior to
commencing work.
2096
Locks must be removed by the person who installed it when they have 2097
completed their work on the equipment.
ISOLATION
Piping containing harmful substances under pressure must be able to be
isolated by blinding, blanking or by using double block and bleed valves
providing two blocking seals on either side of the isolation point and an 2106
operable bleed-off between the two seals. 2107
Blank, blind or double block and bleed the piping during repair,
modification, maintenance or replacement.
Clearly mark piping that has been blanked or blinded.
Where two valves and a bleed off are used to isolate the piping,
ensure that the bleed off valve is secured in the Open position and
the valves or similar blocking seals in the flow lines are functional and 2116
secured in the Closed position. If it is not reasonably practicable to 2117
provide blanking, blinding or double block and bleed isolation, an
employer must ensure that an alternate means of isolation provides
adequate protection to workers, certified as appropriate and safe by a
professional engineer, is implemented.
The device used to secure the valve or seals must have a positive
mechanical means of keeping the valves or seals in the required
position and is strong enough and designed to withstand inadvertent
opening without the use of excessive force, unusual measures, or 2126
destructive techniques. 2127
Work in confined or restricted spaces must be isolated from all
sources of contamination. This means that all lines to and from a
confined space must be blinded or blanked before work begins.
See applicable Provincial regulations (i.e. Alberta OH&S Code 2009) for
additional detailed information concerning the Control of Hazardous
Energy.
BULL PLUGS 2136
2137
Bull plugs must be installed in all open ended valves that, if accidentally
opened, could release a product that could create a hazard to personnel or
the environment.
Install bull plugs in all valves that could be accidentally opened.
Bull plugs should only be installed hand tight so pressure cannot build
up between the bull plug and the valve creating a safety hazard when
the plug is removed.
2146
PUMP JACKS 2147
All oil well pump jack installations and dismantling must be supervised by
an experienced supervisor.
All pump jacks are equipped with rotating weights that are needed to
counterbalance the weight of the rod string. A pump jack can start to
rotate on its own due to gravity. It is imperative to make it properly
secured by one of the following methods. The brake should not be used
as the only method for securing the jack. 2156
2157
a. A chain threaded through the hole in the brake drum nearest the
trunnion and then around the trunnion, or,
b. If equipped, the brake pawl on the brake drum should be engaged,
or,
c. Use heavy timbers under the crank ends to stop downwards
movement. The brake must also be engaged.
Before starting up a jack pump, the crank guards and belt cover are to be
in place. If there is livestock present, the wellhead should also be 2166
guarded. 2167
All pump jack manufacturers supply manuals that give detailed instruction
for the safe installation and operation of pump jacks. When installing or
dismantling, it is the supervisors responsibility to be familiar with the
instructions in the appropriate manual. All production operators must be
familiar the operating instructions for the makes of pump jacks they
operate.
2176
8.2.28 NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE 2177
MATERIALS (NORM)
NORM originates in some geological oil or gas formations and is brought
to surface in produced water. The amount of radiation able to penetrate
processing equipment is generally not large enough to present a health
risk. However, scales and sludge that accumulate in the processing
equipment may be harmful when the equipment is opened for inspection
and repair. Exposure may occur by inhaling or ingesting radioactive dust.
If workers are going to be exposed to scales and sludge the local field 2186
supervisors should be consulted to determine if NORM is an issue in the 2187
area. If unknown, or if the data is older than three years, arrangements for
a NORM survey must be made.
Exposure to high sound levels and/or sharp impact sounds for sustained
periods, coupled by the effects of getting older can reduce or impair
hearing levels. Noise is a recognized workplace hazard that must be
assessed, eliminated or controlled. Area sound level measurements and 2196
noise dosimeters are taken at various workspaces to identify where noise 2197
levels exceed 85 dBA over an 8-hour work period. If a noise hazard is
identified, the first step is to engineer out the hazard (substitution,
modification, isolation, and/or maintenance) by:
Applying controls to limit time spent in hazard area; and,
Training workers in the proper use of PPE (disposable ear plugs, re-
useable ear muffs, and/or custom-made ear plugs for noise-exposed
workers).
Audiometric hearing tests at sites with noise issues are to be administered
by a certified third party. Testing will establish a baseline for all noise- 2206
exposed workers and ongoing testing will ensure there are no adverse 2207
health impacts.
Additionally, all new or renovated worksites, new work processes, or new
equipment brought into a workplace must achieve a noise level as low as
reasonable practicable and preferably lower than 85 dBA.
8.2.30 PIGGING GUIDELINES
SCOPE AND PURPOSE
2216
Pigging operations in oil and gas field operations present a serious hazard. 2217
Due to each area or facility having individual pig trap design and operation, a
site-specific practice must be developed. These guidelines will help to develop
a safe procedure when pigging any pipeline for the removal of wax, other solid
deposits and trapped fluids.
DEVELOPMENT OF SITE SPECIFIC PRACTICE
1. When developing a site-specific practice, the following concerns must
be addressed in all cases: 2226
2227
a. Is this a two man job?
b. Are sour products expected?
c. Proper isolation and de-pressurizing.
d. Characteristics of the fluid to be pigged.
e. The hazard of potential plugging of the bleed-off valves.
f. Proper receiving and launching techniques stressing potential
hydraulic shock.
g. Routine inspection of the cap, barrel and seals.
h. Individual marking or identification of pigs and logging with respect 2236
to launching and receiving times. 2237
i. When to make up?
2. In a system requiring pigging, proper pipe internal diameter, full
opening valves, long radius elbows and barred tees must be used
during any piping modifications.
3. Where the receiver is vented to a proper drain or flare system, the
barrel must be fully vented to atmosphere prior to opening the receiver
or launcher. 2246
2247
4. Where the cap is not secured to the receiver or launcher, the operator
must position himself to ensure he is not in the line of trajectory of the
pig or cap should unsuspected pressure be present when the cap is
removed.
5. Where the cap is secured through a hinge arrangement the operator
must be very careful of the swing of the cap should unexpected
pressure be present.
2256
6. Proper disposal methods must be used for recovered wax, other 2257
solids and fluids.
SOUR PIGGING GUIDELINES
1. If the H
2
S content of the oil or gas expected is less than 10 ppm,
pigging may be done without masks or buddy system unless some
special hazard is recognized by the operator.
2. If the maximum H
2
S content of the oil or gas expected is less than 15 2266
ppm and the line size is 125 mm or less, the operator may pig the line 2267
without using a mask but the buddy system must be used with the
second man standing 15 meters upwind with mask equipment close
by. The pigging should be done masked up if any special hazards are
recognized.
3. If the maximum H
2
S content of the oil or gas expected is greater than
15 ppm or if the line size is greater than 125 mm with an H
2
S content
of 10 ppm or greater, the operators shall use the buddy system and
the operator performing the pigging shall be masked up. The second 2276
operator shall be upwind 15 meters with mask equipment close by. 2277
8.2.31 PORTABLE PUMPING EQUIPMENT AND
OPERATIONS
SCOPE AND PURPOSE
Provide safe procedures and guidelines for portable pumping operations.
2286
APPLICABLE PROCEDURES 2287
Portable pumping applications include hot oiling tanks, pipelines and wells
for wax removal, pressure testing of surface equipment and pumping of
chemicals for various operations including wax and hydrate removal.
WORK PERMITS
An authorized HARVARD representative must be on site for all pumping 2296
operations where a hazard exists for personnel or equipment. A work 2297
permit must be issued for the job by HARVARD representative.
EQUIPMENT POSITIONING
1. The pumping equipment must be positioned a minimum of 25 meters
from the wellhead, tanks and any process equipment. The unit should
be positioned upwind and directed for quick exit. Refer to (Alberta) Oil
& Gas Conservation Regulations 8.090 and 8.100.
2306
2. All fire equipment and safety equipment should be position for use. A 2307
minimum of two 30 lb fire extinguishers must be on site.
3. The unit must be grounded to the equipment to be serviced.
PRE-JOB SAFETY MEETING
A pre-job safety meeting must be held and documented. The meeting
must cover; safety equipment and regulation checklist, a site-specific
procedure encompassing maximum testing and operating pressures, fluid 2316
characteristics, maximum operating temperature, and equipment layout. 2317
TIE-IN EQUIPMENT
1. The tie-in equipment must have a pressure rating sufficient for the
application and must include a check valve and isolated valve
upstream of the tie-in point.
2. Where the pressure is expected to exceed 1500 kPa, or hot or
corrosive fluids are to be pumped, all tie-in lines must be steel with 2326
chick-sans. No flexible lines will be allowed. All lines must be securely 2327
staked.
RETURN LINES
1. Where return lines are used, the specifications for tie-in lines will
apply. Where the return fluids are hot or contain flammable gases, the
returns must be made to a vented tank located 25 meters away from
any ignition sources or equipment. The vent line must be of sufficient
size to handle the quantity of vented gas, and terminated downwind 2336
no less than 25 meters for any ignition source or equipment. 2337
2. All lines must be pressure tested to 1.5 times maximum working
pressure. The maximum working pressure must not exceed the
allowable working pressure of the equipment to be serviced.
3. The working temperature must not exceed 80% of the flash
temperature of the fluids.
4. While hot fluids are being pumped, attention should be paid to the 2346
effect of metal or fluid expansion. 2347
5. Reference Industry Recommend Practice for Well Testing and Fluid
Handling IRP Vol 4, Subsection 4.0.7.20.
8.2.32 PURGING
Purging is the practice of displacing the existing gas and/or fluid in a
vessel, container or piping system with another gas and/or fluid. Purging is
often used to remove toxic or explosive/flammable fluids and gases from a 2356
system before opening the system to atmosphere or prior to shipment of 2357
equipment. Alternately, before equipment start-up, air may be purged from
equipment in preparation for it being put back into service.
A site-specific purging procedure must be developed for any purging
operation other than routine operations covered by the Task Competency
Manual or other documented standard procedures. The site-specific
procedure must identify the hazards associated with the task and the
control methods utilized to address those hazards.
2366
POSSIBLE PURGING MEDIUMS 2367
Consideration should be given to the use of an inert purge medium.
However, it is recognized that it is not always practical to use an inert
purge medium for all operations. Flammable purge mediums can be
successfully used as long as special precautions and procedures are
used. Depending on the application, commonly used purge mediums are
listed below. Each of these has advantages and disadvantages.
INERT GASES (N
2
, CO
2
)
2376
Addresses both, potentially toxic and explosive atmospheres. It is the 2377
preferred method of preparing a tank or vessel for confined space
entry.
The atmosphere will be oxygen deficient. If a confined space entry is
planned, the space must be ventilated prior to entry or breathing
apparatus must be worn.
This purge medium must be purchased and is not reasonably
available at all locations.
PROPANE OR SWEET GAS 2386
2387
Commonly used to purge sour hydrocarbons from equipment to
address the toxic vapour hazard.
May also be used to purge air from equipment prior to start-up but
caution must be exercised because the air hydrocarbon mixture will
create an explosive atmosphere.
By itself, is not suitable for purging in preparation for confined or
space entry.
SOUR GAS (WELL GAS) 2396
2397
This readily available purge medium is used at small remote locations
to purge air prior to start-up of equipment.
Similar to propane or sweet gas, caution must be exercised because
the air hydrocarbon mixture will create an explosive atmosphere.
The added hazard created by any toxic vapours vented must also be
addressed.
By itself, it is not suitable for purging in preparation for confined or
restricted space entry.
2406
WATER 2407
May be used to flood a vessel or tank to push out the hydrocarbon
hazards and is a suitable purge medium for preparing a tank/vessel
for confined space entry.
When the water is drained and air is introduced into the system,
caution must be taken since sludge in the vessel/tank may release
flammable and or toxic fumes.
Depending on the amount of water used, it may also pose a problem
in safe and economical disposal. 2416
2417
STEAM
Similar to water, steam may be used to push out the hydrocarbons to
deal with both the flammable and toxic hazards and therefore is a
suitable purge medium for preparing a tank/vessel for confined space
entry.
Steam also has the added benefit of driving additional flammable/toxic
vapours from the sludge.
Caution must be exercised so that workers do not receive burns from 2426
escaping steam. 2427
AIR
Often used to purge an inert gas from a tank/vessel in preparation for
a confined space entry (forced ventilation).
Warning: If air used to purge hydrocarbons, an explosive mixture
inside the vessel or tank being purged will be created at some time
during the operation. Air should NOT be used unless ALL potential 2436
ignition sources have been eliminated. Even then work should 2437
proceed with extreme caution.
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
Regardless of the purge medium used, each presents its own hazards.
Hazards must be assessed and appropriate steps taken. 2446
2447
Depending on the task to be completed, and the purge medium used,
some general precautions include:
Pre-job safety meetings should be conducted whenever non-
routine purging operations take place.
Exhaust gases can be used to test for O
2
content, LEL, and
toxicity.
When purging hydrocarbon with air or air with hydrocarbon,
introduce the purge gas slowly. This will help prevent the build up 2456
of static and/or potentially causing any loose debris to tumble 2457
through a pipe or vessel and causing a spark.
Purging should be done as near to atmospheric pressure as
possible, as increased pressure changes the explosive limits and
lowers the ignition temperature.
Individuals involved in purging operations, as a minimum, must
wear the proper personal protective equipment as outlined in this
Handbook.
All elements of the system being purged must be electrically
bonded and grounded. 2466
2467
Considerations for the purged gases include:
The air gas mixture must be considered when purging to a live
flare system;
In some cases flares should be snuffed out prior to purging, or a
temporary/alternate vent system laid out to a safe area.
Potential ignition sources that need to be considered include:
Flashbacks from flares;
Static electricity; 2476
Friction heat (from valve operation or high velocity debris); 2477
Spontaneous combustion at critical pressures and temperatures;
Spontaneous combustion of compounds such as sulphides;
Electrical currents from lightning and power sources;
Closed tanks/vessels must be de-pressured and not be on
vacuum before opening the system.
Consider the corrosive effects of fluids that may be purged.
Consider the environmental impact of escaped fluids, gas or waste
products.
2486
8.2.33 RIG ANCHORS 2487
Rig derricks, masts or self contained snubbing units are either designed to
be free standing or to be secured with anchored guy lines. This work
procedure was developed to reflect HARVARDs practice that all
contracted rigs, with derricks that required anchored guy lines, have
anchors installed and guy lines secured before operation of the rig is
commenced.
PROCEDURE 2496
2497
1. It is the Well Site Supervisors responsibility as a representative of
HARVARD to NOT approve the start of rig operations until anchored
guy lines have been have been installed.
2. It is the rig contractors responsibility to supply, install and test
anchors and attach guy lines in accordance with the rig
manufacturers design and specifications.
3. The installation of rig anchors is a ground disturbance activity. It is 2506
the Well Site Supervisors Responsibility to check for the location of 2507
buried pipelines, electrical cables, etc. before anchors are installed.
Refer to the Ground Disturbance Code of Practice in this section.
4. Must have separate anchors for escape lines.
8.2.33.1 RIG INSPECTIONS
Drilling rigs, service rigs or snubbing units must be inspected by a
competent worker before the rig is placed into service and every 7
th
day 2516
on which it is used for as long as it is in service. 2517
8.2.34 SAFE WORK PERMITS
INTRODUCTION
This procedure has been developed to provide guidelines on the use of
safe work permits at all HARVARDs work sites. Each area is responsible
for developing its own site-specific procedure for the use of work permits. 2526
2527
To be valuable, a Safe Work Permit must identify the work to be done, the
hazards involved and the precautions to be taken. It determines that all
hazards and precautions have been considered before work starts. It is an
agreement between the issuer and the receiver that documents the
conditions, preparations, precautions and limitations, which must be
clearly understood before work commences. The permit records the steps
to be taken to prepare the equipment, building or area for work. Also the
safety precautions, safety equipment or specific procedures that must be
followed to enable the worker to safely complete the work. 2536
2537
PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
The site-specific Safe Work Permit procedure should address how the
permit system is administered as well as when Safe Work Permits will be
used. Consideration should be given to the following circumstances in
determining when a Safe Work Permit is to be issued:
1. The product being contained may escape to atmosphere.
2. A safeguard has to be removed or disabled. 2546
3. A safeguard requires repair or maintenance. 2547
4. Working on rotating equipment that requires a energy isolation device.
5. Hazardous chemicals are handled.
6. Hot work occurs (stand-by person required).
7. Confined or restricted space entry occurs (stand-by person required).
8. Vehicle entry where vehicles and/or portable rotating equipment are
present outside of normal parking or traffic areas and/or are in the
immediate vicinity of process equipment.
9. When lifting with equipment occurs.
10. Contractor involvement in the task. 2556
11. Ground disturbance. 2557
12. Sour gas.
Note: The stand-by person will be a qualified individual (employee or
contractor) assigned to the task.
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS
Hot Work
2566
A Safe Work Permit must be issued for any kind of Hot Work. This kind of 2567
work must be supervised at all times by an individual acting in the capacity
of a stand-by person. Procedures have to be in place and implemented to
ensure continuous safe performance of Hot Work. Atmospheric testing
must be done and recorded on the permit before any work commences. If
the Hot Work is of a lengthy nature, the atmosphere must be continually
monitored or re-tested periodically during the job and results recorded on
the permit. Hot Work must immediately be halted if gas testing or other
conditions indicate that the work may no longer be carried out safely.
2576
Confined Space Entry 2577
All confined space entry work must also conform to HARVARD Confined
Space Entry Code of Practice.
Communication
Permit issuers, job supervisors and workers must all be aware of the tasks
that are to be completed and the Safe Work Permit requirements. If the
worker is to be working at more than one location, those locations must be 2586
listed on the Safe Work Permit. If there are so many locations that listing 2587
them is impractical or impossible, communication between the worker and
the permit issuer should be on-going throughout the day.
Permit Responsibilities
Permits issued where more than one department is involved, should be
issued to the senior person who will be involved from the start to finish of
the task at hand. He/she will be responsible for ensuring proper 2596
communication and that safe work practices are followed. More than one 2597
permit may be required depending on the scope of the job.
Displaying Permits
A copy of an active permit is to be displayed in a conspicuous place. If this
is not practical, it must be readily producible by the permit holder. A Safe
Work Permit is valid for one working day, but if conditions are unchanged
and communication occurs between the two concerned parties, an
extension on the permit may be given. On each copy of the permit, the 2606
new date and/or times must be clearly indicated and initiated. No expired 2607
permits are to be displayed. When the work has been completed, permits
are to be signed off and returned to the originator. If work is incomplete, it
should be noted on the permit when returned. Work permits will be kept
on file for a period of two years.
Blanket Work Permits
A blanket work permit is a special permit that may be issued for an
extended period of time (up to one year). It is intended to be issued for 2616
tasks carried out on an on-going basis by contractors (e.g. field hauling of 2617
fluids) where specific procedural guidelines have been established and
agreed to by the contractor.
Work Clearances
A Clearance may only be issued when Complete control of a site is to
be turned over to a worker. A Work Clearance may be issued for the total
period of time that is required to complete the tasks at that site. The
worker receiving the Clearance is responsible for issuing any Safe Work 2626
Permits at the affected site as may be required by the Code of Practice or 2627
the applicable government regulations. After the work covered under the
Work Clearance has been completed, the clearance must be signed off
and returned to the issuer.
8.2.35 TANK TRUCK LOADING PROCEDURES FOR
FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
a. Observe all posted rules and regulations at lease entrance. 2636
b. Tank trucks must be equipped with positive air intake shut offs. 2637
c. Self-contained breathing apparatus must be used when coupling or
uncoupling load hoses where H
2
S exceeds the OH&S exposure limits
summarized in Section 7.2.
d. External tank gauges are to be used to determine volume of fluid
loaded. Thief hatches on production tanks are to remain closed as
production tanks may be pressurized with sour gas.
e. Lights on trucks are to be shut off prior to loading.
f. Bonding/grounding cables are to be connected prior to loading.
g. Emergency brakes are to be fully engaged and wheels are blocked. 2646
h. Servicing or maintenance on trucks while loading or unloading is 2647
prohibited.
i. Drivers must remain outside their vehicles to monitor for leakage of
hoses, pumps, lines, valves and tank truck levels to eliminate spills.
8.2.36 TIMBER REMOVAL
Workers responsible for logging operations shall plan and conduct such
operations in a manner consistent with regulations and with recognized
safe working practices. In British Columbia, all fallers must be certified. 2656
Workers operating chain saws shall wear effective, protective clothing 2657
including leg protective devices. It is a requirement that all chainsaw
operators have formal training.
Any trees, snag and other objects that might endanger worker shall be
felled for removal. Particular care shall be taken in falling snags and in
working around snags.
8.2.37 TRAILERS & BUNKHOUSES
All trailers and bunkhouses must be located at a safe distance from drilling 2666
rigs and operation equipment and must be positioned upgrade of any fuel 2667
storage facilities. The hitches must be accessible so the trailer or
bunkhouse can be readily moved in case of emergency. Electrical wiring
and fixtures must meet the applicable Provincial Electrical Code. Smoke
detectors and fire extinguishers shall be provided as required by the
Provincial Fire regulations.
8.2.37.1 TOILETS & WASHING FACILITIES
Ensure signage is in place for potable and non-potable water;
Potable water supplies should be maintained as per
manufacturers recommendations. 2676
Lunch room, change room, toilet, urinal, wash basin, hand 2677
cleaning facility, circular wash fountain or shower at a work site
must be clean, sanitary and operational.
8.2.38 TRENCHING
Precautions 2686
2687
NO worker shall enter a trench with a depth of more than:
Alberta 1.50 metres
British Columbia 1.22 metres
Saskatchewan 1.22 metres
Manitoba 1.80 metres
Unless protected from any cave-in or sliding material by:
2696
Cutting back 2697
Shoring
Or a combination of both of the above
No two trenching projects are identical, therefore each project must be
considered unique and the following completed:
Hazard assessment conducted
Site-specific work procedure developed
Consider soil conditions prior to task 2706
Work Permit issued, both pre-trenching and trenching 2707
Follow all other codes of practice (Ground Disturbance, Confined
Space Entry, Working Near Overhead Power Lines)
Ensure any ground thawing is done using safe environmental
practices
Ensure the area surrounding the ditch is safe
Review and follow applicable provincial regulation
8.2.39 VEHICLE, MOBILE EQUIPMENT & MACHINERY
2716
All authorized vehicles required in a Hazardous Area are to be listed on 2717
the Work Permit and only allowed on a Work Site after the permit is
obtained. All unauthorized vehicles will park in the designated areas only
and will under no circumstances be allowed on a Work Site.
a. Internal combustion engines (gas or diesel) may not be operated
in areas classified as hazardous by the Canadian Electrical code
unless atmosphere tests have been made that indicate that the
work may be done safely. In particular, precautions should be
taken within 2 metres of a wellhead and 3 metres of process
equipment and buildings. Procedures must be in place to ensure 2726
the continued safe performance of this hot work. 2727
b. Diesel engines that are to remain running within 25 metres of a
potential gas release must be equipped with a positive air intake
shut-off device unless continuous gas monitoring is in place.
c. All vehicles on site must be in safe operating condition and
operated in a safe and courteous manner.
d. All mobile welding rigs must be equipped with proper fire
extinguishers before entering the Work Site. All welders and
helpers must know how and when to use such fire extinguishers.
e. Where an operators view of the direction of travel of powered 2736
mobile equipment is obstructed or restricted the equipment must 2737
be equipped with a warning device appropriate to the hazard. This
could include an audible warning device, flashing lights, or an
automatic stopping system. Where one of these systems is not
practicable, the equipment must not be moved in the direction of
the restricted vision unless under the direction of a competent
worker who has a clear view of both the area and the operator.
f. Any lawnmowers over 700 kg require engineered roll bars.
g. No person shall operate any equipment or machinery unless the
operator has received the required training and is authorized to do 2746
so. 2747
h. Mobile equipment must have rollover structures, protective back
up alarms and seat belts where required by safety regulations.
WARNING SIGNAL
The large size of some powered mobile equipment makes it impossible for
the operator to have a clear view around the equipment. This view can be
directly with the eyes or indirectly with a mirror, close circuit television, or
other effective means. A serious hazard can result if the equipment is
moved in a direction that the operator cannot see clearly. 2756
If the operator cannot see what is in the direction of travel, the powered 2757
mobile equipment must be equipped with one or more of three acceptable
alternatives.
a. An automatic audible warning device. The audible warning must
be loud enough to be heard above other noise in the immediate
area. For most equipment this is the familiar back up alarm;
b. An alternate warning device or method appropriate to the hazard
of the work site- this may include flashing/rotating lights, strobe
lights, or other effective means; or
c. An automatic stopping system - this system may use motion, 2766
thermal or other detectors to sense the presence of a worker or 2767
obstruction in the path of travel and automatically stop the
equipment.
If it is impracticable to equip the powered mobile equipment with a
warning device then the operator must ensure that the operator and
other workers are protected from injury before moving the equipment
by:
a. Completing a visual inspection on foot of the area into which the
equipment will move.
b. Following the directions of a traffic control or warning system 2776
c. Getting directions from a worker who has an unobstructed view of 2777
the area into which the equipment will move, or is stationed in a
safe continuous view of the operator.
d. Ensuring all other workers are removed from the area into which the
equipment will move.
8.2.40 WELDING AND BURNING
All work to install or repair pressure equipment will be completed by
Contractors with a registered quality control program. Only experienced 2786
workers are allowed to use welding and burning equipment. 2787
Precautions must be in place to ensure that welding or allied process
equipment is erected, installed, assembled, started, operated, used,
handled, stored, stopped, inspected, serviced, tested, cleaned,
maintained, repaired and dismantled in accordance with the
manufacturers specifications.
Suitable precautions must be taken against exposure of welding (and
other) personnel to excessive ultraviolet radiation, fire, explosion,
asphyxiation or exposure to toxic gases, fumes or dust when welding or
cutting equipment is used. All gas-welding hoses are to be equipped with 2796
appropriate flame arrestors or check valves. All acetylene oxygen welding 2797
units are required to have two flame arrestors.
A serviceable fire extinguisher is to be immediately available at welding and
burning sites.
Before beginning to weld:
a. Area is to be gas checked,
b. Fire detectors are to be bypassed.
c. When welding at a hazardous location, a standby man with an 2806
extinguisher is to be on site. 2807
8.2.41 WILDLIFE AWARENESS
To ensure wildlife protection requirements are met, abide by the following:
Plan and maintain sites in a manner that respects and preserves
native wildlife to the greatest extent possible
Minimize disturbance to the native flora and fauna
Store potential food sources away from wildlife and in an animal 2816
resistant manner 2817
Do not harass or feed wildlife in any way
Ensure all personnel are aware that with the exception of
approved Wildlife Monitors, firearms are prohibited on work sites.
Understanding the basics of animal life will assist workers to remain safe
and protected from animals. One of the primary ways to protect yourself
from bears is avoidance. If you suspect that bears are within your work
area, it is best to leave the area. Scan the horizon on a regular basis so
you dont suddenly encounter a bear. If you sight a bear, report the 2826
sighting immediately to your supervisor. 2827
BEAR SAFETY
Make noise
Keep food and garbage tripled sealed
Learn to identify bear signs like hair on trees, droppings, and paw
prints
Take note of working in areas of berry bushes and water holes
Do not use a walkman or stereo- must be able to hear all sounds 2836
Carry a bear-scare device 2837
Other Wildlife concerns; cougar, moose, wolf, fox, coyotes, caribou,
deer, ungulates, livestock, dogs, buffalo, etc.
GRIZZLY BEARS
Grizzly bears graze on:
Above ground vegetation during summer
Shallow roots in early spring 2846
Berries in late summer and fall 2847
They also supplement their diet with animals whenever possible
including:
Eggs in the spring
Arctic ground squirrels in late summer
Arctic fox pups in the summer
Caribou calves in the early summer
2856
Grizzly bears den from September to October and emerge March to May. 2857
Dens are generally excavated in the ground and are composed of a tunnel
and nest chamber. Often dens can be found along in streams and
riverbanks, in sand dunes, along hillside and on mounds. The dens are
usually made for one season and then collapse.
General wildlife awareness is a component of this orientation standard.
However, changes in location, seasons and habitat may require expanded
wildlife orientation and or training. Site specific orientations are an
excellent opportunity to review worker knowledge as well as recent wildlife 2866
sightings and behavior. 2867
8.2.42 WORKING ALONE
HARVARD presently has various systems in place to control hazards
associated with working alone or otherwise. These include Codes of
Practice, standardized procedures, use of personal monitors and
protective equipment, core safety training of staff and use of ticketed 2876
workers. Emergency Response Plan training, and the ongoing casual and 2877
formal contact among workers during the day.
ROUTINE OPERATIONS WITH COMMUNICATIONS IN PLACE
HARVARD will ensure all operators working alone will be provided with an
effective communication system consisting of radio communication,
landline, cellular telephone communication or some other effective means
of electronic communication that includes regular contact by HARVARD or
a designate at intervals appropriate to the nature of the hazard associated 2886
with the operators work. 2887
If effective electronic communication is not practicable at a work site
HARVARD will ensure that they or a designate visits the worker or the
worker contacts HARVARD or a designate at intervals appropriate to the
nature of the hazard associated with the workers work.
This process should be documented, see (Figures 1 and 2 at the end
Section 8).
2896
In areas where HARVARD has a contract operator who looks after 2897
another companies properties in the same area, HARVARD will maintain
their call-out policy. HARVARDs approach will be to ensure good
communication and concentrate on circumstances where the work
location or timing reduces the ability to respond to an incident.
WORKING ALONE SITUATIONS
Circumstances where the risks of working alone are increased would
include such things as: 2906
2907
Any task being completed in an area where communication is not
reliable.
Situations where workers work overtime or respond to call-outs
and there is limited communication available.
Travel into remote or other areas where the response time is
significant in the event the worker does not check in at the end of
the day.
Travel in areas where incidental contact with other workers or the
public is not likely to happen. 2916
Travel by ATVs which would increase the risk of injury to the 2917
worker and communications.
8.2.43 WORKING NEAR OVERHEAD POWERLINES
Extreme caution must be used when working near overhead powerlines.
Activities involving such things as high loads, excavation work, crane work
or using gin-pole trucks, creates circumstances with the potential for 2926
injuries, fire and explosion or property damage. The following outlines 2927
requirements when working under or near powerlines and is consistent
with both regulatory and utility company requirements.
The first two important steps that need to be taken are:
1. Notify the utility company and obtain any required crossing
agreements;
2. Confirm the voltage and maintain the minimum clearance required by
the power company.
Typical clearances are: 2936
2937
Operating Voltage of
Overhead Power Line
Between Conductors
Safe Limit of Approach
Distance for Persons and
Equipment
0 750 V Insulated or
polyethylene covered
conductors (1)
300 mm
0 750 V Bare,
uninsulated
1.0 m
Above 750 V Insulated
conductors (1) (2)
1.0 m
750 V 40 kV 3.0 m
69 kV, 72 kV 3.5 m
138 kV, 144 kV 4.0 m
230 kV, 260 kV 5.0 m
500 kV 7.0 m
When working under or near overhead powerlines, the following
precautions must be taken:
Danger Overhead Power Lines signs must be in place before
work commences. These signs are 51 cm x 71 cm in size, 1.8 m
above ground and 7 m on either side of the line when operating
equipment either under or near the powerline;
When work is required inside the specific clearance area, it shall
be performed with the powerlines de-energized. This task shall be 2946
conducted by a qualified utility employee; 2947
If the line cannot be de-energized, the work must be supervised by
a qualified utility employee and requires a designated signaler with
communication;
Once the safe limit of approach distance has been established the
employer must ensure that no work is done or equipment operated
at distances less than the established safe limit of approach
distance.
Work in the vicinity of the powerlines must be performed in
accordance with the standards established by the appropriate 2956
jurisdiction. 2957
Be aware when working near powerlines that certain weather
conditions can create electrical charges on nearby facilities and
equipment.
2966
2967
2976
2977
2986
2987
SECTION 8 FORMS 2996
2997
Figure 1: Check-in Procedure Worksheet
Figure 2: Working Alone Check-in Procedure
Fire and Explosion Prevention Plan Form
Fire Tetrahedron
Fall Protection Plan Form
3006
3007
3016
3017
3026
3027
Figure 1: Check-in Procedure Worksheet 3036
3037
This procedure can be used for more than one area and for different circumstances.
Check-In Procedure Number: __________ Date: ____________________
1) Establish who will be the check-in contact.
3046
3047
2) Determine how often the check-in will be required (every _____
hours). Document reason for frequency selection.
3) Establish documentation procedure. As a minimum the
documentation must list name, phone number, time of check-in,
expected time of next check-in, and location of individual.
3056
3057
4) Determine process if check-in not made at pre-arranged time.
5) Outline procedures for emergency response, including any site- 3066
specific assistance contacts and their phone numbers. 3067
Figure 2: WORKING ALONE CHECK-IN PROCEDURE
Location: _____________________________ Date: ______________________
Working Alone
Task / Area
Check-in
Procedure
Emergency
Response Actions
Documentation
Areas where communication is unreliable:
Employees who work overtime:
Workers who respond to call-outs:
Workers who travel to remote locations:
Tasks which require travel by all terrain vehicles (ATVs):
3076
FIRE AND EXPLOSION PREVENTION PLAN FORM
Worksite location:
Date: Issued by:
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF JOB SCOPE:
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
CRITICAL RISK FACTORS:
FUELS
LIQUID HYDROCARBONS YES NO
HYDRO CARBON VAPOURS YES NO
HYDROCARBON GASES YES NO
HYDROGEN SULPHIDE YES NO
HYDROCARBON-BASED WORKOVER FLUID YES NO
FLAMMABLE AND EXPLOSIVE CHEMICALS YES NO
IGNITION / ENERGY
OPEN FLAME SOURCE YES NO
HOT WORK YES NO
VEHICLES IN CLOSE PROXIMITY YES NO
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT YES NO
STATIC, FRICTION OR MECHANICAL SPARKS YES NO
PYROPHORS (ie: iron sulphide) YES NO
OXYGEN
PLANNED AIR INTRODUCTION (ie:purging) YES NO
UNDERBALANCED OPERATIONS YES NO
VACUUM CREATING OPERATIONS (ie: swabbing) YES NO
POCKETS FROM SERVICING OR INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT YES NO
OXIDIZERS OR CHEMICAL REACTIONS YES NO
WEATHERED HYDROCARBONS YES NO
Fire and Explosion controls (Actions taken to prevent the completion of The Fire Triangle.)
Have the safety meeting and all applicable permits been completed? YES NO
Have all the deficiencies identified in the inspection been rectified? YES NO
Comments and observations____________________________________________________________
Emergency Controls (Plan of action or response to an elevation of risk.)
Can personnel identify and act on changing conditions to prevent fires and explosions? YES NO
Comments and observations ___________________________________________________________
Worker Training and Awareness.
Workers have been informed, and can recognize potential Fire and Explosion hazards relating to
the planned activities.
Affected workers have been made aware of this Fire and Explosion Prevention Plan?
Initial
_____
Signature
Comments:____________________________________________________________________
Worksite Supervisors Name
PREVENTING FIRES AND EXPLOSIONS USING THE FIRE TETRAHEDRON
Chemical Chain Reaction
This fourth element is necessary for the composition of a fire.
Otherwise known as an exothermic chemical reaction.
This reaction provides the heat to maintain the fire.
Knowledge of the chemical chain reaction is important in
understanding how to fight certain types of fires.

HEAT OR IGNITION SOURCES
Open Flames
Hot Work
Vehicles and Other Running
Engines
Electrical Equipment
Static, Friction or Mechanical
Sparks
Pyrophors (ie: Iron Sulphide)
Chemical Reactions and Sparks
Spontaneous Combustion
Sudden Decompression
Compression Ignition
Catalytic Reactions
OXYGEN SOURCES or
OXIDIZERS
1. Planned Intoduction of Oxygen
Air Based Operations (Numatic)
Air Purging
2. Unplanned Introduction of Oxygen
Underbalanced Operations
Swabbing and Other Operations
Where a Vaccum is Created
Serviceing and Instalation of
Equipment
Chemical Reactions
Oxidizers and Oxidized Hydrocarbon
Tank Drawdown
GASES
Natural Gas
Hydrogen Sulphide
LPG Gases (ie:
propane, butane,
pentane.)
Other Ignitable
Gases.
LIQUIDS/VAPOURS
Crude Oil
Condensate
NGL Liquids
Gasoline, Diesel and
Other Fuels
Methane
CHEMICALS
Chemicals Used for
Well Servicing and
Stimulation
Special Compounded
Hydraulic Fluids and
Lubricants
Solvents and
Cleaning Agents
SOLIDS
Lubricants
Sealants
Packings, O Rings,
Diaphragms and
Valve Seats
Paints and Coatings

Chemical
Chain
Reaction
9.0 TRAINING 3077
9.1 OVERVIEW
Occupational health and safety regulations require that every employer ensure the
adequate direction and instruction of workers in the safe performance of their
duties. Every supervisor is responsible for the proper instruction of the workers
under his direction and control, and for ensuring the work is performed without
undue risk.
3086
HARVARD recognizes that it is important for employees to be familiar both with 3087
safety concerns and with technological advancements being made in our industry.
Employee participation in external and internal training programs is encouraged.
Some of this training is provided through orientations and on-the-job training, while
other training is provided through formal courses. HARVARD has established a
minimum standard that includes a number of core (required) safety courses that
must be completed by all staff at field locations as well as standards for those
headquartered in Calgary and temporarily working at field site locations.
The following outlines all training requirements. 3096
3097
9.1.1 Safety and Environment Orientation
Begin first week and consider:
Personal Protective Equipment
Personal Conduct
Regulatory Requirements
Company Vehicle Care (if applicable)
Contractor Responsibilities 3106
Emergency Response 3107
Work Procedures
HS&E Handbook & Questionnaire
9.1.2 On-The-Job Training
Begin in first days:
General Operations
o All applicable tasks 3116
Housekeeping 3117
Safety Precautions
o Hazards
o Equipment
o Procedures
Record keeping and sign off
9.1.3 Safety Training
Personnel must have the appropriate training certification pertaining to 3126
potential hazards in the workplace. These may include: 3127
H
2
S Alive
Defensive Driving
First Aid/CPR
WHMIS
TDG
Fire Extinguisher Training
9.1.4 Supervisory Training 3136
3137
Those employees that are, or have potential for supervisory positions, shall
receive appropriate training.
9.1.5 Optional and Non-Optional Training
Complete as applicable:
High Vapour Pressure Release Training
Confined Space Entry 3146
Off Highway Driving (Theory) 3147
Collision Avoidance Course
H
2
S Rescue
Propane Training
Wilderness Survival Training
ATV Training
Leadership for Safety Excellence
Standards for Wellsite Supervision, Drilling, Completions & Workovers as
per IRP Vol. 7, Subsection 7.6.3:
o Wellsite Supervision 3156
o Second Line Supervisors Well Control 3157
o Safety Management for Wellsite
o Regulatory Awareness for Wellsite
o Detection & Control of Flammable Substances
o Well Service BOP
3166
3167
9.2 SAFETY ORIENTATION
Every worker and contractor who is new to a work site must receive an orientation
to the site. This orientation is an introduction to critical aspects of HARVARD 's
Health, Safety and Environment Program. It provides immediate information that
workers need to know and includes a review of Company policies and other
practices in the Health, Safety and Environment Handbook. A Handbook Review
Questionnaire and Answer Key are available to confirm that employees 3176
understand the contents of the handbook. The employee is required to familiarize 3177
themselves with the contents and then sign the acknowledgement form located on
the back page and turn it in to their supervisor. Individuals will then be issued a
HARVARD Safety Orientation hardhat sticker. The signed acknowledgement
forms and a copy of the questionnaire are to be filed at the applicable field offices.
As part of the orientation, core safety training requirements should be determined
and scheduled as soon as possible.
Following this, a site walk-through is given, highlighting locations of personal 3186
protective and emergency equipment. Company safety procedures are discussed 3187
and personal protective equipment is issued (i.e. coveralls, prescription safety
glasses, hard hats, etc.).
9.3 ON-THE-JOB TRAINING
After the initial orientation, employees receive regular on-the-job training. On-the-job
training is a hands-on explanation and demonstration of how to do the job(s) to
which the worker will be assigned. In addition, on-the-job training allows
supervisors to refresh their workers previous training by repeating information 3196
learned earlier. All workers that are new to a job or work site should receive on-the- 3197
job training. It should be conducted when work procedures are changed or when
reviewing safety requirements.
An example for developing on-the-job training is provided in this section.
9.4 OPTIONAL AND NON-OPTIONAL TRAINING
Additional optional and non-optional courses are suggested in Section 9.1 and may be
completed by employees as they move through their training program. These must be initially 3206
approved by the Area Supervisor: 3207
Note: Well Servicing BOP Training
For pump changes, etc. where it is not necessary to mount a BOP or move the
tubing string, HARVARD supervisor does not require the Well Servicing Blowout
Prevention certificate if at least one member of the rig crew on location at all times
has the required certificate. However, if a job requires that the tubing be moved and
the BOPs be utilized, then HARVARD supervisor must have the Well Servicing
Blowout Prevention Certification regardless of the certification of the rig crew 3216
members. 3217
9.5 TECHNICAL TRAINING
HARVARD encourages on-going technical training.
9.6 SUPERVISORY TRAINING
Supervisors receive training in overseeing and managing technical work, including pertinent
procedures and components of safety programs. Employees having potential to become 3226
supervisors may be identified and enrolled in supervisory training. 3227
9.7 TRAINING RECORDS
The majority of safety courses are valid for a three (3) year period. It is the operations
managers responsibility to ensure training is kept up-to-date and adequate training records are
maintained. Certification must be maintained in the course that has an expiry date.
3236
SECTION 9 FORMS 3237
Checklist for Developing an On-the-Job Training Program
HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire Answer Key
Page1 of 1
CHECKLIST FOR DEVELOPING AN
ON-THE JOB TRAINING PROGRAM
1. Prioritize job needing on-the-job training: 5. Observe work doing the job for the first
time:
List all jobs for each worksite
Identify hazardous jobs (prioritize)
Identify most important jobs
Finalize list of jobs meeting
On-the-job training
Review procedure
Review tools
Review critical tasks
Review hazards and their controls
Observe and coach
Discuss observations with worker
2. Develop standards for each job: 6. Coach and train as required:
Determine regulatory requirements
Check manufacturers standards / industry
practices
Set time frame to perform job under normal
conditions
List special conditions
Test progress with questions
Perform critical point checks
Conduct review
3. Develop procedures: 7. Observe worker doing the job
independently:
Include job standards and critical tasks
List tools required
List special abilities required
List job steps
Identify hazard points and their controls
Choose critical checkpoints
Schedule testing of critical checkpoints
Allow minor errors
Stop only if critical
Review, reinforce, evaluate, and then
correct minor errors
Question understanding of procedures
4. Demonstrate job to worker: 8. Set schedule for review:
Lay out procedure
Lay out tools
Explain procedure
Explain hazards and their controls
Explain as you perform work
Respond to questions
Test worker
Prepare report
Follow-up commitment
Spot check
Set performance objectives
9. Continued communication:
Communicate effectively
3246
OPX Consulting Inc. Page 1 of 6
HS & E HANDBOOK REVIEW QUESTIONNAIRE 3247
Name (please print): Date:
Company:
HARVARD is committed to protecting the health and safety of all workers on our sites. Part of
this commitment is the expectation that all workers be familiar with and follow standard 3256
guidelines and procedures. The initial step to accomplish this is an orientation to our Health, 3257
Safety & Environment Handbook. This review checklist is intended to ensure that workers have
the basic knowledge associated with the HS&E handbook.
Complete the following questions by either circling the correct answer or filling in the blank(s) if
answers are not provided. It is acceptable to use the handbook to find the answers. Return the
review checklist to your supervisor or HARVARD Representative.
POLICY ON HEALTH, SAFETY &THE ENVIRONMENT 3266
3267
1) Who is responsible for protecting the health and safety of people and preserving the quality
of the environment:
a) employees
b) management
c) contractors
d) everyone
RESPONSIBILITIES FOR EMPLOYEES AND CONTRACTORS 3276
3277
2) If asked to perform a task that you believe would put yourself or other workers at risk of
injury you should:
a) carry on as usual
b) refuse to perform the task
c) be extra careful as you carry out the assigned task
d) ask someone else to do the job for you
3) What must you do if you refuse to perform a task because there is imminent danger: 3286
3287
a) leave the site immediately
b) go have coffee
c) notify the supervisor of your reasons
d) reconsider and carry on with the task
3296
EMERGENCIES 3297
4) Local emergency phone numbers must
a) not be worried about
b) be confirmed and posted
c) be memorized
d) all of the above
5) It is recommended that at least one vehicle have a
3306
a) communication device 3307
b) siren
c) flashing light
d) high ground clearance to be able to get off the lease
6) Which of the following shows the correct emergency response actions?
a) sound the alarm, protect equipment at all costs and then call for medical aid
b) get out, sound alarm, assess situation, assist others, call for medical
aid, secure the area, and protect equipment only if it is safe to do so. 3316
c) get out of the area and wait for someone to show up so you can tell them what happened 3317
d) try to fix what went wrong so no one will find out about it.
INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITIES &DUTIES
7) You must present yourself for work:
a) physically fit
b) mentally fit
c) head and facial hair at a length that does not present a hazard 3326
d) all of the above 3327
8) Smoking is permitted:
a) in designated areas only
b) where ever you want
c) outside of buildings only
d) beside vehicles only
9) You are not permitted to do which of the following at an HARVARD work site: 3336
3337
a) to be under the influence of or in possession of drugs or alcohol
b) to engage in practical jokes
c) harass other workers because of their race, sex, age or religion.
d) all of the above
3346
3347
CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS
10) It is the Contractors responsibility to:
a) provide all tools, safety equipment, proper clothing for their workers
b) enforce all policies and procedures outlined in the HSE handbook
c) take steps necessary to ensure the safety of your employees and sub-contractors 3356
11) It is the Prime Contractors responsibility to:
a) ensure that appropriate first aid supplies and services are on site
b) determine if an ambulance is required and where it is to be positioned
c) ensure that workers are aware of the location of all first aid supplies
d) all of the above
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 3366
3367
12) Two items of PPE that must be worn at all times on HARVARD locations are:
a) face shields and leggings
b) hard hats and safety footwear
c) safety glasses and hearing protection
d) all of the above
13) At work sites where there is a possibility for hydrocarbon release, clothing requirements
include: 3376
3377
a) fire retardant clothing as the outside layer
b) natural fiber clothing such as wool or cotton as inner wear
c) nylon outerwear
d) both a & b
HAZARDS
14) When lighting fired heaters and furnaces, face shields and gloves must be worn:
3386
a) true 3387
b) false
15) On any work site, before beginning any job or task:
a) identify and document the hazards
b) identify and implement control measures for all the hazards
c) both a) and b)
d) ignore the low risk hazards 3396
3397
16) Prior to any work being done in an area containing a flammable substance, testing may be
necessary:
a) true
b) false
17) When entering a sour location, employees are to ensure that:
3406
a) H
2
S monitoring equipment is turned on and used at all times while on location 3407
b) communication equipment is in good working order
c) a breathing apparatus in working order and with an adequate supply of air must be available
d) all of the Above
18) The term Hot Work refers to:
a) any work that is done indoors or outdoors on a hot day
b) any work where a flame is used or sparks and other sources of
ignition could be produced 3416
c) work that requires you to take off your jacket and fire retardant clothes because increased 3417
temperatures
19) What is the maximum acceptable noise level on a worksite over an eight hour work period?
a) 80 dBA
b) 90 dBA
c) 75 dBA
d) 85 dBA
3426
20) A written fall protection plan must be in place before work commences on a task where 3427
there is a potential of a fall of more than:
a) metre
b) 10 metres
c) 20 metres
d) 3 metres
MEETINGS AND COMMUNICATION
3436
21) A pre-job Safety Meeting is the expected manner of ensuring permit requirements are 3437
known and workers are aware of all activities, hazards and applicable work practices.
a) true
b) false
22) Employers should hold regular safety meetings at least once a month for the following
purposes:
a) to report current accidents or diseases, their causes and prevention 3446
b) to see whose been slacking off on the work sites 3447
c) to determine if there are any matters pertinent to health and safety
d) both a & c
SAFE WORK PERMITS & CLEARANCES
23) Before beginning any work at a HARVARD location, you must determine if a work permit
or work clearance is required.
3456
a) true 3457
b) false
24) A Blanket Work Permit refers to:
a) a permit that is used for ongoing tasks where specific guidelines have been established
b) a permit that is issued for a maximum of one year
c) a permit that requires specialized blankets to keep the workers protected from the cold
d) both a & b 3466
3467
INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS
25) Unsafe working conditions found during inspections should be:
a) fixed immediately or reported to a supervisor
b) brought up at the next safety meeting
c) ignored because everybody already knows its a hazard
ENVIRONMENT 3476
26) Only supervisors are responsible for meeting regulations and industry guidelines: 3477
a) true
b) false
27) We must all take necessary steps to prevent spills and control emissions:
a) true
b) false 3486
3487
SOUR SERVICE
28) A facility is considered sour at:
a) 1 PPM H
2
S or greater
b) 10 PPM H
2
S or greater
c) 100 PPM H
2
S or greater
d) 1000 PPM H
2
S or greater
INVESTIGATING REPORTING INCIDENTS 3496
29) It is your responsibility to report all: 3497
a) wildlife sightings
b) unsafe acts and/or conditions
c) incidents and infractions
d) b and c
30) How soon must injuries be reported to a HARVARD representative?
a) before anything else 3506
b) as soon as possible but within 24 hours 3507
c) within a week
d) at the end of the job
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING
31) Good housekeeping is:
a) only a minor issue
b) good to do when you have the time 3516
c) mandatory 3517
WHMIS/TDG
32) Before handling chemicals you should:
a) review the MSDS sheet
b) carefully breathe in the vapours to see if they are harmful
c) make sure no one else is in the area
d) move the chemicals outside 3526
3527
DRIVING CONDUCT
33) In general all ATV (All Terrain Vehicle) riders must
a) be competent in their ability to operate an ATV
b) drive the ATV in accordance with local regulations
c) possess a valid drivers license for insurance purposes
d) all of the above
3536
3537
34) Driving incident are the leading cause of injury, fatalities and property damage in the oil and gas
industry.
a) true
b) false
ANSWER KEY
HS & E HANDBOOK REVIEW QUESTIONNAIRE 3546
3547
Name (please print): ANSWER KEY Date:
Company:
this commitment is the expectation that all workers be familiar with and follow standard
guidelines and procedures. The initial step to accomplish this is an orientation to our Health, 3556
Safety & Environment Handbook. This review checklist is intended to ensure that workers have 3557
review checklist to your supervisor or HARVARD Representative.
POLICY ON HEALTH, SAFETY &THE ENVIRONMENT
3566
1) Who is responsible for protecting the health and safety of people and preserving the quality 3567
of the environment:
a) employees
b) management
c) contractors
d) everyone
RESPONSIBILITIES FOR EMPLOYEES AND CONTRACTORS
3576
2) If asked to perform a task that you believe would put yourself or other workers at risk of 3577
injury you should:
c) be extra careful as you carry out the assigned task
3) What must you do if you refuse to perform a task because there is imminent danger:
3586
a) leave the site immediately 3587
b) go have coffee
EMERGENCIES
3596
a) not be worried about 3597
c) be memorized
d) all of the above
a) communication device
b) siren
c) flashing light 3606
d) high ground clearance to be able to get off the lease 3607
aid, secure the area, and protect equipment only if it is safe to do so.
c) get out of the area and wait for someone to show up so you can tell them what happened
d) try to fix what went wrong so no one will find out about it
3616
INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITIES &DUTIES 3617
a) physically fit
b) mentally fit
c) head and facial hair at a length that does not present a hazard
d) all of the above
8) Smoking is permitted: 3626
3627
9) You are not permitted to do which of the following at a HARVARD work site:
b) to engage in practical jokes 3636
c) to harass other workers because of their race, sex, age or religion. 3637
d) all of the above
CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS 3646
3647
c) take steps necessary to ensure the safety of your employees and sub-contractors
d) all of the above
3656
a) ensure that appropriate first aid supplies and services are on site 3657
d) all of the above
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
a) face shields and leggings 3666
b) hard hats and safety footwear 3667
d) all of the above
include:
c) nylon outerwear 3676
d) both a & b 3677
HAZARDS
14) When lighting fired heaters and furnaces, face shields and gloves are to worn:
a) true
b) false
3686
a) identify and document the hazards 3687
c) both a) and b)
d) ignore the low risk hazards
16) Prior to any work being done in an area containing a flammable substance testing may be
necessary:
a) true 3696
b) false 3697
17) When entering a sour location employees are to ensure that:
a) H
2
S monitoring equipment is turned on and used at all times while on location
d) all of the Above
18) The term Hot Work refers to: 3706
3707
b) any work where a flame is used or sparks and other sources of ignition could
be produced
c) work that requires you to take off your jacket and fire retardant clothes because increased
temperatures
a) 80 dBA 3716
b) 90 dBA 3717
c) 75 dBA
d) 85 dBA
20) A written fall protection plan must be in place before work commences on a task where
a) metre
b) 10 metres
c) 20 metres 3726
d) 3 metres 3727
21) A pre-job Safety Meeting is the expected manner of ensuring permit requirements are
a) true
b) false
3736
22) Employers should hold regular safety meetings at least once a month for the following 3737
purposes:
a) to report current accidents or diseases, their causes and prevention
b) to see whose been slacking off on the work sites
d) both a & c
3746
23) Before beginning any work at a HARVARD location you must determine if a work permit 3747
a) true
b) false
b) a permit that is issued for a maximum of one year 3756
c) a permit that requires specialized blankets to keep the workers protected from the cold 3757
d) both a & b
c) ignored because everybody already knows its a hazard 3766
3767
ENVIRONMENT
26) Only Supervisors are responsible for meeting regulations and industry guidelines:
a) true
b) false
a) true 3776
b) false 3777
SOUR SERVICE
a) 1 PPM H
2
S or greater
b) 10 PPM H
2
S or greater
c) 100 PPM H
2
S or greater
d) 1000 PPM H
2
S or greater
3786
INVESTIGATING REPORTING INCIDENTS 3787
29) It is your responsibility to report all:
d) b and c
3796
a) before anything else 3797
b) as soon as possible but within 24 hours
c) within a week
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING
a) only a minor issue 3806
b) good to do when you have the time 3807
c) mandatory
WHMIS/TDG
c) make sure no one else is in the area 3816
d) move the chemicals outside 3817
DRIVING CONDUCT
a) be competent in their ability to operate an ATV
3827
34) Driving incidents are the leading cause of injury, fatalities and property damage in the oil and gas
industry:
a) true
b) false
10.0 CONTRACTOR OPERATIONS
3836
10.1 OVERVIEW 3837
Each employer is responsible for the health and safety of their respective workers and
compliance with the regulations for operations involving their workers. The Prime Contractor
(see Section 2.0 Responsibilities) is responsible for coordination of the industrial health and
safety activities of the multiple employers. When an operation on a company site requires the
services of one or more employers, the operator or his representative as the Prime Contractor,
shall be responsible for the safety of the operation and the coordination of each employers
operations.
3846
In compliance with occupational health and safety regulations, HARVARD, insists on safe work 3847
performance throughout its operations, including those tasks carried out by contractors.
Contractors must comply with government and Company safety regulations and must ensure
that employees and sub-contractors are competent to perform their work properly.
Procedures must be in place to ensure that loss exposures presented by the use of contractors
are identified and controlled. This can be accomplished by identifying key activities in the
selection, control and follow-up of contractor operations.
10.2 SELECTION 3856
3857
HARVARD as Prime Contractor, will give serious consideration to past safety performance and
membership in industry associations when selecting its contractors. All other factors being
equal, a contractor with a better safety record, or one taking significant measures to improve its
record, should be awarded contract work over others. All HARVARD documents and contracts
should contain a section on safety, detailing HARVARDs contractors and sub-contractors
safety specifications, requirements and guidelines.
10.3 CONTROL
3866
On the job site, reporting to HARVARD will provide leadership in safe work practices and 3867
ensure that all parties involved are knowledgeable of potential hazards and safety
expectations. This requires that adequate communication be established between the Calgary
office, the field office and contract personnel.
10.4 FOLLOW-UP
Steps should be taken to verify that the contractor is implementing sound safety practices as
required by their own safety programs, HARVARD guidelines and occupational health and
safety regulations. Follow-up on any deficiencies noted, or recommendations made, should 3876
take place. Upon the completion of a contract, safety considerations should be taken into 3877
account in the evaluation of the contractors overall performance.
The criteria used in the selection, control and follow-up of contractors may vary slightly
depending on the nature of the contract work. The following checklist provides suggestions for
the kinds of activities that will help HARVARD utilize contractors in a safe and efficient manner.
SECTION 10 FORMS
Contractor Safety Evaluation 3886
3887
Contractor Name: Date:
INSURANCE
A. Certificate of Insurance
B. $2 million minimum general commercial liability insurance
C. $2 million minimum automotive liability insurance
D. Worker's Compensation coverage
SAFETY PROGRAM
A. Has the contractor submitted a current safety program manual?
B. Does the program meet the criteria of the base safety program?
A. Workers Compensation: WCB Number:
Statement Date:
Employer Rate:
Industry Rate:
B. Occupational Health and Safety Statement Date:
Employer Lost Time Rate:
Industry Lost Time Rate:
C. Lost Time Accidents in the Past 3 Years
DATE DESCRIPTION
D. Medical Aid Cases in Past 3 Years
DATE DESCRIPTION
Page 1of 1
CONTRACTOR SAFETY EVALUATION
Yes No
Yes No
ACCIDENT HISTORY
11.0 HEALTH AND SAFETY CONTROLS
11.1 OVERVIEW
Health and Safety controls within HARVARD are important for the continued protection of
employees, contractors, and visitors to our operating facilities.
3896
The issues discussed in this section provide the necessary guidelines for compliance, or for the 3897
development of site specific rules and/or standards.
All operational areas must review their existing programs and ensure they have identified and
developed rules and standards for key health and safety issues:
The programs must include:
a. Storage and handling of controlled (hazardous) materials in order to comply
with legislation under both the Workplace Hazardous Information Systems 3906
(WHMIS) and the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Control Act and 3907
Regulations (TDG).
b. Occupational health programs.
c. Personal protective equipment requirements and standards, such as
purchases, use, maintenance, cleaning, fit testing and training.
d. Availability of first aid facilities, supplies, and the appropriate training.
3916
e. Site-specific rules and general enforcement standards. 3917
11.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
11.2.1 Transportation of Dangerous Goods
TDG regulations were brought into effect to promote safety in handling,
shipping, transporting and receiving of dangerous goods by air, rail, road or
marine modes. The regulations deal with five main areas: classification, 3926
packaging, documentation, safety marks and training. Anyone handling or 3927
transporting dangerous goods must be trained and certified.
Goods regulated under TDG fall into nine classes. Some of these classes are
further sub-divided depending upon the natural and degree of the hazard they
present.
Note: The legislation is Federal and is directed by the Transportation of
Dangerous Goods Control Act and Regulations.
3936
3937
11.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMS
11.3.1 Hearing Conservation
Workplaces with potential noise exposures higher than the designated limit
must comply with provincial regulations, which usually require a hearing
conservation program be implemented. Occupational exposure limits vary
from province to province. HARVARDs hearing conservation program 3946
consists of: 3947
Employee noise exposure assessment;
Proper use of hearing protection devices;
Administrative and engineering noise controls;
Audiometric testing;
Education.
See also Noise Exposure in Section 8.2.29 of this manual and the handbook.
3956
11.3.2 Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials (NORM) 3957
HARVARD is responsible for monitoring production facilities on a regular
basis for abnormal radiation levels arising from NORM. Should circumstances
warrant, appropriate control and hygiene procedures would be implemented
to protect Company and contract personnel.
See also NORM in Section 8.2.28 of this manual and the handbook.
Reference can also be made to CAPPs Naturally Occurring Radioactive
Material (NORM) Guide, June 2000. 3966
3967
11.3.3 Asbestos Control
HARVARD employees, under normal circumstances, will not handle
asbestos. The requirement for asbestos removal or containment is to hire a
certified asbestos contractor, as required. A control program would aim to
keep the concentration of airborne asbestos fibres within a facility well below
the current permissible concentrations set out in most provincial occupational
health and safety regulations.
3976
Before you begin any program dealing with asbestos, it is recommended that 3977
you review HARVARDs asbestos management plan, located in detail in 8.1.1
of this manual.
3986
3987
11.3.4 Benzene
Benzene is carcinogen. Exposure to high concentrations may lead to
symptoms ranging from headaches to irritability to death. It is present in crude
oil and natural gas condensate. The concentrations depend on characteristics
of the well. Workplace exposure assessments are required to determine if
benzene is a hazard requiring implementation of control measures. Workers
may need to protect themselves from exposure by inhalation, ingestion and
skin contact. Occupational exposure levels for Alberta are 0.5 ppm. 3996
3997
Reference can also be made to CAPPs publication Managing Human
Exposure to Benzene in the Upstream Oil & Gas Industry. As well as the
developed code of practice on benzene in this manual 8.1.2.
11.4 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
11.4.1 General
4006
Personal protective equipment helps reduce the consequences of worker 4007
exposure to various worksite hazards. This equipment must be worn by
workers where a danger of personal injury exists. By means of hazard
analysis, each area will develop written, site-specific standards on the use of
PPE.
HARVARD supplies necessary personal protective equipment for its
employees and trains them in how to wear, fit, clean, and store this
equipment.
4016
Contractors and sub-contractors are responsible for providing and maintaining 4017
personal protective equipment for their employees.
Supervisors are responsible for ensuring employees and contractors are
aware of and use appropriate PPE for each job.
Note: Due to the nature of the workplace and the number of different hazards,
it is not possible to cover specialized limb and body protection in detail. If in
doubt about the selection or need for personal equipment, consult with
HARVARD management and/or the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). 4026
4027
Refer also to the appropriate Regulation/Standard:
Alberta OH&S Code, Part 18
British Columbia WCB Regulation, Section 14
Saskatchewan Occupational Health & Safety Act & Regulations
Manitoba Workplace Safety & Health Regulations
HARVARD Protective Clothing Standards
HARVARD Respiratory Protective Equipment Code of Practice
4036
4037
11.4.2 Head Protection
CSA/ANSI approved hard hats must be worn by all personnel and visitors on
Company worksites.
11.4.3 Eye and Face Protection
Safety glasses must be worn when entering a process building, where there is
a specific job hazard, or when directed by a HARVARD representative. 4046
Goggles and/or face shield must be worn where there is a specific job hazard 4047
(ie: when doing jobs where flying objects could harm the eyes). All eye and
face protection must be CSA approved.
11.4.4 Hearing Protection
Hearing protection for work environments with noise levels exceeding
regulated levels (Alberta - greater than 85 dBa) or as indicated by signage.
The protection must attenuate noise levels to below occupational exposure
levels. 4056
4057
11.4.5 Hand Protection
Gloves must be worn when handling sharp objects or chemicals or as
required by HARVARD representative and/or job hazard. Gloves must
address hazards specific to the task.
11.4.6 Body Protection
Fire resistant work wear must be worn at all times when at a hazardous 4066
location. Chemical suits must be worn when mixing chemicals. 4067
11.4.7 Respiratory Equipment
Breathing apparatus is required for toxic and oxygen deficient environments.
A dust mask for silica protection is also required. A Code of Practice for
respiratory equipment is developed.
11.4.8 Foot Protection 4076
4077
Safety boots must meet CSA Class 1, or ANSI standards. To comply with
OH&S requirements for the oil and gas industry, the safety boots must have
non-canvas uppers and completely cover the ankle.
11.4.9 Fire Retardant Clothing Standard
PURPOSE
The purpose of this standard is to establish employee clothing standards to 4086
minimize burn-related injuries liable to be caused by the wearing of unsuitable 4087
clothing in areas where there is a significant potential for a flash fire.
SCOPE
For the purpose of this standard, all wells sites from spud to abandonment
and all Oil and Gas facility sites are considered hazardous locations.
This standard applies to permanent and temporary employees as well as
contract personnel and visitors. 4096
4097
Additional personal protective equipment for the protection of hands, face, feet
and head shall be worn as appropriate.
REQUIREMENTS
This standard acknowledges the existence of two levels of risk:
Level I
4106
Attendance by an individual at a location where: 4107
1. There is no direct involvement in the operations.
2. There is constant supervision.
3. There are no activities being carried out at the location which increase the
potential for hydrocarbon release.
Personnel in this category are not required to wear fire retardant outerwear.
However, they are not permitted to wear nylon or other synthetic, static
generating materials. Acceptable clothing is made from cotton, wool, or 4116
leather. Short sleeved shirts and shorts are not considered acceptable. An 4117
example of someone in this category would be individuals taken on a tour of a
facility.
Level II
Personnel who are in attendance or working at a Hazardous Location and
directly involved in supervision, drilling servicing, construction, operation,
maintenance or repair of wells and facilities at that location shall wear
acceptable fire retardant outer wear at all times and must refrain from wearing 4126
unsuitable fusible fabrics, such as nylon, as inner wear. Long pants and long 4127
sleeve shirts under fire retardant outer wear provides an additional layer of
insulation with increased protection in the event of a fire and therefore should
be worn in most cases.
However, in cases of extreme heat, this may not be practical and under these
circumstances shorts and short sleeve shirts are permissible.
ADMINISTRATION
HARVARD or HARVARDs designated Field Supervisors are responsible for
ensuring that all work activities are carried out in accordance with the 4136
requirements of this policy. Failure to comply with this standard will result in 4137
disciplinary action being taken.
Clothing must be in conformance with HARVARD policy.
11.4.10 Prescription Safety Glasses Purchase Procedure
1. Prescription safety glasses will be available for all qualifying employees.
2. Frames must be a CSA certified safety frame. The optical dispenser
will be able to advise which frames qualify. Certain tasks may also 4146
require the utilization of side shields. 4147
3. Lenses shall be made from CR-39 or Polycarbonate material. A
scratch resistant coating will be applied to the lenses. No glass lenses
will be issued unless extenuating circumstances prove that there is no
other alternative.
The use of tinted and photo chromatic lenses are not allowed unless
they are recommended by the attending Optometrist.
Note: All extenuating circumstances should be discussed with
the appropriate Department Manager prior to making a purchase. 4156
4157
4. An employee requiring safety glasses should obtain a completed and
signed authorization form from the Area Supervisor, or in the case of
Calgary based employees, the Department Manager. Forms are
available by contacting the Department Manager.
5. Employees may go to any dispensing Optometrist in the Province and
present the signed authorization form. If the services of an
Ophthalmologist are required, the employee should obtain a
prescription form from that physician and to a dispensing Optometrist 4166
to have the glasses provided. 4167
6. Eye examination charges are the responsibility of the employee.
11.5 RULES AND ENFORCEMENT
11.5.1 Overview
HARVARD has adopted a number of written policies and standards which
govern virtually all aspects of HARVARDs operations. They are designed to
ensure that HARVARDS operations are conducted in a reasonable and 4176
responsible manner relative to its employees, shareholders and the public. 4177
All employees are expected to follow HARVARD Health, Safety and
Environment Policy and pertinent government legislation. Applicable
legislation consists of Occupational Health and Safety Act, Workers
Compensation Acts, Provincial Fire Codes, Provincial Energy Regulations (ie:
ERCB, BCOGC, SER), Highway Traffic Act, TDG Control Act and
Regulations, and Labour Standards.
Management and supervisors must notify workers of all government acts and 4186
regulations as well as site or area specific rules. It is the workers 4187
responsibility to understand and comply with all government and Company
rules that are applicable. Copies of the Policy on Health, Safety and
Environment and The Petroleum Industry Guiding Principles for Worker
Safety are provided in the Introduction section of this manual.
11.5.2 Enforcement Guidelines
In instances where the policies and standards are not complied with, it is
essential that there be an equitable and consistent enforcement and 4196
disciplinary procedure. Safety rules are enforced first through proper 4197
orientation and on-the-job training and communication; and second, through
disciplinary measures that will be taken against those who fail to comply with
them.
HARVARDs prevention program is a positive one. HARVARD has adopted
an approach which places an emphasis on coaching and problem solving.
12.0 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION & PROGRAM AUDITING
12.1 MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION 4206
4207
Safety regulations in each province specify that the employer has the responsibility to develop,
implement and maintain a program which prevents injuries and diseases in the place of
employment. To safely complete its activities, HARVARD has a responsibility to:
Develop, implement and maintain a safety program.
Ensure that supervisors safety responsibilities are clearly established and monitored.
Ensure key hazards are identified, documented and communicated in project planning
and field work.
Coordinate health and safety at job sites emphasizing emergency procedures. 4216
Provide visiblemanagement support for work of supervisors with respect to safety. 4217
HARVARD is committed to safety excellence in every operation. By working together; workers,
contractors, supervisors and management can keep the workplace accident free. Management
communicates its commitment through the following:
Company Policy Statement
This commitment to safety is clearly outlined in HARVARDs Policy on Health, Safety
and Environment. This policy is included in the Introduction of the manual and is posted 4226
throughout the workplace to remind workers of the importance of safety. 4227
Guiding Principles
Both HARVARD and its contractors have a responsibility for protecting all workers
within the oil and gas industry. Five petroleum industry associations, representing both
contractors and operating companies, have established a set of guiding principles and
has them posted at worksites. HARVARD supports these guiding principles and has
them posted at worksites.
4236
Safety Responsibilities 4237
The general safety and loss control responsibilities required to implement HARVARD
Safety Program are identified in this manual. Management and supervisors at all levels
are responsible for ensuring that specific responsibilities are identified and
communicated effectively to all employees and contractors. These responsibilities are
used to set standards for performance evaluation.
4246
General Communication 4247
Company management will provide and assume a leadership role in the promotion of
safety through policies, guidelines, loss control meetings, monthly reports, and other
communications. In addition, a Safety and Environment Review Committee is
established to provide guidance and support to HARVARDs Safety Program.
Management will conduct walk-arounds on work sites to observe operations and talk to
employees about safety concerns. Employees should present any safety concerns to
management during these walk-arounds.
4256
4257
4266
4267
4276
4277
4286
4287
SECTION 12 FORMS
Health, Safety and Environment Management Review
Page 1 of 3
Contractor Company: ________________________________________________ Date: ____________________________
Address: __________________________________________________________ Phone:____________________________
Service Provided: ___________________________________________________ Location: _________________________
Issued By: Harvard Representative _________________________________ Phone: _________________________

Received By: Contractor Representative ________________________________ Phone: ___________________________
Management Involvement Not Applicable (NA) Unsatisfactory (U) Satisfactory (S) U S
1. Is there a written safety program (company manual) ?
2. Does management regularly tour worksites to observe work practices and site conditions? (When)
Comments:___________________________________________________________________________________________
Records Management and documentation
1. Is all critical data for operation and environmental concerns stored onsite and updated?
Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Quality Management
1. Is there a Quality Management system and do contractors follow that system?
Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Communication
1. Is the permit system being used? (ie:safe work permits, hot work permits)
2. Are Loss Control Meetings taken place in a timely manner?
3. Are Risk Management and OH&S bulletins posted and discussed?
Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Emergency Response Planning
1. Is the area emergency Response Plan in place and up-to-date?
2. Are there regular exercises and training to implement the ERP?
Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Hazard Identification Control
1. Are Equipment and vehicles inspected and at what frequency? (Show examples and completed documentation.)
2. Is there a system for hazard assessment, reporting and follow-up (written or verbal)?
Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT REVIEW
Note: If unsatisfactory is selected, an explanation must be provided in the Comments section. The contractor is
responsible to ensure that all deficiencies in this inspection are corrected.
Page 2 of 3
Rules and Work Procedures U S
1. Are there procedures for high risk or critical work? Are they available and used?
2. Are there written emergency plans available and communicated to personnel at the work site?
i) ERP ii) Emergency Transportation Plan iii) Working Alone
Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Incident Reporting
1. Do you have an incident reporting process?
2. Do you have a near miss/incident reporting form that includes follow-up?
3. Are incidents reported and was the problem rectified the previous near miss or accident, and were management
and workers involved in the solutions?
Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Training N/A U S
1. Have you received a safety orientation? (What and When)
2. How often are Loss Control meetings held? (Show examples and documentation)
3. Is the appropriate training in place?
4. First Aid Training
5. H
2
S Training
6. WHMIS Training
7. TDG Training
8. Fire Extinguisher or Fire Fighting Training
9. Job Specific Training/Certification
Personal Protective Equipment N/A U S
1. Is the appropriate PPE available and being used?
2. Hard Hat
3. Safety Glasses or Eye Protection
4. Footwear
5. Protective Clothing
6. Hearing Protection
7. Respiratory Protection (For the Nature of the Hazard)
8. Personal Monitor or H
2
S Detector
9. Communication Equipment
Comments: ________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety Equipment N/A U S
1. Is the appropriate Safety Equipment available and being used?
2. Fire Fighting Equipment (ie: inspected, tagged, accessible and condition)
3. Rotating Equipment Guards
4. First Aid Kit
5. Fall Arrest Equipment (including ladders, steps or stairways, safety belts and lanyards)
6. Bonding and Grounding Equipment
7. Emergency Shut Down and Alarm Systems (including diesel positive air shutoffs and backup alarms)
Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________________
Page 3 of 3
Contractors N/A U S
1. Is the contractor aware of the safety expectations and standards of the Corporation?
Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________________
Environmental, Storage and Handling
1. Are potential environmental concerns addressed and corrected?
2. D-58 Compliance (Proper waste storage, ie: filters, contaminated soil and fluid. Show waste manifests.)
3. D-55 Compliance (ie: double walled tanks, tank condition, secondary containment.)
Comments____________________________________________________________________________________________
Note: The following questions must be completed by the Harvard Issuer.
Does this Management Review warrant a follow-up work site inspection by a Harvard Representative? YES NO
Instructions for Health, Safety and Environment Management Review.

Purpose
1. Harvard representatives hiring contractor(s) are obligated to ensure that the contractor(s) is working
within the terms and requirements of the job of project. The Management Review is designed as the go
see step in the process of establishing Harvard due diligence. The frequency of the review is
dependent on the knowledge and experience of the contractor(s), the nature of the work and the associated
hazards.
2. The review is designed for use by a Harvard Representative with the questions focused in the area of
the contractors work site safety management and the minimum Corporation and Regulatory requirements.
3. The review is designed as a mechanism to trigger a more detailed inspection coordinated by the
Corporation should the results of the review not meet expectations.
4. The intent is to improve contractor work site safety performance in alignment with the Harvard HSE
program
Process
1. Harvard Representative conducts a Management Review for Contractor.
2. Leave copy with Contractor to manage any follow up.
3. Harvard Representative completes bottom section which identifies whether or not the Contractor
requires a more detailed inspection by Corporation.
4. Harvard Representative will forward a copy to Harvard Calgary Office.
5. Harvard Calgary Office will coordinate follow up inspection of the contractor.
PHOTOCOPY DISTRIBUTION: Contractor Harvard Representative Harvard - Calgary office
13.0 RECORDS MANAGEMENT AND DOCUMENTS
13.1 OVERVIEW
4296
To demonstrate compliance with the regulations, a copy of relevant safety records must be 4297
available including safety meetings, inspections, investigations, and work procedures.
Field/contract supervisors should have copies of the relevant legislation at the work site.
Our work is governed by a variety of regulatory requirements. Safety legislation and Company
rules/ guidelines are designed to protect workers, the public and the environment. Non-
compliance with these standards could result in personal injuries, fines, legal proceedings
and/or Company disciplinary actions. Standards should be made part of day-to-day operations
as much as possible but there is some basic information that should be kept on hand for
reference purposes. 4306
4307
There are many facets to HARVARDs Safety Program and consideration must be given to
keeping records of the activities that are carried out in support of the program. Some of these
activities may be easily kept track of in a personal diary (e.g. an informal safety inspection)
while others require a more formalized method. The purpose of the records is to:
Manage an effective program.
Comply with legislated standards.
Allow for consistent measurement against a set of operating parameters.
Provide documentation in the event of legal proceedings. 4316
4317
Provided in Section 13.4 is a list of key records that should be kept, and some indication of how
long, for each element of the Safety Program.
13.2 MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE
Changes in operations, procedures, site standards, facilities or personnel must be evaluated
and managed to ensure that safety and environmental risks arising from these changes remain
at an acceptable level. Similarly, changes in laws and regulations must be reflected in facilities
and operating practices to ensure ongoing compliance. All changes that are made should be 4326
properly reflected in the appropriate documentation. This can be accomplished by: 4327
1. Thoroughly reviewing and documenting changes to standards, processes and/or
equipment.
2. Providing support and training to employees who are affected by the change.
3. Reaffirming responsibilities and accountabilities when staff changes occur.
4. Identify changes in laws and regulations and reflect those changes in facilities as
required.
4336
4337
13.3 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
Include, but are not limited to:
13.3.1 Company Documents
1. Safety Program Manual
2. Emergency Response Manual (if applicable) 4346
4347
13.3.2 Government Documents
Alberta
1. Occupational Health and Safety Act, Regulation, and Code
2. Public Safety Services Act
4. ERCB Pipeline Act and Regulations
5. W.C.B. Act 4356
6. Personal Information Protection Act 4357
British Columbia
1. Workers Compensation Act
2. Occupational Health and Safety Regulations
3. Industrial First Aid Regulations
4. Occupational Safety and Health Policy and Procedure Manual
5. OGCs Oil and Gas Handbook
6. Health Act Industrial Camp Health Regulations
7. Personal Information Protection Act 4366
4367
Manitoba
1. The Workplace Health & Safety Act and Regulations
2. Manitoba The Oil & Gas Act
3. WCB Act
4. Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act
Saskatchewan
4376
1. Occupational Health & Safety Act and Regulations 4377
2. Workers Compensation Act
3. Pipeline Act & Regulations
4. Oil & Gas Conservation Act
5. Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act
Federal
1. Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act and Regulations
2. Canadian Standards Association regulations (ie: Z-731, Z-622)
3. Canadian Environmental Protection Act 4386
13.3.3 General Documents 4387
1. CAPP Users Guide for Permits of Equivalent Safety
2. CAPP Guidelines for Entry into Confined Spaces
3. CAPP Guidelines for Respiratory Protective Equipment
4. CAPP Guidelines for Mutual Aid Agreement for Emergency Responses
5. Alberta Industry Recommended Practices
13.4 RECORD KEEPING
4396
It is important that a complete record of all safety meetings both at the field level and at the 4397
corporate level be kept on file for possible review by corporate and regulatory personnel. It is
suggested that all field safety meeting records be submitted to the head office at the completion
of each project. Files should be established with retrieval capability on a project basis.
In addition, and probably more important is the requirement to record and file hazard
identification and incident reports. Statistics must be kept on incident type and frequency for
comparison with industry and corporate goals.
FILE COMMENTS 4406
4407
1. WORK SITE HAZARDS ASSESSMENTS
AND INSPECTIONS
a. General Safety Inspections - Keep on file for 2 years.
b. Safety Equipment Inspections
(Fire extinguishers, breathing apparatus) - Keep on file for at least 2
years.
c. Loss Prevention/Boiler and - Keep on file for 3 years or
Machinery Inspections until all recommendations 4416
have been completed, whichever is longer. 4417
d. Process Hazard Analysis Reports - Keep in permanent file.
2. QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLAN (If Applicable)
The Quality Management Plan Manual should
be consulted for record keeping requirements.
3. MEETINGS AND COMMUNICATIONS
4426
a. Safety Meeting Minutes - Keep on file for 3 years. 4427
b. Work Permits - Keep on file for 2 years.
c. Risk Management Bulletins - Depending on Nature of
Document and other Safety
Communications
4. ENVIRONMENT
Incident Reports and Spill Clean-up Records - Permanent file.
4436
5. WORK PROCEDURES 4437
Site Specific Work Procedures and - It is suggested that there is a
Codes of Practice permanent file for current
procedures as well as a revision
file.
Consideration should also be
given to an archive file for all
procedures.
4446
6. WORKER HEALTH AND SAFETY 4447
a. Audiometric Test Results - Due to the confidential
nature of these results the
records are kept at the
head office with a copy sent
directly to the employee.
b. Workers Compensation Claim - Permanent file.
(lost time and medical aid)
c. TDG Declarations - File for 2 years. 4456
d. Site Specific Rules and Regulations - Permanent file. 4457
e. MSDS - Permanent file kept current.
7. CONTRACTOR OPERATIONS
a. Approved Contractor List - Permanent file that is kept
current.
b. Contractor Evaluations - Permanent file that is kept
current.
4466
8. EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING - A revision file to track 4467
changes to Emergency
contact numbers, resident
information and mapping.
9. TRAINING
a. Safety Orientation - Copy to permanent file.
b. On-the-Job Training - Permanent file.
c. Non-certifiable Safety Training - Keep on file for 3 years or
(Fire Fighting, WHMIS, ERP Training) until up-dated training is 4476
received, whichever is longer. 4477
d. Certifiable Core Safety Courses - The expiry date for these
(First Aid/CPR, H
2
S, TDG) is 3 years.
e. Other Training - Permanent file.
10. INCIDENT INVESTIGATION AND ANALYSIS
a. Incident Reports - 3 Year file unless an injury or
third party is involved and 4486
then use discretion to 4487
determine if it should be kept
in permanent file.
11. MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATION
AND PROGRAM AUDITING
a. Safety Audit Reports - File for 3 years or until the
next audit is conducted
(whichever is later). 4496
4497
14.0 ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES
14.1 OVERVIEW
Operating in an environmentally responsible way and complying with the law are priorities for
HARVARD. Our Policy on Health Safety and the Environment emphasizes the responsibilities
for ensuring that good environmental practices are followed.
As a minimum, all employees should ensure they do the following: 4506
4507
1. Identify environmental requirements for the job.
2. Obtain all required regulatory approvals prior to commencing work.
3. Provide the required equipment and procedures to manage the environmental impacts
of operating activities and prevent pollution.
4. Ensure that all incidents are reported to the Calgary head office. Begin clean-up
immediately and, if necessary, obtain direction as to the proper methods needed to
reduce any negative impact.
Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that environmental issues in their area are identified 4516
and addressed. To ensure all concerns are addressed promptly, supervisors should review 4517
environmental issues at every safety and environment meeting.
The key environmental concerns related to HARVARDs drilling and completion/production
operations include:
Proper storage of hazardous chemicals and products
Managing and reducing drilling and completion wastes
Preventing and controlling releases to land and water
Conserving energy and water 4526
Minimizing releases to the atmosphere 4527
Protecting local habitat, wildlife and other local environmental and
community issues
The following programs have been developed by HARVARD to help manage environmental
issues.
14.2 WASTE MANAGEMENT
4536
Improper handling and disposal of oilfield wastes leads to costly remedial measures. Many of 4537
todays expensive reclamation problems are the result of previous sub-standard practices.
Even if wastes are shipped off-site for disposal by third parties, HARVARD may still be
responsible for environmental problems caused by these wastes.
DRILLING WASTE
Wastes generated from drilling operations at the lease are divided into non-sump wastes and 4546
sump wastes. The following regulatory directives govern the management of these two types of 4547
waste:
ERCB D - 50 -Sump Wastes (wastes from downhole - cuttings, muds, etc)
ERCB D -58 -Drilling Maintenance (used oil, coolants, solvents, filters, domestic
refuse)
The focus of D-50 and D-58 is to place responsibility for waste on the generator. Once a waste
has been generated the generator is responsible for the waste from cradle to grave. Properly
characterizing, tracking and disposing of waste will demonstrate compliance of HARVARD 'S 4556
Waste Management System with these regulatory initiatives. 4557
Properly managed sump waste includes:
Developing a drilling plan (determining appropriate disposal method)
Sampling the sump (characterization)
Notification to proper regulatory authorities
Copies of all submissions are to be forwarded to the Calgary Office. Submitting forms for the
Drilling Waste Database to HARVARD office will allow HARVARD to demonstrate compliance
and ensure wastes are tracked. 4566
4567
The management of non-sump wastes includes:
Selecting an approved contractor
Completing a HARVARDWaste Tracking Form for Non-DOWs
Completing a manifest for DOWs and regulated waste (ERCB manifest in AB,
provincial manifest in BC, SK & MB)
Submitting these completed forms to the Calgary Office
Completing a manifest or tracking form occurs only when waste is sent off a lease for disposal 4576
or treatment. This form does not need to be completed when transferring waste from one drill 4577
site to another. For additional information regarding non-sump waste, reference the Waste
Management Manual for drilling. For additional information or assistance contact the Calgary
Office directly.
PRODUCTION WASTES
Under the AEPEA, the Waste Control Regulation (AR 192-96) provides for management and
disposal of Hazardous Wastes in Alberta. Oilfield wastes are exempt from this Act and the
Regulation. Instead they are regulated by ERCB rather then by Alberta Environment. Within the 4586
upstream petroleum industry, wastes that would be considered hazardous wastes are termed 4587
dangerous oilfield wastes.
In British Columbia, special wastes are classified in a similar way to hazardous wastes in
Alberta, with a few exceptions. The following are the two most significant exceptions:
There is no exemption for wastes produced by the oil and gas industry.
Any wastes containing greater than 3% oil by weight are classified as special
wastes.
In Saskatchewan, oilfield production wastes are regulated by Saskatchewan Energy and 4596
Resources (SER) under the Oil and Gas Conservation Act and Regulations and by 4597
Saskatchewan Environment under the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act. Wastes can
not be stored or disposed of in such a manner as to cause pollution of soil or groundwater.
Waste Management Guidelines for the Upstream Oil and Gas Industry (SPIGEG Guidelines
No.1) were introduced in February of 1996. SER and Saskatchewan Environment approved
oilfield waste management facilities. They will be permitted for specific types of oilfield waste.
The ERCB is committed to ensure that oilfield wastes are managed to at least an equivalent
standard of care as other industries that are regulated by Alberta Environment (AE). The ERCB
prescribes several policies, including: 4606
Encourage the 4Rs (reduce, reuse, recycle, recover). 4607
Waste management is to be integrated into all design and operation decisions.
Oilfield wastes will be regulated to equivalent standards of other industries.
WASTE CHARACTERIZATION
The first step in managing wastes is to characterize and classify the material. Characterization
is the assessment of a waste. There are two main reasons for characterization; first, to
determine the hazards relating to transportation and second, to determine the environmental 4616
consequences of the waste so that a disposal or management option that appropriately deals 4617
with those consequences may be used.
ERCB Directive 58 provides details for characterizing wastes. Depending on chemical
properties such as flammability, spontaneous combustion, toxicity and other criteria, some
wastes will be classified as dangerous oilfield wastes. It is the responsibility of the waste
generator to ensure that each waste has been properly identified, characterized, and is
handled, treated and disposed of correctly. It is possible to divide oilfield wastes into three
major categories.
4626
Dangerous oilfield waste; 4627
Not a dangerous oilfield waste; or
Testing required.
Directive 58 describes the criteria to classify wastes according to their properties:
Flammability (TDGR Classes 4, and 4.1)
Spontaneous Combustion Potential (TDGR Class 4.2)
Water Reactive (TDGR Class 4.3) 4636
Oxidizing Substances and Organic Peroxides (TDGR Class 5) 4637
Toxicity (TDGR Class 6.1)
Corrosive (TDGR Class 8)
PCB Content (TDGR Class 9)
Leachate Toxicity (TDGR Class 9.3)
Once the waste has been classified, the generator can then decide on the best method of
treatment and disposal. Handling and shipping must be done in accordance with TDG
Regulations.
Dangerous oilfield wastes are regulated for the transportation by the Transportation of 4646
Dangerous Goods Act and also require an Alberta Waste Manifest for disposal. 4647
WASTE MANIFESTING
Records must be kept of wastes destined for treatment, transportation and disposal. Refer to
Directive 58-Oilfiield Waste Management Requirements for the Upstream Petroleum Industry.
A manifest is a document that must accompany dangerous oilfield wastes when they are
transported. Most upstream petroleum industry wastes will be classified as Dangerous Goods
due to flammable or corrosive properties and will therefore be required to meet the manifest 4656
requirements of the TDG Regulations. 4657
14.3 AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS
An inspection checklist for drilling/completions and construction operations is included in this
section. The purpose of the checklist and sub-section 1.1 is to review these operations and
ensure they are in compliance with regulatory guidelines and industry standards. These
inspections will be carried out on an ongoing basis and contractors will be notified of the
inspection schedule. 4666
4667
14.3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
Understanding and managing potential environmental impacts associated with
Company operations is essential. As a Company, there is a growing requirement to:
Demonstrate commitment to the environment.
Identify and deal with the environmental issues related to our operations.
Raise awareness of the organizations environmental policies and objectives.
Inform internal or external interested parties about HARVARDs environmental 4676
commitment and performance as appropriate. 4677
To minimize or prevent negative environmental impacts, HARVARD has established
and maintains a series of environmental programs. These programs can be classified
as follows:
Land Use Management Air Quality Protection
Resource Conservation Soil/Water Quality Protection
Waste Management Risk Management
4686
A summary of the current and required programs is provided below. 4687
For each of these programs, operational controls need to be established to ensure our
environmental performance is consistent with Company policies and objectives. The
need for environmental programs and controls is an ongoing process determined by
past, current and potential future impacts of our activities. Additional programs can be
developed and implemented as the need arises.
14.3.2 COMMUNICATION AND REPORTING 4696
4697
Changing regulations are shifting the emphasis to companies policing their own
activities. As a result, the requirements for monitoring, communicating and reporting
environmental activities and performance is increasing. NOW is the time to begin to
build working relationships with government agencies and residents NOT when there is
a problem. Regular contact with local government agencies to clarify expectations and
improve environmental performance is important.
Remember too, the public and other stakeholders have a legal right to be informed. It is
important to let our neighbours know about and contribute to matters that affect the 4706
environment, their lives, families and communities. Neighborly communication is good 4707
business and the benefits far exceed that of addressing any specific problem.
14.3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The programs outlined above are a key part of the overall environmental management
system our Company is expected to develop to deal with specific issues. All programs
should outline standards and guidelines for consistent Company wide environmental
performance including:
4716
1. Identify key environmental issues and the strategy for dealing with these issues. 4717
2. Identify the responsibilities for achieving environmental objectives and targets.
3. The means and time frame by which they are to be achieved.
To ensure the effectiveness of our environmental efforts, a program of audits and
assessments will be maintained to monitor the impact of our activities and our
compliance with relevant environmental regulations.
4726
14.4 Procedures 4727
14.4.1 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Drilling Waste
Management
PURPOSE
Effective drilling waste management minimizes environmental impacts form
drilling operations and drilling waste disposal.
4736
BACKGROUND 4737
Drilling rigs and service rigs have the potential to contaminate soil or
groundwater by spilling chemicals or drilling mud.
CONSIDERATIONS
The Directive 50 Drilling Waste Management describes methods for drilling
waste management disposal and IL 2001-03 Management of Drilling Wastes
Associated with Advanced Gel Chemical Systems. 4746
4747
LANDSPREADING
Landspreading is a disposal method in which waste is spread over a
predetermined land area based on an acceptable loading rate, and is
incorporated into the soil. Landspreading is usually done on the drilling lease.
Its goal is to dispose of waste in a manner that preserves the soils chemical,
biological and physical properties and protects the quality of surface water
and groundwater.
4756
Typical methods for landspreading are: 4757
Ripping subsoil to a depth of 50 cm (or less), then spreading and
incorporating the waste on-site.
Spreading (squeezing) the waste on-site, drying and incorporating to a
depth of 50 cm (or less).
Applying liquids or solids on cultivated land (off-site) and incorporating
them by cultivating. 4766
4767
Note: Liquids are defined as wastes that have less than
1,200kg/cubic metre mud weight (s.g. <1.20). Solids are defined as
wastes that have greater than 1,200 kg/cubic metre mud weight (s.g.
>1.20). Total waste is defined as Liquids and Solids combined as one
material.
4776
MIX-BURY-COVER 4777
Mix-bury-cover (MBC) is a disposal method whereby sump solids (and
sometimes liquids or the total waste) are stabilized and diluted by mixing with
subsoil. The ratio of soil to waste is at least three parts soil to one part waste.
The soil/waste mixture is then placed into the original sump or other PITS
where the base of the final soil/waste mixture is at least 1m above the water
table or a layer of impermeable material and is covered with at least 1m of
clean subsoil, and then with the original surface soil.
4786
The goal of MBC is to incorporate waste, (meeting the required criteria) into 4787
the soil below the major rooting zone and above the water table in a manner
that preserves soil chemical properties and protects groundwater quality.
Typical MBC methods are:
Mixing waste and soil in the sump and covering.
Mixing waste and soil on the surface, putting the mixture back in the
sump and covering. 4796
4797
Mixing waste and soil, putting the mixture into a new pit and covering.
Bailing the waste onto the surface, mixing with the soil, and burying
when filling a cut.
Spreading wastes on a surface, allowing them to dry, putting the
wastes back into the sump, mixing and covering.
PUMPOFF (LIQUIDS ONLY) 4806
4807
Pumpoff is a disposal method in which drilling waste fluids are applied off-
site onto vegetated land. The waste is not incorporated into the soil.
The goal of pumpoff is to dispose of the liquids in a manner that preserves the
chemical, biological and physical properties of the soil, does not harm the
vegetation and protects the quality of surface water, groundwater and
vegetation. Because it is done off-site, pumpoff allows access to a larger
spread area.
4816
Typical pumpoff methods are: 4817
Pumping through hoses or irrigation equipment (big gun, sprinklers,
grated pipe, perforated hose).
Vehicle application (vacuum trucks, Terragator, wagons, etc.) with a
spray bar or deflector plate.
4826
LANDSPREADING WHILE DRILLING 4827
Landspreading while drilling (LWD) is a disposal method in which drilling
wastes from approved mud systems are spread off-site at low application
rates usually during the drilling phase of the well. Drilling wastes are normally
spread on agricultural land using a variety of techniques (vacuum trucks,
Terragators, wagons, etc.) at a thickness usually less than 5mm. The goal of
this disposal method is to dispose of drilling wastes in such a manner that soil
and vegetation are not adversely impacted and the quality of surface water is
protected. 4836
4837
Mud systems presently approved for LWD are:
Fresh Water Gel
GypsumWater
Nitrate Gypsum Water
Any other mud systems proposed for LWD must be proven to the appropriate 4846
regulatory office by a Microtox bioassay. 4847
Fluids recovered from drill stem tests and cement returns must be isolated
from the drilling wastes and may not be disposed of by LWD. Cement returns
may be buried under 1m of clean fill. Drill stem test fluids must be conserved
or disposed by the other disposal methods.
LANDFARMING
Landfarming is a waste treatment/disposal method whereby a single 4856
application (or multiple applications from one waste source) of biodegradable 4857
waste is made on a dedicated parcel of land. The land is managed in a
manner which allows the soil system to degrade, transform and assimilate the
waste constituents. The landfarming site may be used only once.
The goal of landfarming is to biodegrade the organic constituents in a waste
using natural soil processes in a manner that protects soils and groundwater
quality. Elevated oil contents may arise when hydrocarbon based systems are
used or drilling conditions result in the unforeseen production of
hydrocarbons. 4866
4867
Landfarming may be used for wastes where landspreading or MBC oil criteria
cannot be met. Wastes that require landfarming may have high salt contents,
thus management practices must deal with both the salt and the organic
constituents.
Landfarming may be done in either the topsoil or the subsoil. Landfarming is
an active practice that requires frequent tillage and application of nutrients to
break down the organic constituents in the waste. Organic amendments 4876
(manure, straw) are added to increase biological activity and aeration of the 4877
soil. Frequent sampling and analysis may be necessary to monitor the
progress of the remediation.
TESTING AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
For each of the five disposal methods D-50 describes:
Testing Requirements
Sampling and Analysis 4886
Calculation of Spreading Rates 4887
Disposal Criteria
Notification
The option of subsurface disposal of drilling waste liquids in accordance with
ID 81-1 has been retained, provided the disposal zone is deeper than the
deepest potable water zone. Other disposal options must be approved by the
appropriate regulatory agencies. In these cases, a detailed plan must be
provided that will meet environmental protection and reclamation
requirements. 4896
4897
WASTE MANAGEMENT
Look for opportunities to minimize waste by re-use of materials or
containers and by using recyclable materials.
Order chemical in bulk.
Return empty containers to the supplier.
Choose non-hazardous materials whenever possible.
Segregate waste for proper disposal.
Waste fluids must be properly disposed of at an approved ERCB 4906
waste management facility. 4907
RELEASE PREVENTION
Inspect service rigs for leaks at valves, fittings, pumps, tanks, etc.
Provide adequate containment for all fluids, including those that can
be produced from the formation.
Do not dump the contents of rig or other tanks on-site.
Prevent all wash fluids from spilling on the ground.
4916
MISCELLANEOUS 4917
Keep lease site clean at all times.
Domestic wastes should be kept separate from rig wastes.
Keep all rig wash and chemicals out of the sump.
Collect used lube oils for recycling.
Oil filters and oil rags should be separated from other wastes for
proper disposal.
Pick up garbage and place in suitable storage containers on-site.
Garbage should be taken for disposal to an approved landfill. 4926
Use environmentally friendly rig wash and lead-free pipe dope. 4927
REFERENCES:
ERCB
ID 81-01 Subsurface Disposal of Drilling Fluids
ID 90-01 Completion and Servicing of Sour Wells
Section 3 rescinded by Directive 71)
ID 96-03 Oilfield Waste 4936
IL 2001-03 Management of Drilling Wastes Associated 4937
Advanced Gel Chemical Systems
Directive D-70 Drilling Waste Disposal Inspection Manual
Directive D-50 Drilling Waste Management
Directive D-58 Oilfield Waste Management
Directive D-37 Service Rig Inspection Manual
Directive D-36 Drilling Rig Inspection Manual
14.4.2 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION General 4946
Housekeeping 4947
PURPOSE
High standards of maintenance and housekeeping at oil and gas facilities not
only provide an attractive appearance, but create safer working conditions.
BACKGROUND
Regular maintenance and upkeep of the general appearance of facilities 4956
improves employee morale and community relations, reduces site 4957
abandonment and reclamation costs, and minimizes unsafe working
conditions.
CONSIDERATIONS
General housekeeping guidelines include the following:
Areas exposed to fire hazards must be kept free of weeds or other
vegetation and any other combustible material. 4966
All releases must be cleaned up immediately and the facility kept 4967
clean.
Garbage should be collected in appropriate containers and disposed
of on a regular basis.
Surface facilities should be graded to prevent pooling of rain water
or snow melt. Grading or dykes may be needed to prevent the inflow
of water from off lease.
Facilities must post signage that meets regulatory requirements for
identifying the well, the name and telephone number of the operator,
and the legal land description (O&G Regulations. Sec. 6.020). 4976
Wells with pumping units located within 800 m of populated areas 4977
must have a fence that prevents access (O&G Regs. Sec. 8.170).
Oily rags, filters, etc. should be collected in approved containers while
awaiting recycling or proper disposal.
Used lube oil should be collected for disposal at an appropriate oil
recycling center. Lube oil cannot be added to the sales oil stream or
spread on roads.
Waste or surplus equipment, tubing or drums, should be stored in an
orderly fashion while arrangements are being made for disposal.
Oil must not be stored in earthen pits. 4986
Ensure buildings, vessels and piping are appropriately labeled 4987
according to WHMIS.
Batteries must be fenced and posted with warning signs if H
2
S is
greater then 1%. Near occupied dwellings and other public facilities an
industrial fence is required. In other areas a four strand barbed wire
fence is adequate (O&G Regulations, Section 8.170)
In Saskatchewan, facilities and wells must have a sign meeting
regulatory requirements which identify the well or facility name, the
name of the owner and the legal description.
In Saskatchewan, no produced fluids may be stored in earth 4996
excavations or storage receptacles that are inadequate or likely to 4997
cause waste or loss.
14.4.3 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Historical
Resources Protection
PURPOSE
This section addresses methods that will protect historical and archaeological
resources from any loss or damage by construction of oil and gas facilities. 5006
5007
BACKGROUND
Construction of oil and gas facilities and pipelines has the potential to damage
or destroy valuable historical and archaeological resources that are
irreplaceable.
CONSIDERATIONS 5016
5017
The Historical Resources Act (1980) is intended to protect archaeological,
historical and paleoecological resources of Alberta and minimize the risk of
damage to these resources.
The ERCB requires a Historical Resources Impact Assessment with some
project applications as described in IL 82-11.
As described in the Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act,
pipelines with a construction index greater than 2690 require a formal 5026
Historical Resources Impact Assessment. 5027
If a known or suspected archaeological or historical site is encountered during
construction, contact the Resource Management Program (403-431-2300).
REFERENCES:
Alberta Historical Resources Act (1980)
Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act 5036
- Conservation and Reclamation Reservation (AR 115/93) 5037
Alberta ERCB
IL 82-11 Preservation of Archaeological, Paleoecological
and Historical Resources Policy Update
14.4.4 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Lease Preparation 5046
5047
PURPOSE
Effective lease preparation ensures that environmental factors are considered
in the construction of wellsites and access roads.
BACKGROUND
Construction of a wellsite, battery site or other site preparation is an important
first step toward minimizing long-term impact of the facility. This includes 5056
erosion protection, salvage of trees and topsoil conservation. 5057
CONSTRUCTION METHODS
Do not begin construction until all necessary government and
landowner consents are obtained.
All construction activities must take place within the approved
boundaries of the lease as indicated in the field by flagging.
Topsoil must be salvaged for future recovery and reclamation 5066
requirements. It must be stored in such a manner that it can be 5067
recovered when needed.
Lease or road construction that cannot avoid wet or muskeg areas
should be undertaken on frozen ground.
On side hills with a cut and fill layout, the cut material should be
placed on the downslope side for future recovery and reclamation.
During construction, work activity in stream beds must be avoided, 5076
unless regulatory permits have been obtained. 5077
CLEARING
Minimize removal of vegetation to reduce soil erosion or the risk of
polluting nearby water courses.
Near stream crossings, clearing should employ hand-felling within
15m of the stream.
5086
At the edge of the lease, care should be taken to ensure trees are 5087
felled so they fall within the lease and not onto the surrounding forest
where they will be difficult to recover.
Salvaged timber may only be used as rip-rap in wet areas and stream
crossings with Forestry approval.
Unless special exemption is obtain, all timber must be limbed, topped
and stockpiled for salvage by the nearest timber rights holder.
Burning permits are required for burning of slash and debris. 5096
Adequate fire fighting equipment and manpower must be provided on 5097
the site.
Unburned debris and ash from a burn pile may be buried with at least
1m of cover and the surface area recontoured.
Ash and a small amount of burn debris may be scattered on the
surface if this can be done in an aesthetically satisfactory manner.
Cleared slash and debris must be disposed of within one year to avoid 5106
unnecessary fire risk. 5107
In some cases, it is preferable to save slash and limbs to work into the
surface of slopes as a way to minimize erosion potential.
Note: On private land, permission must be obtained from the
landowner before proceeding.
5116
SITE LAYOUT 5117
The lease layout must meet the ERCB and OH&S spacing
requirements.
Vegetation must be cleared around flare stacks and other open
flames. However, on many leases, vegetation can be retained to avoid
erosion, dust and weeds, and to maintain an attractive appearance.
The outer perimeter of any dyke must be at least 60 m from any 5126
surface improvements other than a public roadway (O&G Regulations. 5127
Sec. 8.030).
The lease should be provided with drainage runs or culverts to
minimize the amount of surface runoff flowing onto the lease and
berms built on the downslope side of the lease to capture storm water
or releases. Contaminated runoff water must not be released from the
lease.
SURFACE SOIL STRIPPING AND STORAGE 5136
5137
In all agricultural areas (including land that has the potential for future
agriculture), it is required that surface soils be salvaged and stored for
recovery during reclamation at the time of abandonment. (Alberta
Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act, Part 5 and
Conservation and Reclamation Regulations, AR 115/93).
Topsoil storage sites should be seeded to prevent soil erosion. A seed
mix compatible with vegetation in the surrounding area should be
chosen. Records should be kept of the storage location. 5146
5147
DRILLING SUMPS AND PITS
Drilling sumps should be constructed on the high side of the lease in
undisturbed impervious subsoil. If local soil conditions are not suitable,
a remote sump or mud tanks should be employed.
Sumps must be of adequate size to contain all expected drilling mud
volume and rainfall/ snow melt and provide an adequate freeboard. 5156
5157
The shape and size of the drilling sump should be selected to
maximize re-use of fluid/water. Several designs are shown in the
CAPP Environmental Operating Guidelines; Section 4.0.
After drilling operations, sumps should be fenced to keep out wildlife
and cattle, and to protect the public.
Earthen PITS may not be used to store produced fluids. (IL 946).
5166
Excavated subsoil must be stockpiled for future recovery during 5167
reclamation.
The drilling flare pit shall (ERCB Drilling Rig Inspection Manual):
o Be excavated to a depth of not less than 2 m.
o Have side and back walls rising not less than 2 m above ground
level.
o Be constructed to resist the erosion of a high-pressure flow of
gas or liquid. 5176
o Be shaped to contain all liquids. 5177
o Be replaced by a flare tank when environmental restrictions will NOT
allow a flare pit.
DYKING REQUIREMENTS
Dykes are required around all tanks containing any fluid except fresh
water.
On leases where the surrounding contours could cause an inflow of 5186
surface water, dykes should be constructed on the high side of the lease 5187
to divert the water away from the site in a non erosive matter.
In some cases, it may be possible to take advantage of the natural
contours to minimize the need for containment dykes around a lease.
Although dykes are not required around pop tanks they provide an added
degree of protection. The pop tank must be maintained empty, must have
a capacity equal to the unattended production and the pop lines must be
self draining to the upper third of the pop tank. 5196
5197
Other areas where containment dykes could be considered include:
o Around process areas, such as the treater building or water plant,
where release containment on the lease is important.
o At a wellsite with a flowing well.
o At any oil well or disposal well near a body of water or other
environmentally sensitive area. 5206
5207
o Around pumping units, headers and major pig traps.
DYKING CONSTRUCTION
Shall be constructed with earthen, concrete or synthetic material that will
not deteriorate or develop leaks during the projected life of the structure
and will withstand the hydrostatic head associated with it being full of
liquid.
5216
Shall be sized to at least 110% of the capacity of the largest tank within 5217
the dyke. Larger dyked volumes should be considered at unattended
facilities that have potential for larger releases.
Shall have no uncontrolled opening in the dyke that provides a direct
connection to any place beyond the dyked area.
Shall be maintained in good condition and the area encompassed by it
kept free from grass, weeds or other extraneous combustible material.
5226
Land lines should be routed to terminate outside the dyke wall to reduce 5227
unnecessary traffic over the dyke and to reduce the risk of entering a sour
atmosphere. The load line should also be protected with secondary
containment.
PIPELINE ROUTE SELECTION
The objective in pipeline route selection is to choose a route that
considers engineering, economic and environmental constraints (physical,
biological and cultural) and minimizes disturbance and adverse 5236
environmental effects. 5237
The following steps are suggested for pipeline selection:
Identify control points and other routing requirements.
Identify the approximate corridor within which the proposed pipeline will be
located.
Assemble environmental information for the proposed route from maps, 5246
Company records, and other existing public data. 5247
Contact government agencies, local authorities, and landowners
regarding general concerns on or near the preferred route.
Parallel existing pipelines or utilize existing rights-of-way.
Route around country residential subdivisions, industrial subdivisions and
urban areas.
5256
Minimize the crossing of steep slopes as well as side hills. 5257
Minimize the number of watercourse crossings.
Cross watercourses as close as possible to right angles where approach
slopes are stable.
Avoid, where possible, environmentally sensitive areas such as critical
wildlife areas, natural areas, parks, archaeological or historical sites.
5266
Avoid, where feasible, special land use areas. 5267
Minimize the crossings of muskegs, wetlands, lakes and sloughs.
Avoid, where feasible, farm buildings, farmsteads, well sites, aquifer
recharge areas and shelterbelts.
Cross road and rail lines at or near right angles.
Consider landowner requests. 5276
5277
Construction activities shall be confined to the allotted right-of-way and
traffic shall be restricted to existing roads, the right-of-way and approved
shoo-flies.
Construction and clean-up shall be completed as quickly as possible and
the distance between front-end and back-end operations shall be kept to a
minimum.
All construction garbage shall be continuously collected and disposed of 5286
at an approved facility. 5287
Activities should be scheduled to avoid adverse environmental effects and
interference with landowners activities.
Construction activities should be designed and carried out in a manner
that minimizes environmental effects, including visual impacts, on and
adjacent to the right-of-way.
For successful reclamation, disturbance should be minimized. 5296
5297
The reconstructed right-of-way should conform to, or blend into, the
surrounding land unless otherwise approved by the regulatory authorities
and the landowner.
Right-of-way boundaries shall be clearly marked so that construction
vehicles will not trespass off the right-of-way and that soil handling, tree
clearing and slash disposal are carried out in a manner which minimizes
impacts.
5306
The objectives of clearing is to create a right-of-way while minimizing 5307
erosion potential, disturbance of adjacent forest cover, and loss of
merchantable timber.
In Saskatchewan, right-of-way width will usually be restricted to 15
meters. Slash must be contained in the 15 m right-of-way and not pushed
into off right-of-way areas.
5316
CAMPS, SEWAGE AND STORAGE 5317
Camps should be located in the prevailing upwind direction.
Provision must be made for the containment and acceptable disposal
of garbage and sewage.
Temporary fuel storage locations must be surrounded by an
impervious dyke with sufficient capacity to contain the volume of the
tank(s). 5326
5327
REFERENCES:
Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act
Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Regulations
Conservation and Reclamation Regulations (AR 115/93)
Conservation and Reclamation Information Letter,
Reclamation Criteria for Wellsites and Associated Facilities
(C&R/IL/94-1)
ERCB 5336
IL 2001-05 Construction of a Wellsite Prior to the Issuance of a Well 5337
License
IL 94-6 Discharge of Produced Liquids to Earthen Structures
14.4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Noise Control
PURPOSE
This section discusses methods that will ensure facilities operate in 5346
compliance with appropriate noise control regulations and standards. 5347
BACKGROUND
Noise from pump stations or compressors can be a nuisance to surrounding
residents. This can be avoided by incorporating acoustic design features in
accordance with current ERCB regulations. As well, the ERCB requires
operators to respond to noise complaints from residents and undertake noise
surveys or mitigation measures to respond to these complaints.
5356
CONSIDERATIONS 5357
The ERCB has issued ID 99-8, Noise Control Directive. The Users Directive
D-38 is available to explain the technical details. The directive is not intended
to guarantee that a resident will not hear any sound from oil and gas facilities.
The aim is to preserve the quality of life for neighbours of such facilities. The
allowable sound levels are not specified at the facility but the nearest
residence. Even for facilities with no dwellings nearby, uncontrolled sound
generation will not be allowed.
If new dwellings are constructed near existing facilities, the operator may be 5366
required to retrofit the equipment to meet applicable sound levels. 5367
This interim directive applies to all facilities under the jurisdiction of the ERCB.
It applies to both new and existing facilities and to temporary and permanent
facilities. A noise impact statement may be required for new facilities or for
expansion to existing facilities.
The permissible sound level is the maximum sound level to which a facility
must be designed. If a noise-related complaint is received, the comprehensive
sound level must be measured and compared to the permissible sound level. 5376
The comprehensive sound level is determined by conducting a continuous 5377
sound monitoring survey for a 6 or a 24 hour period.
The permissible sound level can be determined following the procedures
described in the directive. It reflects a basic sound level which depends on
population density and is adjusted for a number of factors including a daytime
adjustment, seasonal adjustment, whether the facility is permanent or
temporary and some other factors. In no case is it less than 40 dBa or more
than 66 dBa.
5386
HEARING PROTECTION 5387
Noise is unwanted sound. Noise can prevent people from performing at
optimum levels. At high level it can cause hearing damage. There are
regulations to control noise levels in the work environment and to control the
noise resulting from industrial activities that may affect the public.
The human ear can hear sound over a wide range of sound pressure levels.
The unit of measurement commonly used is the decibel (dB), which is usually
expressed on the A scale which attempts to represent the way a human ear 5396
hears different sounds. In addition to the sound level measured at any instant 5397
in time, dBA, the average noise level over a six or 24 hour time period can be
measured to provide an average noise level. This is called the equivalent
sound level (Leq).
Some typical sound levels of familiar sources are:
SOURCE SOUND LEVEL
(dBA)
5406
Quiet Office 40 5407
Quiet Street 50
Noisy Office 60
Highway Traffic at 15 m 75
Tractor at 15 m 80 to 95
Freight Train at 15 m 95
Jet Taking Off at 600 m 100
Air Raid Siren 130
5416
At oil and gas facilities, the common noise sources are large engines and 5417
compressors. Noise levels are a potential concern to employees working in
the vicinity of the equipment and to neighbours who could be disturbed by the
noise. This environmental standard focuses primarily on the effect of noise on
the public.
GUIDELINES
Operators should discuss noise matters with area residents during the
design, construction and operating phases of an energy facility. 5426
5427
Permanent facilities are defined as those that will be at a location for
longer than two months.
These requirements also apply to drilling and service rigs. They are
considered temporary if they will be on location less than two months.
For drilling rigs and service rigs, the responsibility for noise control
belongs to the well licensee.
5436
REFERENCES: 5437
ERCB
ID 99-8 Noise Control Directive
Directive D-38 Noise Control Directive User Guide
14.4.6 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Site Selection
5446
PURPOSE 5447
To ensure environmental and community relations issues are included in
selecting the location for well-sites, access road and other facility sites.
BACKGROUND
The location of a wellsite, access road or other oil and gas facilities can have
long term implications on environmental protection, operating efficiency and
community relations. The factors to consider in choosing the location for 5456
wellsites and facilities include: 5457
Environmental factors such as terrain damage, soil quality, vegetation
disturbance, surface soil stripping and storage, protection of water
quality, disturbance of drainage patterns, aquatic habitat, wildlife
impact, wind exposure, and seasonal weather conditions.
Public impacts such as landscape, noise, odours and traffic.
Safety of the public, employees and wildlife, and protection of 5466
company and public property. 5467
Operational efficiencies which can be enhanced by the choice of
access and site layout including such factors as proximity to existing
infrastructure, road quality and grade, landscape and common access.
Regulatory requirements relating to spacing restrictions, setback
disturbances, noise guide-lines, seasonal restrictions, separation
distances, wildlife restrictions, disposal of waste products and
reclamation requirements.
5476
CONSIDERATIONS 5477
Selection and construction of lease sites and pipeline routes involve
consideration of many aspects of the ERCB and Alberta Environment
Regulations, Interim Directives and Informational Letters. The approval of the
location of an oil and gas facility begins with application to the ERCB for a
Well License. In parallel, surface approval must be obtained from the
landowner (White Zone) or Land and Forest Services or Public Lands (Green
Zone).
5486
TERRAIN FACTORS 5487
Locations must be 100 m from any surface improvement or 40 m from
a surveyed roadway or road allowance. Special circumstances may
be permitted by the ERCB for lesser distances (O&G Regulations.
Sec. 2.110)
Maximum advantage should be taken of natural topography and
drainage patterns to reduce the amount of ditching and berm
construction for erosion control. Sites on level ground are preferred so 5496
the need for cut and fill can be minimized. 5497
Areas of muskeg or with a high water table should be avoided if
possible. Winter construction under frozen muskeg conditions is
recommended. The use of geotextile material should also be
considered.
Sites within areas of Native Prairie (roughly the area east and south
of Red Deer) require special land preservation techniques (IL-96-9).
5506
5507
VEGETATION IMPACTS
The lease layout should preserve vegetation where possible without
violating minimal spacing requirements and safety criteria.
Sites and access roads should be chosen to minimize impact on
agricultural operations.
5516
5517
WILDLIFE CONCERNS
Sites for winter operations in many forested areas may face activity
restrictions to reduce disturbance to large mammals. Check with local
Fish and Wildlife Officers for restrictions.
Harassment of wildlife and illegal possession of firearms is prohibited.
5526
Consideration should be given to the use of doglegs on pipelines at 5527
the edge of the road allowance to minimize the line of sight.
Survey crews should be instructed to avoid long lines-of-sight that
cause interference with wildlife movement patterns.
PROTECTION OF STREAMS AND AQUATIC HABITAT
Wells must be 100 m from the high water mark of a river, stream or 5536
waterbody (O&G Regulations Sec. 2.12). 5537
Construction or pipeline or road crossings of permanent streams
generally requires a Water Resources Permit. Consult local Fish
and Wildlife Officers.
Sites should be chosen which reduce the threat of erosion or releases
into nearby streams or waterbodies.
At stream crossings, timber should be hand-felled away from the 5546
stream. 5547
Contact local Fish and Wildlife Officers concerning beaver dam
removal.
Most fish bearing streams have construction restrictions during specific
times of the year depending on the fish species in the watershed. (See
CAPP Environmental Operating Guidelines for Alberta).
Disruption of natural water flow should be minimized if possible by the use 5556
of culverts, drainage runs or changing the access route. 5557
POTENTIAL IMPACTS TO RESIDENTS
Wellsites or facility locations for sour gas operations face many
restrictions. Setback distances are described in GB 99-04 and ERCB
EnerFaq No. 5. Consideration must be given to the size of Emergency
Planning Zones and preparations of Emergency Response Plans (GB 99-
04, D-71, D-56 and IL 95-07).
5566
Operators are required to have early and thorough consultation with 5567
landowners and other nearby residents which may be affected by the
operation.
Before looking for a location for a new gas plant, operators are required by
the ERCB to look for existing processing capacity in the local area to
avoid unnecessary proliferation of gas plants.
Applicants for new wells and production facilities are required to advise
the Rural Authority of their intent to apply for ERCB approval. Similarly,
for locations within 1.5 km of the corporate limits of an urban center, the 5576
applicant must advise the Urban Authority. 5577
Wellsites with a pumpjack that are within 800 m of residences,
incorporated areas or other centers of human activity will require a secure
fence (O&G Reg. Sec. 8.170).
Visual appearance, landscaping, water drainage and other factors in
populated areas will improve public acceptance.
LOCATION OF ROADS 5586
5587
Following site selection, the operator must acquire a well license and a
surface lease from the landowner or the Crown before beginning
construction.
New roads should be located to take maximum advantage of existing cut
lines and cleared areas.
Stream crossings should be oriented at a 90 angle to minimize bank
disturbance. 5596
5597
Roads should be located a minimum of 100 m from streams or other
waterbodies.
Surveyors should place flagging at lease or right-of-way boundaries to
ensure all construction work takes place within the approved area.
MISCELLANEOUS LOCATION FACTORS
Drilling locations should be chosen with a view toward minimizing the 5606
impact of noise from drilling or permanent facilities. 5607
In areas where there is the potential for disturbance to archaeological or
historical resources by lease or road construction, clearance is required
from Archaeological Survey of Alberta.
Well licenses within 5 km of a lighted airport or 1.6 km of an unlighted
airstrip must first be referred to Transport Canada.
The ERCB recommends that an applicant for approval of a surface facility 5616
confirm that the parcel of land is not underlain by an abandoned coal 5617
mine. The information is available from the ERCBs Information
Services, Coal Mine Atlas (IL-91-13).
REFERENCES:
Oil and Gas Conservation Act
Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations
5626
Pipeline Act 5627
Pipeline Regulations
Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Regulations (AR
115/93)
Conservation and Reclamation Regulations
Reclamation Criteria for Wellsites and Associated Facilities 5636
(Alberta Environment C&R/IL 95-3) 5637
Guide for Pipelines Pursuant to Alberta Environmental
Protection and Enhancement Act March, 1994) (Alberta
Environment C&R/IL 94-1).
Public Consultation Guidelines for the Canadian Petroleum Industry,
The Canadian Petroleum Association (October, 1989).
Alberta Environment
5646
Conservation and Reclamation Information Letters 5647
C&R/IL 94-1 Reclamation Criteria for Wellsites and
Associated Facilities (replaced by IL 95-3)
C&R/IL 94-2 Conservation and Reclamation Notice
C&R/IL 94-3 Certification Requirements for Wellsites with
No Surface Disturbance (Surveyed only)
5656
C&R/IL 94-4 Burial of Material on Lease 5657
C&R/IL 94-5 Environmental Protection Guidelines for
Pipelines
C&R/IL 94-6 Environmental Protection Guidelines for Oil
Production Site (Heavy Oil)
C&R/IL 94-7 Questions About the Reclamation Criteria for
Wellsites and Associated Facilities 5666
(replaced by IL 95-3) 5667
C&R/IL 95-1 Conservation and Reclamation Code of
Practice for Alberta
C&R/IL 95-2 Environmental Protection Guidelines for
Electric Transmission Lines
C&R/IL 95-3 Reclamation Criteria for Wellsites and
Associated Facilities 1995 Update
5676
ERCB 5677
ID 81-3 Minimum Distance Requirements Separating
New Sour Gas Facilities from Residential
and Other Developments.
ID 99-8 Noise Control Directive
IL 90-21 Oil and Gas Development Rumsey Block
IL 91-13 Impact of Abandonment on Coal Mines on
Surface Developments
IL 96-09 Revised Guidelines for Minimizing 5686
Disturbance on Native Prairie Areas 5687
IL 94-17 Notification of Pipeline Project to
Conservation and Reclamation Inspectors
IL 95-07 Subdivision and Development Regulation
Requirements
IL 2001-05 Construction of a Wellsite Prior to the
Issuance of a Well License
IL 2002-01 Principles for Minimizing Surface Disturbance
in Native Prairie & Parkland Areas
5696
Directive D-13 Pipeline Information System Users Manual 5697
Directive D-38 Noise Control Directive User Guide
Directive D-56 Energy Development Applications &
Schedules
14.4.7 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Release Site
Response & Reclamation
RELEASE RESPONSE
5706
The first priorities after discovering a Release are to protect the safety of 5707
all personnel and public, minimize damage to the environment and control
costs associated with loss of product or equipment. The key actions to
take immediately following a release are:
Assess the safety of the situation (including surrounding public).
Remove sources of ignition; if safe to do so.
Approach release site from up-wind side is possible. Positive 5716
Pressure Breathing Apparatus (PPBA) to be worn in H
2
S release 5717
area until such time as atmospheric tests prove the area safe.
Shut in the source of the release; if safe to do so.
Information regarding the hazards of chemicals handled on-site
can be round in the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) located
in the Area Office.
Notify supervisor. The senior employee or company representative
on-site is responsible to initiate the notification and responses 5726
procedures. 5727
Implement Site Emergency Response Plan and Corporate ERP
if required.
Begin containment process (dykes, booms, etc.) Conduct pre-job
safety meeting.
Notify Government authorities, landowners, etc. (See section 3.02
or the Loss Management Manual E.P). 5736
5737
Begin recovery process (vacuum trucks, etc.) Conduct pre-job
safety meeting prior to beginning recovery.
Obtain assistance from appropriate oil release Co-op or
consultants for clean up and reclamation as required.
Report all releases on HARVARD Incident/Near Miss Report
Form.
5746
PURPOSE 5747
Proper site maintenance and reclamation procedures will reduce the impact of
oil and salt water releases on land surrounding oil and gas facilities.
BACKGROUND
Both oil and produced salt water can be toxic to vegetation and cause
damage to soils. Most produced water is high in salts, largely sodium chloride
(NaCl), which can cause significant long term damage to soils. In fact, salt 5756
water releases can be much more damaging to soils than hydrocarbon 5757
releases since oil is biodegradable and the site usually can be reclaimed
within a year or two. Without prompt action, releases of produced water can
take much longer to reclaim.
CONSIDERATIONS
The Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations (Section 8.050) and the Pipeline
Regulations (Section 54) require that the operator take immediate steps to
contain and clean up releases. 5766
5767
The Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act states that An
operator must conserve and reclaim specified land and secure a reclamation
certificate in respect of the conservation and reclamation. The regulations
accompanying the Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act
define specified lands as sites occupied by wells, pipelines and plants. The
Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act also has provisions
for enforcement whereby orders can be given for clean-up of adversely
affected sites.
5776
SITE ASSESSMENT 5777
After as much fluid as possible has been recovered and the site is safe to
work on, reclamation activities can begin. Hot water is often used to flush oil
into collection trenches, berms or bellholes. Caution should be exercised with
hot water since it could increase the flammable vapour concentrations or
cause the release of hydrogen sulphide. IF THERE IS SALT WATER
ASSOCIATED WITH THE RELEASE, DO NOT FLUSH WITH WATER. See
Salt Water Releases.
5786
Releases that are contained entirely within the lease do not usually require 5787
immediate reclamation of the soil for plant growth. In this case, the
contaminated soil should be excavated and the area repaired with clean fill or
gravel. The contaminated soil can be sent to an approved waste management
facility or treated on site by landfarming.
For off-lease releases, it is usually necessary to restore the chemical and
physical properties of the soil to allow crops or native vegetation to re-
establish. This can often be accomplished by adding the appropriate soil
amendments and allowing the natural micro-organisms in the soil to 5796
decompose the residual oil. A reclamation program should begin with a site 5797
assessment to establish the extent of contamination and to use the results of
soil analysis to develop a reclamation plan. This information should be
documented for submission to regulatory officials and to keep track of the
work since it usually takes several years to completely restore the site.
Some suggestions for site assessment include the following:
Make a sketch of the site, take photographs, and make notes of the
surrounding terrain conditions and nearest watercourses. 5806
5807
Collect a sample of the released water.
Keep a record of released and recovered volumes, disposal methods,
soil treatments and other reclamation work.
For a salt water release, it may be valuable to conduct an
electromagnetic soil conductivity survey to define the contamination
boundaries.
5816
Samples should be taken from the surface soil, at the 10 cm depth 5817
(and deeper if necessary to get below the contamination) and from the
adjacent field in an uncontaminated area as a control sample. The
control sample should be collected first so the sampling shovel or
auger is not contaminated.
The samples should be analyzed for pH, electrical conductivity,
chlorides, sulphates, nutrients, oil percentage, gypsum requirement,
lime requirement and fertilizer recommendations.
5826
OIL RELEASES 5827
For oil releases on water, specialized equipment (booms, skimmers, etc.) can
be obtained from the nearest co-op equipment unit or from the PROSCARAC
trailer. These units also have a variety of general purpose equipment for
release clean-up. Consult the Oil Spill Co-Op Manual for techniques to
contain and clean-up oil releases, and Oil Spills Cooperatives for a listing of
Cooperatives in Western Canada.
The local office of the ERCB should be contacted for approval of a release 5836
reclamation project. It is very important to work with the landowner to 5837
understand his requirements for that seasons land use and his long term
plans.
There are a variety of factors to consider in designing the reclamation plan for
an oil release. In most cases, it is possible to spread the oil contaminated soil
on the surface and add fertilizer to encourage natural decomposition.
Generally the maximum oil loading rate in the surface soil should be in the
order of three to five percent. A temporary fence may be needed to keep out
stock. In most cases, the area should not be seeded unless the oil 5846
concentration is less than one percent. 5847
Manure and fertilizer should be worked into the soil and tilled every three or
four weeks. Lime will probably be needed to correct the pH and generally the
laboratory can recommend the required addition rates. Once the oil
concentration has been degraded to less than one percent, the site can be
revegetated.
SALT WATER RELEASES
5856
After as much fluid as possible has been recovered, soil remediation should 5857
begin IMMEDIATELY. This is of the utmost importance for salt water
releases. ON AGRICULTURAL LANDS, DO NOT FLUSH WITH WATER AS
THIS IS DETRIMENTAL TO THE SOIL. Flush with a diluted solution of
calcium nitrate as soon as possible. Caution should be used to ensure that
calcium nitrate does not contaminate any surface water. Gypsum can be used
after the initial application of calcium nitrate to make further calcium available
to the soil.
On forest soils, water can be used to flush released fluid toward ditches and 5866
bellholes where it can be recovered. 5867
On agricultural soils, a source of calcium should be added immediately after
fluid recovery is complete.
In summer, broadcast calcium nitrate at 1000 kg/ha to the surface of the
release before the area dries. Subsequently apply gypsum at 5 tonnes/ha and
incorporate it into the soil as soon as conditions permit.
In winter, the frozen soil may result in runoff of the nitrate which could be toxic, 5876
so only gypsum should be added to frozen soil. 5877
On forest soils, immediate water flushing and the use of ditches and bellholes
to recover fluids is recommended. On well-drained forest soils, flushing with
calcium nitrate may also be beneficial in removing salts. Again, caution should
be exercised to ensure that surface water will not be contaminated. When the
concentration of salt (chloride) has been reduced by flushing to 700 ppm,
recovery operations can usually be stopped and reclamation of the area can
begin.
PIPELINE REPAIRS 5886
5887
Hydrocarbon contaminated soil that is excavated during a pipeline repair
should be treated on the surface and not returned to the pipeline excavation
or bellhole. All contaminated soil should be excavated when the line break is
exposed. If the subsoil is contaminated by salts (produced water), gypsum
should be mixed with the backfill.
DEBRIS DISPOSAL
Contaminated soil from an oil release clean-up can be sent to an approved 5896
waste management facility or preferably treated on-site by landfarming. Oil- 5897
soaked vegetation, solvent and rags from the release can be burned in the air
curtain incinerator available from PROSCARAC. Contact the local Oil Spill
Cooperative. Permission for disposal by incineration is required by the
ERCB.
GOVERNMENT INSPECTIONS
All HARVARDs facilities are subject to inspection. A government
inspector may call in advance to advise of their planned visit or their arrival 5906
may be unexpected. It is important that employees be aware of their 5907
responsibilities to cooperate with the inspectors and avoid statements or
actions that may incriminate themselves or HARVARD.
Generally, an inspection is a review by the regulators for the purpose of
ensuring technical compliance with approvals or legislative standards. An
investigation is used by the government to gather sufficient information
to support a change and conviction.
Safety and environmental inspectors and investigators have quite broad 5916
powers for warrantless search and removal documents or samples. The 5917
inspector can enter, examine and inspect places, things and vehicles. The
inspector can use any equipment, examine and take documents, take
samples, conduct tests and make reasonable inquiries of any person.
They may also ask the person to operate mechanical or process
equipment. Safety or environment investigations may be undertaken with
or without search warrants.
COMMUNITY RELATIONS
5926
HARVARD intends to be a good neighbor in the communities in which it 5927
operates.
Regulators expect all operators to operate in a manner that minimizes the
impact to the community and to involve landowners and others in planning
for new facilities. In Alberta, this is described in ERCB IL 89-4, Public
Involvement in the Development of Energy Resources.
Although Saskatchewan does not normally require public involvement, the
same level of care used in Alberta should be applied in Saskatchewan. 5936
ERPs may include a formal public consultation requirement. This is 5937
usually completed by conducting an open house information session.
REFERENCES:
Release Reporting Regulations (AR 117/93)
Release Reporting Guidelines (June, 2001)
5946
Oil and Gas Conservation Act 5947
Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations: Section 8.050
Pipeline Act
Pipeline Regulations: Section 54
14.4.8 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Storage
PURPOSE
This section addresses methods for minimizing the risk of environmental 5956
impacts from storage tanks at oil and gas facilities. 5957
BACKGROUND
Above ground and below ground storage tanks have been a historic source of
soil and groundwater contamination in the upstream petroleum industry.
CONSIDERATIONS
The ERCB Directive 55 - Storage Requirements for the Upstream Petroleum 5966
Industry was issued to identify requirements and acceptable levels of storage 5967
practices of materials produced, generated (including wastes), or used by the
upstream petroleum industry. These requirements apply to all new facilities
constructed after January 1, 1996 under the jurisdiction of the ERCB.
The ERCB required facilities constructed prior to January 1, 1996 to
demonstrate that their storage practices, facilities and containment devices
met the requirements stated in Directive 55. It was expected that all tanks,
aboveground and underground, would be inspected and/or tested prior to
October 31, 2001. 5976
5977
The storage requirements apply to storage of all materials produced,
generated or used by the upstream petroleum industry including:
Produced Water
Crude Oil
Emulsions
Condensates
Chemicals
Solvents 5986
Produced Sand 5987
Non-Motor Vehicle Lubricants
Oil Field Wastes
Oily Wastes
Bitumen
The guideline does not change the following current regulatory requirements:
Storage of natural gas liquids will continue to be governed by the
National Standard of Canada Propane Installation Code
CAN/CGA-B149.2-M86. 5996
5997
Pressurized process vessels (both above ground and
underground) are regulated by the Boilers and Pressure Vessels
Branch of Alberta Labour for a working pressure of 15 psig or
more. Companies can apply to conduct their own vessel
inspections. Contact Alberta Boilers Safety Association (formerly
Alberta Boilers Branch.
Storage of fuels such as diesel, gasoline and used motor vehicle
lubricants in above ground or underground storage tanks must 6006
comply with the requirements under the Alberta Fire Code, 6007
Section 4.3. The Petroleum Tank Management Association of
Alberta (formerly the MUST program) have guidelines for
installation, testing, removal and clean-up of underground storage
tanks.
Sulphur storage areas must be operated in accordance with the
condition on the facilitys Alberta Environment approval. This
includes collection, treatment and disposal of runoff water from
sulphur blocks and base pad areas. Storage of sulphur must also 6016
conform to the requirements of IL 84-11 and GB 92-04. 6017
Alberta Environment regulates storage of materials produced,
generated and used in activities under the Environmental
Protection and Enhancement Act (EPEA). In situations where an
upstream petroleum facility requires both ERCB and AE approval,
D-55 sets the minimum storage requirements, while additional
requirements may be specified in Alberta Environments approval.
The following is summarizes some of the general storage
requirements of Directive D-55. Anyone designing or specifying a 6026
new storage facility is advised to refer directly to Directive D-55 6027
to ensure compliance with the latest edition.
GENERAL STORAGE REQUIREMENTS
Environmental protection and safety measures related to storage in the
upstream petroleum industry may include the following:
Storage sites should be selected to minimize the potential for
environmental damage. 6036
6037
In most cases, secondary containment is required (graded). This
usually is provided by an earthen dyke, with impervious liner, sized
to contain at least 110 percent of the tank or 100% of largest tank
plus 10% of the aggregate volume if more than one tank.
Above-ground storage tanks with an interval volume of 5 m
3
or
greater to have secondary containment consisting of a dike and
liner system or to be double-walled.
6046
Small above-ground storage tanks (interval volume between 1 m
3
6047
and 5 m
3
) that exceed a total combined volume of 5 m
3
per site, to
have secondary containment or be double-walled.
Underground storage tanks to be double-walled.
Containers (portable storage devices that do not exceed 1 m
3
in
volume) that exceed a total combined volume of 1 m
3
per site, to
have secondary containment.
6056
All lined earthen excavations to have secondary containment. 6057
Bulk pads storing materials that may generate a leachate to have
leak detection systems.
Monthly monitoring of all leak detection systems, including visual
and interstitial space monitoring, associated with above-ground
and underground tanks, containers, line earthen excavations, and
bulk pads.
6066
Some form of weather protection is required. For above ground 6067
storage tanks, this usually is achieved by painting the exterior with
a protective coating.
Materials should not be stored for excessive periods of time. Most
material should be consumed in two years or less. The maximum
storage period for oilfield waste is one year.
Records of storage inventories, corrosion monitoring, groundwater
monitoring and leak detection must be retained for a period of five 6076
years. 6077
Temporary storage (typically less than three months) during plant
turn-arounds, construction, release clean-up and well drilling are
expected to meet the intent of the regulations.
Temporary production batteries of (12 months or less) are not
required to install impervious liners, however, equipment spacing
and dyking requirements must be met.
6086
All stand-alone storage facilities require signs at the entrance to 6087
the facility indicating the operator name, emergency telephone
number and legal description (Section 6.020 and Schedule 12 of
the Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations).
The use of concrete as a primary containment in situations
where liquids are being stored or where there is potential for
leachate to be generated is prohibited.
ABOVE GROUND STORAGE TANK ( NEW FACILITIES) 6096
Above ground storage tanks include steel, plastic and fiberglass tanks. 6097
Bolted tanks are not acceptable for new installations. Above ground tanks
with the volume less then 1 m
3
are considered to be containers.
Above ground storage tanks which are larger then 5 m
3
have the following
requirements for secondary containment, leak detection and weather
protection. Steel tanks should have cathodic protection and be externally
coated.
A secondary containment system is required that will contain
leakage and prevent it from impacting the environment. All
tanks must be placed on an impervious natural clay or 6106
synthetic liner and surrounded by a dyke. The dyke can be 6107
constructed of earthen, concrete, or synthetic material that will
not deteriorate, and must be sized to contain 110% of the
capacity of the largest tank. There can be no uncontrolled
opening through the dyke. The dyke must be maintained in
good condition and area encompassed kept free from grass,
weeds, and other extraneous combustible material.
Secondary containment for indoor above ground tanks must
include an impervious containment wall or curbing that has a
capacity of at least 110% of the capacity of the largest tank. 6116
Leak detection systems for above ground storage tanks must include 6117
one or more of the following on a monthly basis;
Visual inspection of tanks and tank containment area liner
surface for evidence of damage or leakage.
Annulus/interstitial space monitoring for double walled and
bolted tanks.
Soil vapour and or ground water monitoring in the immediate
vicinity of the containment area.
Sub-liner leakage detection devices (e.g. weeping tile system)
6126
Weather protection is intended to preserve the integrity of the tank. 6127
For above ground storage tanks, this is usually achieved by painting
the exterior with a protective coating.
UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK ( NEW FACILITIES)
An underground storage tank is defined as a tank that is partially or
completely buried and does not allow for the visual inspection of the top,
complete sides, and the bottom of the tank without excavation. Both leak
detection and secondary containment are required for any underground 6136
storage tank. Steel tanks must have cathodic protection and be externally 6137
coated to minimize corrosion. Underground storage tanks must also be
inspected on a monthly basis.
Secondary containment systems for underground storage tanks must
include the following;
Double-walled steel or fiberglass tanks that possess the
capability to monitor the interstitial space between the two
tanks. 6146
6147
Impervious synthetic liner.
Tanks contained in reinforced concrete or steel vaults.
Overflow vents from underground storage tanks must be directed
downward to a containment area. Breathing vents must be designed to
prevent the overflowing of fluids onto the ground.
Leak detection systems for underground storage tanks must include one 6156
or more of the following; 6157
Monthly hydrostatic leakage tests.
Monthly pneumatic leakage tests.
Monthly sampling of a monitoring well positioned between the
synthetic liner under the tank and the tank.
Monthly monitoring of the annular space in a double hulled tank. 6166
6167
Visual detection of vaulted tanks.
Monthly monitoring of weeping tiles system under single walled
tanks.
STORAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTAINERS ( NEW FACILITIES)
Containers are small vessels which have an aggregate volume of less
then 1m
3
. For example, a collection of approximately 5 45 gallon drums. 6176
6177
If the aggregate volume is greater then 1m
3
, secondary containment is
required for the amount over 1 m
3
. The secondary containment would
typically consist of dykes, curbs, or collection trays and should have a
minimum height of 15 cm, or a net capacity greater then that of the largest
container, or 10% of the total volume of all containers in a storage area,
whichever is greater.
Weather protection may also be appropriate to maintain the integrity of the
container. The type of secondary containment and weather protection is 6186
dependent on the nature of the contained material, the type of container 6187
and the design of the storage compound.
APPLICATION TO EXISTING FACILITIES
(OPERATING PRIOR TO JAN 1
st
1996)
The above requirements apply specifically to facilities constructed after
January 1, 1996. However, the guidelines require that pre existing
facilities comply with the intent of these requirements. It is the 6196
responsibility of the operator to design and implement a suitable testing 6197
and inspection program to verify the mechanical integrity of existing
storage tanks. Tanks which pose a higher risk should be given a priority
schedule for testing and inspection. The results of tests and inspections
should be documented and records are available for ERCB inspection.
Existing above ground storage tanks should be inspected prior to October
31, 2001 and there in after a minimum of once every 5 years. Suitable
testing methods may include; 100% external inspection (if bottom of tank
is visible), internal inspection (if bottom is not visible), or the results of 6206
existing monitoring programs. 6207
All underground storage tanks were to be inspected prior to October 31,
2001. There in after, tanks were required to be integrity tested at least
once every three years. Testing and inspection may include hydrostatic
leakage tests, pneumatic leakage tests and/or the results of monitoring
programs.
DISCONTINUED STORAGE OPTIONS
(EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2002) 6216
6217
The 2001 edition of D-55 discontinues the following storage options:
Use of single-walled underground tanks where a synthetic liner or the
natural impermeable soil conditions (ie: hydraulic conductivity of 10
-6
cm/s or less) are used for secondary containment;
The use of concrete-lined earthen excavations with an underlying
leakage monitoring system, but no secondary containment, and;
The use of concrete as primary containment for lined earthen 6226
excavations or for bulk pads where there is a potential for the stored 6227
materials to generate a leachate.
Any of the above storage systems installed prior to January 1, 2002, will be
required to meet the requirements within the appropriate sections of Appendix
2 of D-55.
REFERENCES:
National Standard of Canada Propane Installation Code CAN/CGAB149.2- 6236
M86 6237
Alberta Fire Code, Section 4.3
Alberta Labour Act and Regulations, MUST Program
Fire Protection Handbook, 15
th
Edition, NFPA 30
- Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code National Fire Protection
Association
6246
Alberta Boilers Safety Association (formerly Alberta Boilers Branch) 6247
ERCB
IL 84-11 Approving, Monitoring and Control of Sulphur
Storage Sites
GB 92-4 Requirements for Sulphur Storage Facilities
6256
Directive D-55 Storage Requirements for the Upstream 6257
Petroleum Industry
14.4.9 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Surface/Groundwater
Protection
PURPOSE
6266
Effective surface water and groundwater protection minimizes pollution from 6267
oil and gas facilities.
BACKGROUND
During decommissioning and reclamation of facilities, remediation of
contaminated groundwater can be difficult and expensive. The most common
sources of contamination are long term leaks and release from storage tanks
(especially underground tanks), under processed skids, around water disposal
plants and from flare pits or other earthen pits. 6276
6277
The groundwater development act has been replaced by the Alberta
Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act. Two regulations, the Water
(ministerial) and Regulation (AR205/1998) and the Potable Water Regulation
(AR214-96) are intended to protect and conserve Albertas groundwater.
In Saskatchewan, the use and protection of groundwater is regulated by Sask
Water and Saskatchewan Environment. Any use or contamination of
groundwater should be reported to both groups for review and permitting.
Water use charges may be levied for the industrial use of groundwater. 6286
6287
Hydrocarbons from crude oil or emulsion released on the ground surface can
migrate downward by gravity or be carried by infiltration with rainwater until it
reaches the water table. Since it is lighter then water, oil tends to stay on the
surface of the water table and migrate horizontally in the down slope direction.
However, the groundwater table is not constant, it rises and falls with the
seasons, so wide layers of sub soil can become contaminated. Some organic
compounds such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and xylene (BETEX) are
more soluble in water and are toxic so they pose a bigger risk since they can
travel farther with the groundwater flow. Produced water is very mobile in the 6296
groundwater regime, so large underground plumes of salt can become 6297
established from an area that is exposed to chronic produced water releases.
The underlining groundwater regime can be very difficult to predict from
surface observations. The water table could be a meter below the surface or
many meters down. The rate of flow of groundwater can vary from many
meters per day in coarse soil to only a few cm per year in clay soil. However,
even in a tight clay soil there are fractures or lenses of coarser material that
may allow groundwater contaminant to travel many meters, either horizontally
or vertically. 6306
6307
Underground salt water plumes can often be mapped with an electro
magnetic survey that uses a handheld instrument to measure the soil
conductivity. This can be a very useful tool to determine the extent of
saltwater contamination but it does not provide an accurate measure of the
concentration of a groundwater contaminant. The only meaningful way to
measure the concentration of groundwater containment and to test the soil
quality is to drill a test hole. A groundwater observation well, a piezometer, is
used to measure the water level and collect water samples for chemical
analysis. Several wells are needed to map an area and determine the 6316
direction and rate of flow. Since groundwater flow is usually slow and 6317
groundwater levels move up and down with the seasons, it can often take
more then one year to define a problem and may take several years to correct
it.
Groundwater remediation may involve methods that include pumping the
water to the surface for treatment or could rely on in-situ treatment. Often the
only viable approach is to excavate the entire area and treat or dispose the
contaminated soil. All of these methods are time consuming and expensive.
Rainfall or snow melt on a production facility could cause adverse effects 6326
or soil damage in several ways: 6327
Water which soaks into the ground could carry contaminants
downward to the groundwater.
Impounded water could become contaminated and carry the
contamination off-site when the water is discharged to the
surroundings.
Run-off water from a lease could cause erosion when it is
discharged. 6336
6337
Water on the lease could undermine footings or foundations, along
with making foot and vehicle traffic difficult.
CONSIDERATIONS
Some guidelines to avoid surface water or groundwater contamination
problems include the following:
Consider the use of dykes, berms or culverts on the upslope side 6346
of the lease to divert run-off water around the site in a non-erosive 6347
manner. Run-off water should be directed to well- vegetated areas
or soil protected from erosion by rip-rap or other means.
Rainfall or snow melt water which falls on undeveloped (clean)
areas of the site can be discharged directly to the surrounding
watershed.
Rainfall or snow melt which falls within the developed process
area of the site should be directed to a retention pond or berm so it 6356
can be visually inspected before it is discharged. No water that 6357
exhibits a hydrocarbon sheen or other sign of contamination can
be discharged without treatment.
Stormwater impounded on a facility with an approval from AE may
require testing and permission from AE prior to discharge. Check
the terms and conditions of the approval (formerly called a Clean
Water Licence).
Run-off water from open sulphur storage areas (sulphur blocks) 6366
must be retained on site and tested for acidity before being 6367
discharged in accordance with the facilitys AE approval. In most
cases this acid run-off will be diverted to a retention pond and
neutralized with lime before discharge.
Surface run-off water collected within the secondary containment
system must be field tested and meet the following criteria prior to
being released in a controlled fashion to adjacent lands.
o Chloride content: 500 mg/L maximum (e.g. test strips)
6376
o pH: 6.0 to 9.0 (e.g. test strips and/or meter readings) 6377
o No visible hydrocarbon sheen
o No other chemical contamination
o Landowner consent
o Water must not be allowed to flow directly into any
watercourse 6386
6387
o Each release must be recorded including the pre-release
test data and the estimated volume of water released.
Water that is retained on site that meets the criteria described
above may be discharged off-site to the surrounding environment.
Run-off water can be drained or pumped to the surrounding land in
a non-erosive manner. It should be discharged to an area with well
established vegetation. However, it should not be discharged
where it can run directly into a natural watercourse, well or dugout. 6396
6397
REFERENCES:
Oil and Gas Conservation Act
- Oil and Gas Conservation Regulations Section 8.030
ERCB
Directive D-55 Storage Requirements for the Upstream 6406
Petroleum Industry 6407
Directive D-64 Facility Inspection Manual
14.4.10 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Well Site Reclamation
PURPOSE 6416
6417
Prompt and effective reclamation of surface leases allows land to be returned
to appropriate use in a timely manner and can result in cost savings for oil and
gas companies.
BACKGROUND
Oil and gas exploration and development is a relatively short-term land use.
Drilling and abandoning a dry exploration well takes only a few weeks or
months. Many production facilities operate for less than twenty years. After 6426
the resources have been depleted, the well must be abandoned and the land 6427
surface returned to productive use which is compatible with the surrounding
land.
Wellsites and other production facilities should be reclaimed as soon as
possible after abandonment and decommissioning. Some of the reasons for
prompt completion of reclamation include the following:
Surface rentals (lease payments) can be terminated when a
reclamation certificate is received.
6436
The ERCB review each companys ratio of active to inactive wells, 6437
which should be greater than 1.0.
Landowner relations are improved by returning the lease to productive
use.
The potential for further contamination by migration of pollutants from
unattended sites is reduced.
Other working interest owners are still available to share the cost. 6446
6447
The administrative costs of carrying non-productive facilities are
eliminated.
Note: The ERCB is responsible for suspension and abandonment
activities at all upstream oil and gas facilities. AE has responsibility
for all decontamination and reclamation activities.
Under the Saskatchewan Oil and Gas Conservation Act and Regulations
an operator first obtains a survey then applies to Saskatchewan 6456
Environment (SE) for a well license. The operator must also obtain a right- 6457
of-entry or a surface lease from the landowner. On crown land there are
several different agencies who can be the land manager depending on the
type of land. If HARVARD is not able to reach an agreement with the
landowner, they can precede through the Arbitration Board. Land which is
posted in environmentally sensitive areas should show a notation to
advise the operator to contact the appropriate government agency. In
many cases, it is worth while to check this out by telephone with the
Environmental Assessment Branch of Saskatchewan Environment.
6466
6467
RECLAMATION TERMS
The following terms are commonly used in abandonment and reclamation
work.
Equivalent Land Capability
Equivalent Land Capability means the ability of the land to support
various land uses after reclamation is similar to that which existed
before the disturbance 6476
6477
Reclamation Criteria
Reclamation Criteria are the standards to which a lease site must be
reclaimed in order to receive a Reclamation Certificate.
A Reclamation Certificate is issued by AE or Alberta Agriculture,
Food and Rural Development (AFRD) following an inspection that
proves the operator has reclaimed the site to a standard that is
consistent with the reclamation criteria.
6486
Decommissioning 6487
Decommissioning refers to the closure of all or part of an industrial
facility followed by the removal of process equipment, buildings and
structures, surface and subsurface decontamination.
Reclamation
Reclamation refers to the entire process from abandoning a facility to
returning the land to equivalent land capability. A Reclamation
Certificate will be issued for those facilities that fall into the Alberta
Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act definition of specified 6496
land when reclamation is completed to the satisfaction of the AE. 6497
Those facilities that are not specified land under the Alberta
Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act will have to meet
decontamination requirements.
Decontamination
Decontamination is the removal or neutralization of substances and/or
hazardous material from a site as to prevent, minimize, or mitigate any
adverse effects on the environment now or in the future.
6506
Land Reclamation 6507
Land Reclamation is the stabilization, contouring, maintenance,
conditioning, or reconstruction of the surface of the land to a state that
permanently renders the land with a capability equivalent to its pre-
disturbed state.
CONSIDERATIONS
Specific reclamation practices vary from one area of the province to another.
Often specialists are required to develop a site-specific plan. In general it will 6516
include: 6517
Initial Site Assessment:
Review production history with foreman or operator in the field.
List on-site work required to meet reclamation criteria (soil sampling
may be required to identify chemical contamination and/or to
determine what soil treatment or amendments are required).
Contact landowners.
Reclamation Plan: 6526
Remove or treat contaminated soil. 6527
Restore the physical conditions of the soil to produce optimal plan
growth (e.g. compaction, gravel/rocks).
Contour the site if necessary to prevent erosion, ponding of water
and/or to maintain slope stability.
Identify critical plant growth factors such as topsoil recovery and
replacement, fertilization, organic matter additions, and seed mixes 6536
which are compatible with the surrounding land use. 6537
Implement site maintenance factors such as fencing to keep animals
off the site until vegetation has been established.
Site Decommissioning
Develop safe work procedures.
Ensure a proper recycling, re-use or disposal plan is in place for
handling all fluids, wastes and other material. 6546
6547
Remove all equipment, structures, underground tanks, scrap metal,
garbage etc. from the site.
Improvements such as pad and roads may be left in place if prior
written consent of the land-owner or AE has been obtained.
Onsite disposal of concrete or other inert material requires approval
from the ERCB, AE and landowner.
6556
6557
Final Site Assessment
Reclamation criteria identify the field measurements or investigations
necessary to ensure a site has been successfully reclaimed. The following is
a general guide to site characteristics for which information must be compiled
prior to applying for a Reclamation Certificate. 6566
6567
Landscape: Drainage, erosion, contours, stability, rocks, debris.
Soil: Topsoil quantity, topsoil and subsoil quality, rocks, compaction,
presence of contaminants (e.g. salts, hydrocarbons, heavy metals,
etc.)
Vegetation: Species composition, vigor, density, height, cover,
rooting characteristics, bare areas.
Application for a Reclamation 6576
6577
If the site meets the reclamation criteria, an application for a reclamation
certificate should be submitted. The site will be inspected and a reclamation
certificate issued if the criteria have been met. The wellsite reclamation
certificate application form is to be used in Alberta.
In Saskatchewan, surface restoration, removal of gravel and recontouring of
the lease is required under the Oil and Gas Conservation Act and
Regulations. Saskatchewan Energy and Resources will inspect and approve
surface restoration. Reclamation certificates will be issued for crown lands 6586
from the crown agency who controls the lease. Reclamation certificates for 6587
public lands are also required. It is important that reclamation be completed
successfully.
REFERENCES:
Alberta Environment
Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Regulations
Conservation and Reclamation Regulation (AR 115/93)
Alberta Environment
Conservation and Reclamation Informational Letters 6596
Reclamation Criteria for Wellsites and Associated Facilities 6597
(C&R/IL 95-3)
Burial of Materials on Lease (C&R/IL 94-4)
Decommissioning and Reclamation Guidelines for Small Oil and Gas Sites in
Western Canada, CAPP - September, (1992)
ERCB
Oil and Gas Conservation Act/Regulations; Pipeline Act
6606
GB 2000-17 Expanded Orphan Program Implementation 6607
ID 90-4 Suspension Guidelines for Inactive Wells
ID 2000-09 Notification Requirements for the Discontinuation
and Abandonment of Pipelines and the
Abandonment of Facilities
Directive D-20 Well Abandonment Guide
Directive D-56 Energy Development Application Guide
Directive D-59 Well Drilling and Completion Data Filing
Requirements
6616
6617
14.4.11 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Environmental
Inspection Checklist
BASIC INFORMATION
LOCATION
LEGAL
ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTOR
INSPECTION DATE
WELL TYPE (gas/oil, sweet/sour)
General Terrain:
____________ Flat ______________Rolling _______________Steep Slopes
Comments:
6626
6627
Soil Type:
____________Dry _____________Wet
____________Sandy _____________Loam ___________Gravel __________Muskeg
Land Use:
__________Forestry __________Cultivated __________Grazing/Livestock _________Wildlife (Y/N)
Comments:
Closest Residence:
_________< 1 km __________1 4 km ____________> 4 km
Comments:
Nearest Water Course:
__________<100 m __________100 500 m ____________> 500 m
__________Type __________Size ____________Flowing (Y/N)
6636
6637
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND PLANNING
Policies, Responsibilities and Training, Environmental Performance Improvement
6646
1. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN 6647
AUDIT ITEM N/A SAT U/S
Is there an Environmental Policy and Procedures Manual; is it current
and available?
Presence of CAODC Waste Management Wall Chart
(Drilling Locations)
CAMP RULES / ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS is a standard present,
understandable and adhered to? Are biodegradable cleaning products used?
RIG INSPECTIONS Standard is to have rigs inspected for environmental
deficiencies on a regular basis. Ensure that inspections are done and that records
are kept. Determine if identified deficiencies are corrected in a timely manner.
All vehicles shall arrive on site free of weeds.
Is there a C&R Plan for this project? (If yes, proceed to C&R section to follow)
2. DRILLING OPERATIONS Training
Are regular environmental meetings held in the field?
Are following tops covered in meetings?
Proper Maintenance
Release Detection / Assessment
Handling of Specific Hazardous Chemicals
Hazardous Waste Disposal
Company Policies
Legal Responsibilities
Reporting Requirements
What are the environmental training requirements for field staff?
ERP
Waste Management
TDG / WHMIS
Company Environmental Policy Review
3. CONSERVATION AND RECLAMATION PLAN CONDITIONS 6656
6657
Following is a listing of potential impacts from the project determine applicability of each
impact and provide documentation of mitigation strategy employed (Rating system should
reflect success of mitigation for impact).
1. Loss of Agricultural Capability / soil Degradation
(Applies to operations in agricultural areas only)
a) topsoil and subsoil mixing
b) compaction and rutting
c) weed introduction
d) stones brought to surface
2. Upper Soil and Grubbings Conservation
(Non-agriculture areas)
3. Muskeg Areas
4. Surface Disturbance
a) water and wind erosion
b) disturbance of sod layer
5. Water Crossings
a) interruption of stream flow
b) disturbance of drainage / watercourse substrates and banks
c) siltation and sedimentation
6. Vegetation
a) loss of native vegetation
b) loss of timber
c) rare and endangered species
d) damaged trees
e) weeds
f) revegetation (agricultural zones)
7. Wildlife
a) loss of habitat/biodiversity
b) disturbance of wildlife
c) attraction of nuisance animals
d) blockage of ungulate movements
e) increased hunter access
f) rare and endangered species
8. Release of Pollutants
Introduction of fuel or other pollutant(s) to waterbody or soil during operations. If there has
been an occurrence, the Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan should be activated (Attached)
9. Interference with Other Land Uses (Non-Agricultural)
a) interference with future timber operations
b) interference with other industrial activities
c) interference with trapping activities in Registered Trapping Areas
Agricultural
d) disturbance of farming operations
e) disturbance of livestock operations
f) risk of fire spreading off r.o.w.
10. Native Consultation / Issues
11. Archaeological, paleontological sites or historical resources
12. Operations Phase
a) reclamation
b) maintenance
13. Abandonment
4. CONSTRUCTION AND DRILLING General Lease Conditions
Is a Move on / Move Off inspection done at each site?
Are there any special lease or MSL conditions? Attach documentation, ensure conditions are
met. (Determine proximity to water, sumpless drilling, buried tanks, etc.)
Check the berm integrity around the lease for containment.
Check the lease for any off-lease erosion or other impacts.
Are cattle guards and fences maintained?
General housekeeping of site / rig / camp / facilities.
5. CONSTRUCTION AND DRILLING General Access Conditions/Concerns 6666
6667
Observe number and condition of river crossings. Are all crossing approvals in place? Are any
C&R conditions in place? Are they met?
Is erosion on the access controlled? Are soil conservation methods required / in place?
Are there any special license conditions that must be adhered to? (ie: wildlife issues, restricted
access, access controls)
Is wildlife protection required in this area? What is being done to protect wildlife? Are
requirements detailed under C&R plan?
Construction activities shall be confined to the allotted ROW.
Construction traffic shall be restricted to existing roads, approved ROW and approved shoo-
flies.
Construction traffic shall be restricted to work side of the ROW to reduced area subjected to
compaction.
Wildlife shall not be harassed or fed. Dogs and firearms are not allowed on the ROW.
The recreational use of ATVs by the construction personnel on the ROW is not allowed.
Any incidents with nuisance wildlife or collisions with wildlife are to be reported to Fish and
Wildlife and the local police detachment.
Fires:
Personnel shall be made aware of proper disposal methods for welding rods, cigarette
butts, and other hot or burning materials;
Equipment exhaust and engine systems shall be in good working condition. When the
fire hazard is high, equipment should not be parked in tall grass;
Construction equipment shall be equipped with spark arrestors;
A water truck should be available when the fire hazard is high;
Each crew shall carry (minimum) 2 shovels, 1 fire extinguisher, and a radio;
A fire contingency plan should be in place and implemented when necessary.
Floods: Drainage construction shall be postponed if excessive flow or flood conditions are
present or anticipated. Ensure that all spoil piles are above the flood line.
Archaeological or Historical Discoveries: Work shall be suspended if discoveries are made.
Work shall not recommence until permission from authorities is received.
Damaged trees: Fell or prune trees damaged during construction activities immediately. Do not
postpone until clean-up.
6. DRILLING OPERATIONS Prevention / Maintenance
Does HARVARD use lead free drillpipe and collar lubricants?
Do the policies for hiring subcontractors include environmental conditions / provisions?
Does HARVARD use lead free non-toxic paints on all components?
When components are cleaned, are non hazardous products used (degreasers, etc)? Is biodegradable
rig wash used?
What procedures are used to prevent freezing of BOPs?
What is done with water and glycol after use?
7. CONSTRUCTION / DRILLING Surveying and Cleaning
6676
Landowners are to be notified prior to entry
Staking:
- both sides of an r.o.w. are to be marked. Do not clear beyond stakes unless approval is given
- staking should be done to cross drainages and roads at right angles, and slopes should be
traversed along the fall line
Working Space:
- extra working space should be taken at sidebend and slopes, as well as at drainage crossings
- approval must be obtained before taking additional working space
Fences: need to be braced before cutting, install gates and keep closed
Drainages:
- minimize removal of vegetation adjacent to drainages
- fell trees away from drainages, remove anything within the high water area
Slash Disposal dispose of slash as directed by landowner. Do not conduct burning during high
winds
6677
8. CONSTRUCTION / DRILLING Grading and Topsoil Salvage
Grading minimize along routs, minimize graded widths and on slopes
Strip topsoil where grading is required and windrow to near edge.
Drainage should be away from graded area.
Cut and Fill should not exceed 4:1, ensure graded material does not spread onto r.o.w.
Topsoil salvage measures are to be used.
9. CONSTRUCTION / DRILLING
Planning, Construction / Inspection, Monitoring (Post Construction)
Abandonment, Decommissioning and Reclamation 6686
6687
What is typical for clean-up efforts prior to leaving the site permanently? Are there policies in place
and who is responsible? Is documentation available (checklists, sign-offs, etc.)?
Are all applicable licenses and permits available as part of the EPP? Ensure these permits and
licenses were obtained prior to beginning activity. List all applicable permits / licenses and ensure
conditions are being met.
If shoo-flies are used, they must be reclaimed as part of the clean-up.
10. DRILLING OPERATIONS Wellsite Clean-up
AUDIT ITEM (BC Oil and Gas Handbook) N/A SAT U/S
All analysis required for clean-up should reference analytical procedures. BC to use ERCB G-55 as
guide.
Disposal of wellsite waste must be Oil & Gas Production Waste Control Regulation.
Hydrocarbons are not to be mixed with drilling mud wastes.
Sump fluid analysis and bioassay must be conducted before submitted clean-up proposal. The
district office is to be notified 24 hours before testing.
A wellsite and access clean-up proposal must be submitted to the district office upon completion of
initial lease and camp clean-up. A site-specific survey is to be included with the clean-up package
showing dimensions of cleared areas, stock-piled topsoil, seeded and unseeded areas, etc.
Specific sampling instructions are to be followed for sump samples. A sketch must accompany each
sample taken for analysis.
Disposal of sump fluids by the following methods:
1. Disposal of pump off;
2. Trap and mix disposal (mix bury cover);
3. Disposal of subsurface formation (encouraged by regulator).
Invert systems have unique clean-up requirements. Is invert used?
11. COMPLETIONS, WORKOVERS, SUSPENSIONS
AUDIT ITEM BC OIL and GAS HANDBOOK
(Drilling and Production Regulation 45-48, 52, 53, 56-59)
N/A SAT U/S
An Application to Alter a Well must be submitted to the district office.
Approval may be verbal, but must be confirmed by writing on the application.
The office must be notified by phone before commencing any workover or completion.
A Notice of Commencement of Suspension of Operations must be submitted within 7 days after
the well is placed on continuous production.
Completion/Workover reports must be submitted within one month to MEI Victoria.
Daily reports must be submitted to the district office within one week.
6696
6697
12. WASTE MANAGEMENT
Minimization, Storage Disposal, Record Keeping, Special Materials (Asbestos, Radioactive)
Do the companies on site have waste management plans?
List companies, provide documentation.
Are ERCB (or applicable) storage requirements met?
Are all waste movements documented/manifested as required under applicable regulations?
Where is regular equipment maintenance performed? Does HARVARD have policies/guidelines
for maintenance (especially fate of wastes)?
13. DRILLING Waste Storage
Waste bin on site? Supplied by? What is disposal path?
Storage for waste lube oil.
Used filter barrel storage.
Mud sack storage.
Casing protector storage.
All construction garbage shall be continuously collected and disposed of at an approved facility to
avoid the attraction of nuisance animals.
Waste containers shall accompany each working unit.
All garbage will be stored in bear proof containers when conflict may occur.
Storage for recyclables at camp (bottles/cans).
6706
6707
14. DRILLING OPERATIONS/CONSTRUCTION Waste Disposal/Documentation
Earthen pits used to store fluid from drilling or servicing must:
Be constructed of impermeable material;
Be located so as to not collect natural run-off;
Not to be filled <1 m from top;
Be emptied and filled within 1 month of rig release;
Produced water may be stored if approved by local district office.
Spent acid and other workover fluids require approval before disposal. If done in accordance with
D&P Regulations (97), then disposal is authorized.
Disposal of wash water requires approval for discharges to the environment (should not be deep
welled).
Used Oil Disposal Used oil should be disposed of to bulk dealer or recycled. Determine disposal
path and documentation chain.
Garbage / Waste bins bins from approved third party suppliers are required Determine
Company Policy!
Oilfield Waste All wastes must be properly identified / labeled (DOW/NDOW, Special Waste
(BC)).
Waste will be disposed of according to ROWMR (AB) or provincial equivalent.
Wastes should be segregated:
DOW/NDOW (Special)
Containers
Wood
Metal Cable
Plastic
Paper
Separation of recyclables:
Lube oil
Filters
Rags
Municipal Landfillable Wastes
Used Oil and Fuel Filters Classified as DOW (Hazardous) policy is to have secure on-site
storage, then use RB Williams for disposal. Determine disposal scheme documentation.
Used gas filters are to be drained/crushed and disposed of with rig waste to local landfill. Ensure
policy is adequate.
TDG/WHMIS Covered under safety audit.
Wastes must be manifested.
Land fillable wastes must be documented.
How is camp waste disposed of? (ie: grease, garbage, oil, antifreeze)
Is there a camp incinerator? Is it approved?
15. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Noise, Smoke, Burning
Noise Follow ERCB Noise Directive if noise is an issue to wildlife or people contact the local
district office of BCGOC.
Smoke no visible smoke is allowed within 20 km of an urban centre (except in emergencies).
Burning covered in other sections.
16. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Potable Water 6716
6717
Must comply with Safe Drinking Water Regulations.
MOH Permit is required for waterworks systems regardless of source. A permit fee is required for
15 or more connections.
17. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Gaseous Emissions/Flaring
Approvals required under WMA for any emissions. As of September 1/96 many of these
emissions are authorized.
Applications in writing must be made before any well testing involving flaring is done. In
emergencies, this may be done over the telephone.
18. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Fuel and Chemical Storage / Handling
6726
Fuel storage areas must have adequate berms and security.
Fuel storage and refueling facilities must be >100 m from watercourses.
In equipment & servicing areas, ensure the following conditions are met:
An impervious tarp is to be used when servicing equipment;
Oil changes and maintenance shall be conducted a minimum of 100 m away from
waterbodies;
Fuel and service vehicles shall carry a minimum of 10 kg of commercial sorbent
material;
No fuel, oil or hazardous material storage is allowed within 100 m of a waterbody;
Mufflers should be used to minimize air pollution and noise;
Equipment is not to be washed in waterbodies;
Equipment used in water crossing construction shall be inspected to ensure they are free
of leaks.
Where immobile equipment is within 100 m of a watercourse:
All containers, hoses, and nozzles must be free of leaks;
Fuel nozzles are to be equipped with automatic shut-offs;
Operators are stationed at both ends of the hose during refueling;
Fuel remaining in the hose is returned to the storage facility.
Proper electrical grounding must be provided for storage containers and loading/unloading
equipment.
All chemical bulk tanks should be grounded and have external gauges.
6727
19. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Substance Release
Does company have an Emergency Response Plan for releases? Provide copy if available. What
are reporting requirements/flows?
Release response kit on-site / complete?
Any release incidents reported / cleaned-up?
Incidents are to be reported to regulatory and local officials.
OPX Consulting Inc. Section 15 -1
15.0 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY
15.1 INTRODUCTION 6736
6737
The Construction Supervisor, as HARVARDs representative is responsible for
ensuring compliance with Occupational Health and Safety Act regulations. Of prime
concern is coordinating safety activities when there is more than one employer on
site. The Construction Supervisor must be aware of and fulfill his responsibilities as
the representative of the Prime Contractor (See Section 2.0).
All sections of this manual apply to HARVARDs facility and pipeline construction
activities.
15.2 SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST
6746
The Construction Safety Plan Checklist included in this section has been designed to 6747
provide the Construction Supervisor with a guide to most of the safety issues that
must be addressed at the job site. It is intended that the checklist be completed by the
Construction Supervisor at the time of the Kick-Off Safety Meeting and that it be
returned to the Calgary office with final project reports.
15.3 EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION
In cases where the project does not fall under the jurisdiction of a site specific or area
specific Emergency Response Plan, the Construction Supervisor shall complete and
post a list of emergency contacts using a form similar to that attached under Forms. 6756
15.4 WEEKLY SAFETY MEETINGS 6757
In addition to the project Kick-Off Safety Meeting (before any critical procedure) and
informal Tailgate Safety Meetings, it is recommended that a meeting be held once a
week involving the construction Supervisor, all Contractor Foremen, applicable
contractor staff and if necessary, applicable HARVARD production operation staff.
This meeting should include a review of potential safety hazards that are expected to
be encountered in the coming week and identify and deal with any hazards that may
have arisen since the previous meeting. Some useful safety meeting forms are
attached. Also see Section 5.0 for more information about safety meetings and 6766
HARVARD work permit system. 6767
15.5 SHUT DOWN OF PRODUCTION
When modifications are being made at or near operating production facilities, the risk
of damaging operating equipment or exposing workers to hazardous conditions must
be determined. If standard work practices still leave a degree of higher than normal
risk, consideration must be given to shutting down the operating facility.
OPX Consulting Inc. Section 15 -2
SECTION 15 FORMS
Emergency Contact Information 6776
Lease Construction Tailgate Meeting Report 6777
OPX Consulting Inc.
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST
PROJECT: ____________________________________________ DATE: _________________
CONTRACTOR: _______________________________________________________________
6636
SAFETY
HAZARD REVIEW
First Aid Kits on Site
Contractor has Safety Program on Site and
Responsible for Worker Safety
Safety Meeting Requirements Established
Safety Committee (Multi-Contractor)
Contractor Safety Meetings
Tailgate Meetings
Housekeeping Procedures Reviewed
Work Permit Requirements Established
Safety Equipment Requirements Determined
Personal Protection Equipment Requirements
Determined
Location of Safety and Emergency Equipment
Established
Driving Procedures Established
Vehicle and Equipment Operation Procedures
Established
Accident/Incident Reporting Procedures Reviewed
Authority of Supervisor to Shut Down Work
Identified
Site Inspection to Identify, Assess and
Communicate Hazards - documented
H
2
S and Respiratory Equipment Review
Overhead Power Lines
Equipment/Material Lifts
Ground Disturbance / Location of Buried Lines
and Equipment
Hot Work
Combustible Atmospheres
Confined Space Entry / Restricted Space
WHMIS
Trenching
Energy Isolation Procedures
PROJECT SCOPE EMERGENCY
Scope of Work Reviewed
Restricted Work Areas Established (Where
Applicable)
Project Schedule Reviewed
Hours of Work Established
Harvard Emergency Response Plan
Reviewed
Emergency Procedures Reviewed
Contact Information Sheet Posted
Safe Areas Established
First Aid Personnel Identified
Fire Extinguisher Stations Established
Method to Track Number of Workers on Site
Established
Plant Emergency AlarmOperation (Where
Applicable)
ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW OTHER (list)
Topsoil Handling and Site Grading
Fuel and Chemical Storage
Waste Handling, Storage and Disposal
Equipment Oil Changes
6637
EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION
6786
LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LOCATION: 6787
LONGITUDE: _________________________ LATITUDE:
FIRST AID NAMES: ____________________________________________________ ______
DOCTOR LOCATION: ___________________________________________________ _______
TELEPHONE NUMBER: _____________________________ CELL:
AMBULANCE LOCATION:
HOSPITAL LOCATION:
FIRE DEPARTMENT LOCATION: 6796
TELEPHONE NUMBER: 6797
POLICE LOCATION:
TELEPHONE NUMBER:
HELICOPTER FIRM:
REGULATORY CONTACT: ERCB B.C.O.G.C.
NAME: ___________________ PHONE: ______________________CELL:
ENVIRONMENT/FORESTRY
NAME: ___________________ PHONE: _____________________ CELL:
LOCAL MUNICIPALITY (Director of Disaster Services) 6806
NAME: ___________________ PHONE: _____________________ CELL: 6807
Location:_____________________ Date:________________________
Contractor:____________________ Project#:_____________________
Employees Present: Print Signature
________________________________ _____________________________
________________________________ _____________________________
________________________________ _____________________________
________________________________ _____________________________
________________________________ _____________________________
________________________________ _____________________________
Site Specific Hazard Identification
Yes No N/A Action to be Taken
Location of:
Buried Pipelines ______________________________
Buried Cables ______________________________
Overhead Lines ______________________________
Wellhead ______________________________
Sumps ______________________________
Digging Sumps ______________________________
Knocking Down Trees ______________________________
Leveling and Slopes ______________________________
Towing of Trucks ______________________________
U/G & O/H Utilities ______________________________
Ditch Cut ______________________________
Digging Burrows/Snakepits ______________________________
Driving Speed Limits ______________________________
Other Personnel/Equipment ______________________________
PPE Required ______________________________
Emergency Contact #s ______________________________
Other ______________________________
Other ______________________________
Worksite Plan _______________________ ____________________
Company Representative (Print) Signature
________________________________ ___________________________
Contractor Representative (Print) Signature
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
CONSTRUCTION HSE MEETINGREPORT
DATE: TIME OF MEETING: _____________ LENGTH:
OPERATION: FACILITY PIPELINE SITE/LOCATION:
CONTRACTOR(S):
6
7
CONTRACTOR SUPERVISOR(S):
Harvard REPRESENTATIVE:
OUTSTANDINGCONCERNS: RECOMMENDED ACTION: TARGET DATE:
NEWCONCERNS: RECOMMENDED ACTION: TARGET DATE:
OTHER TOPICS DISCUSSED:
TRAINING GIVEN:
16
_______________________________________ 17
REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE
SAFETY MEETING ATTENDANCE
CONTRACTOR: MEETING DATE:
NAME SIGNATURE
Ver. 1.0
GROUND DISTURBANCE PERMIT
Location:
Project Activities: NewInstallation Tie-in/Re-entry Repairs
CompanyRepresentative: Reclamation Construction Other
Contractor: Date:
If ANY of theitemslistedareansweredNO, proceedingwithany grounddisturbancemaycontravenecompanypolicy, andmayresult ininjuryto
personnel, damagetoequipment, or environment. Supervisor approval isrecommended. Documentationof decisionis required.
RECORD CONFIRMATION
YES NO N/A
1. Doyouhaveacopyof theSurveyDrawingfor thewell site, accessroad, and/or proposedgrounddisturbancearea?
*NOTE* If the survey drawing is older than 60 days, consideration should be given to getting an updated survey drawing.
2. Doyouhaveacopyof theSurfaceAcquisitionreport?
3. DoesthesurveydrawingTableof CrossingmatchwiththeSurfaceAcquisitionReport Tableof Crossings?
4. If questions1-3areN/A, hastheproposedareaof thedisturbanceandbuffer zonebeenelectronicallyscanned?
5. Doyouhavearecent copyof theLandTitleCertificateor PublicLandStandingReport?
6. Doyouhaveacopyof themost recent Provincial/CompanyPipelinebaselinemap?
7. DidyounotifytheLandAgent (CrownLand) or LandOwner (FreeholdLand) of your intentionsandreviewanyexistingunderground
facilities? Name:
8. Doyouhaveacopyof all CrossingAgreementsfor anyfacilityidentifiedwithin30metresof theworkarea?
9. Didyouadheretothecrossingnotificationrequirements?
10. Didyoucontact local Productionofficeandreviewscopeof workandcrossings?
Name:
11. Haveall pipelines, power lines, andutilitiesinthe30metresearch/controlledareabeenidentified?
12. HastheOne Call System beennotifiedof our intentions?
VISUAL INSPECTION
1. Areall buriedpipelines, power lines, or utilitiesidentifiedonabovedrawings, andstakedonthegroundinproposedarea?
2. Areoverheadpower lineCautionSignsinplace?
3. Areall thelocatestakesor marksreferencedtofixedfeatures?
4. Areall of thelineswithinthe30meter search/controlledzoneidentifiedontheground?
5. Arethereanysignsof newgrounddisturbanceswithintheproposedworkingarea, includingthesearch/controlledzone? Thismay
includepipelines, power lines, GasCo-op, utilitycables, newclearings, roadconstruction, pipelinesigns, settlement, vegetation
color changeor growth. If thereisanyvisual signof activitythat isnot reflectedonSurveyDrawing, re-surveyingshouldbe
considered.
PRE-CONSTRUCTION
1. Istheproposedgrounddisturbanceexpectedtobeanydepthbelowthesurface?
*CAUTION* - any depth below the surface is a general rule. Ground disturbances located at any depth may encounter lines
improperly installed or changed due to shifting ground disturbances. Additional crossing material should be considered.
2. Arethereanypipelines, power lines, or utilitycablesbeingcrossedwithinthe5meterswherenoright-of-wayor withinthedistance
outlineincrossingagreements?
3. AreALL theconditionsof theCrossingAgreementsbeingmet?
4. Haveall theundergroundfacilitiesbeenexposedasper thecompanyrequirements, crossingagreements, andtheRegulations?
5. Distancetowhichmechanical equipment maybeoperatedafter exposurefromagreement mm
6. Didyouconduct apre-jobtaskmeetingwithforemanandequipment operators? ReviewProcedures&ERP.
NOTE: This document is designedtobeaGUIDEtotheminimumsafety standards for GroundDisturbance. Refer totheProvincial Regulations, Company Standard
Safety Practices Manual, contractors safety program, and Provincial Health &Safety Statute and Regulations for further details. If project involves inter-
provinceactivity, theNational Energy Boardhasadditional requirements. SEE NEXT PAGE FOR REFERENCES.
Comments:
Company
Representative:
Contractor
Representative:
Ver. 1.0
DEFINITIONS
GROUND DISTURBANCE - is any work, operation, or activity without limitation that results in a disturbance of
the earth at any depth.
SEARCH AREA- is the 30 meters surrounding the ground disturbance area in which all reasonably necessary
precautions must be taken to determine whether or not an underground facility exists.
NOTIFICATION - Every owner within the ground disturbance area and the 30 meter search area must be
notified of the nature and schedule of the ground disturbance. Notification must be done as per the crossing
agreement or as per provincial Regulations of a minimum of 2 working days and a maximum of 7 working
days, or greater, as specified in the crossing agreement.
CROSSING AGREEMENTS (also referred to as APPROVALS) - Anytime a ground disturbance takes place
within a right-of-way, or within 5 meters of a facility where there is no right-of-way, an approval must be in
writing.
NOTE: A crossing agreement is commonly used as the approval and does not mean an actual crossing is
taking place.
HAND EXPOSURE - Hand exposure must be done if the ground disturbance crosses or is carried out within 5
meters of an existing underground facility before commencing any mechanical excavation. When exposing the
underground facility it must be done sufficiently to identify the facility. Excavation techniques have been
developed using water or air jets. These have generally been accepted, although all procedures may not have
specific regulatory approval. Care should be taken to evaluate the best method of hand exposure, taking into
consideration, damage to coatings, and methods of soil disposal.
CAUTION: Even after hand exposure, mechanical equipment must not be used within the distance
specified on the crossing agreement, OR, if a crossing agreement is not present, not closer than
60 cm. to the underground facility.
REFERENCES
ITEMS # 1, 2, 3, 5, & 6 Your surveyors or line locating company usually provide these items.
ITEM # 5: For Freehold Land, this is referred to as Certificate of Title which includes
registered ownership and any incumbencies against the property. For Public Lands,
this is referred to as the Public Land Standing Report, which includes a listing of
any registered dispositions against the property.
ITEM # 10: Plot Plans or lease drawings should be obtained and discussed with area Operations
Personnel. Experienced company personnel familiar with area operations may have
knowledge of pipelines or utilities not otherwise documented.
ITEM # 12: One-Call Systems provide a no-charge, computerized communication service to
advise and help the ground disturber with the location of buried pipelines and utilities.
CAUTION: Not all companies are One-Call System members, and as such, it is
probable that not all underground facility owners will be notified that you are creating
a ground disturbance in the area. It is necessary to perform all the steps to a ground
disturbance to ensure as far as it is reasonable and practicable, what is in the ground
before you start to dig.
GENERAL: The Provincial Acts and Regulations should be available for reference and further resources.
Ver 1.0
BACK FILL INSPECTION FORM
NAME OF EXISTING FACILITY OWNER
PROJECT:
Crossing
Agreement Number
AB/BC LSD SEC TWP RGE W M
BC QTR UNIT BLOCK /MAP SUBDIV SHEET
TYPE OF FACILITY: (CheckOne)
Pipeline
Road
Rail Road
Water Course
Data Cable
Other: (Specify)
Typeof Damage
Damagerepair satisfactory
Regulatoryagenciesnotifiedif damage
Indicate approximate location on above plan
Existing
Existing
Depth Existing
Depth Existing Depth NewPL
Depth New
Pipeli ne - R/W
OR
R.R.
Road
River
Bed
Dept h Dept h
Grade
Cased
Uncased
Road, RR X-ing River/Creek R/W
INDICATE:
1. Depthtoexistingline(OnElevation)
2. Depthtonewlineaboveor belowexistingline(OnElevation)
3. Cathodicprotectioninstalled: YES NO
4. If yes, what typeof protection?
Owner of foreignor existingfacility: Sizeandconditionof existingfacility:
(New) oil, gas, water, etc.: Contractor doingwork:
Approval
Print Name DateCompleted Company Signature
Print Name DateCompleted Contract Signature
16.0 GENERAL INFORMATION
16.1 GLOSSARY OF TERMS
ACGHI 6816
American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists 6817
ACCIDENT
An undesired event that results in physical harm to a person, damage to property of loss to
process (ILCI)
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
API 6826
American Petroleum Institute 6827
APPROVED
Refers to approval by a recognized testing agency or authority for use under existing conditions
(e.g. NIOSH, CSA)
ASME
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
BLANKING 6836
Equipment used to isolate piping and prevent accidental exposure to or release of flammable 6837
or toxic liquids or gases into work areas.
BONDING
A bond is an electrical tie or connection between two conducting bodies, which are usually
metallic. The purpose of bonding is to prevent sparking by providing a path over which stray
currents and static charges may drain.
BOP
Blowout Preventor 6846
6847
CANUTEC
The Canadian Transport Emergency Centre
CARCINOGEN
A cancer-producing substance or agent
CCOHS
Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and Safety
6856
CHIEF OPERATING EXECUTIVE 6857
The most senior decision-making person at a location.
COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL
Combustible materials are ones that, either by themselves or in combination with their
packaging, are highly susceptible to ignition and will contribute to the intensity and rapid spread
of fire.
Moderately combustible materials are ones that, either by themselves or in combination with 6866
their packaging, will contribute fuel to fire. 6867
Noncombustible materials are ones that will neither ignite nor support combustion.
COMPETENT
Competent, when referring to a worker, means adequately qualified, suitably trained and with
sufficient experience to safely perform work without or with minimal supervision.
CONFINED SPACE
A restricted space which may become hazardous to a worker entering it because of: an 6876
atmosphere that is or may be injurious by reason of oxygen deficiency or enrichment, 6877
flammability, explosivity or toxicity; a condition or changing set of circumstances within the
space that presents a potential for injury or illness; or has the potential or inherent
characteristics of any activity which can produce adverse or harmful consequences within the
space. Confined spaces include but are not limited to: tanks, bins, vessels, towers, furnaces,
tank cars, sewers, pipeline, sumps, utility tunnels, dyked areas, excavations, boilers, silos,
ventilation and exhaust ducts, vessel skirts, utility vaults, valve wells and pipe racks.
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY
A person is considered to have entered a confined space when that person has sufficiently 6886
approached or passed the threshold of the confined space, to be essentially breathing the 6887
atmosphere of the confined space.
CONSULTANT
An individual hired to provide professional or expert advice or services.
CONTRACTOR
An individual or company hired under contract to provide services or supplies to another
individual or company.
6896
CONTROLLED PRODUCT 6897
A product, material or substance included in any of the classes listed in Schedule II of the
Hazardous Products Act (specified by the regulations made pursuant to paragraph 15 (1) (a) of
the Act).
CORROSIVE
Having the quality to corrode or consume (e.g., acid, or H
2
S).
CRITICAL JOB/TASK 6906
A specific element of work which historically has produced and/or which possesses the 6907
potential to produce major loss (people, property or financial) when not properly performed.
CRITICAL JOB/TASK INVENTORY LIST
A comprehensive list of critical job/tasks produced from systematic survey of all jobs/tasks in
the department. The list should include a statement of the criteria used to identify a critical
job/task
6916
CRITICAL PART/ITEM 6917
An item or component part of machinery, equipment, material, structure or area that is likely to
result in a major problem or loss when worn, damaged, abused, misused or improperly applied,
etc. Those critical few items or parts, which when worn, damaged, abused, misused, or
improperly applied, are more likely to result in a major problem or loss.
CSA
Canadian Standards Association
DETECTION SYSTEM 6926
A device or control to identify hazardous, potentially hazardous, or abnormal conditions and to 6927
provide a warning to people and/or prevent loss.
EMPLOYEE
Any person employed by a company, including managers, supervisors and workers.
ENGINEERING CONTROL
Methods of controlling employee exposure to safety and health hazards by enclosing the
hazard, isolating the employee from the hazard, or reducing the transmission of the hazard to
the employee, without the use of personal protective equipment. 6936
6937
ERGONOMICS
A rational approach to designing and constructing equipment and environments so that they
allow workers to be more productive and efficient while making fewer errors and facing fewer
safety hazards than in other situations. Ergonomics are used to make equipment and
environments more convenient, more comfortable, less confusing, less frustrating and less
tiring.
EXCAVATION
Any man-made cavity or depression in the earths surface, including its sides, walls or faces, 6946
formed by earth removal and producing unsupported earth conditions by reason of the 6947
excavation. If installed forms or similar structures reduce the depth-to-width relationship, an
excavation may become a trench (a trench is always an excavation, but an excavation is not
necessarily a trench).
FIRST AID
One-time treatment of minor scratches, cuts, burns, etc. with possible follow-up visits for
observation, but not treatment.
FIRST AID UNIT 6956
Equipment and facilities for administration of necessary first aid treatment and for removal of 6957
people from hazardous areas.
FLAMMABLE LIQUID
Any liquid with a flash point below 200F.
FLASH POINT
The lowest temperature at which vapours over volatile combustible substances will ignite when 6966
exposed to external sources of ignition (and will continue to burn after the source is removed). 6967
FUGITIVE EMISSION
Gas, solid, liquid, fume, mist, fog or dust that escapes, unplanned from process equipment,
emission control equipment or from a product.
HANDLING
Storing, dispensing and disposing of materials or containers.
HARMFUL SUBSTANCE 6976
A substance which because of its properties, application, or presence, creates or could create 6977
a danger, including a chemical or biological hazard, to the health and safety of a worker
exposed to it.
HAZARD CLASSIFICATION
A designation of relative loss potential. A system that classifies substandard practices or
conditions by the potential severity of the loss, should an accident or loss occur.
HAZARD LABEL
A label required on controlled products. 6986
6987
HAZARDOUS CONDITION
Any situation which exposes workers to a physical, chemical, electrical, high energy, etc.
hazard that may adversely affect their health or safety.
HAZARDOUS ENERGY
Means electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, chemical thermal, gravitational, or any
other form of energy that could cause injury due to the unintended motion, energizing, start-up
or release of such stored or residual energy in machinery, equipment, piping, pipelines or 6996
process systems. 6997
HAZARDOUS LOCATION
A place where fire or explosion hazards may exist due to flammable gases or vapours,
flammable or combustible dust or ignitable fibres or flyings, as described in the Canadian
Electrical Code
HAZARDOUS PRODUCT
Any product that is prohibited, restricted or controlled, and can cause harm to workers or the 7006
environment. 7007
HOT TAPPING
The process of welding a branch or connection onto a pressure vessel, tank, connected piping
or pipeline that contains flammable or other materials. The welding is done without blinding and
purging the equipment beforehand.
7016
HOT WORK 7017
Any work involving burning, welding, riveting, grinding or other similar fire or spark-producing
tools or operations, as well as work which produces a source of ignition, such as drilling,
abrasive blasting, and space heating.
H
2
S
Hydrogen Sulphide
IAPA
Industrial Accident Prevention Association of Ontario 7026
7027
ILCI
International Loss Control Institute
INCIDENT
An undesired event that, under slightly different circumstances, could have resulted in personal
harm, property damage, or loss to process. Also referred to as a near miss (ICLI)
INSPECTION
The careful examination of people, equipment, materials, and the environment, the close and 7036
critical scrutiny for comparison with standards. 7037
ISOLATE
Means using a mechanical device to restrain, regulate, direct, or dissipate hazardous energy.
ISOLATION
A process whereby a confined or isolated space is completely protected against the inadvertent
release of material or energy.
JOB/TASK ANALYSIS 7046
A systematic analysis of the steps involved with doing a job/task, the loss exposures involved, 7047
and the controls necessary to prevent loss. It should be a prerequisite to the development of
work procedures and practices. An important step in the analysis would be consideration of the
elimination or reduction of hazards.
JOURNEYMAN ELECTRICIAN
An electrician who has completed a specified number of hours of practical work and training as
well as classroom study and exams. The requirements vary among the provinces.
LC
50
7056
Lethal concentration. LC
50
indicates the atmospheric concentration of a substance at which half 7057
of the group of test animals die after a specified exposure time.
LD
50
Lethal dose; lowest dose of a substance introduced by any route, other than inhalation, over
any given period of time in one or more divided portions and reported to have caused death in
half of the test animals.
LEL 7066
Lower explosive limit. 7067
LOCAL VENTILATION
Removal by mechanical means of gases, dust, etc., at their source or origin.
LOST-TIME ACCIDENT
An accident that causes a person to be away from work beyond the day of the injury.
OR
A disabling injury where the employee was not able to show up for his or her regular work shift 7076
the next day. 7077
LOWER EXPOSURE LIMIT
The minimum concentration of a combustible gas or vapour in air, expressed in percent by
volume, which will ignite if an ignition source is present.
MANAGER/SUPERVISOR
A person who has charge of a work place or authority over a worker.
MANUFACTURERS RATED CAPACITY 7086
The manufacturers specifications, instructions or recommendations which outline how 7087
equipment is to be erected, installed, assembled, started, operated, used, handled, stored,
stopped, adjusted, maintained, repaired or dismantled. They may include manufacturers
instruction, operating or maintenance manual and drawings.
MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS)
An information sheet containing health and safety information on the handling and storage of a
product.
MEDICAL AID 7096
An injury that requires treatment from a professional medical doctor or dentist. The injury is not 7097
severe enough to prevent the employee from returning to work the next day.
MEDIVAC
Medical evacuation service.
MSHA
Mine Safety and Health Administration (of the U.S. Department of Labour)
NEC 7106
National Electrical Code 7107
NFPA
National Fire Protection Association
NIOSH
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESS
Any abnormal condition or disorder of an employee (other than one resulting from an 7116
occupational injury), caused by exposure to environmental factors associated with 7117
employment.
OCCUPATIONAL INJURY
Any injury that results from a work accident or from exposure to environmental factors
associated with employment.
OH&S
Occupational Health and Safety
7126
OSHA 7127
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (USA)
The equipment or clothing worn by a worker to reduce the consequences of exposure to
various hazards associated with working conditions or a work site. Personal protective
equipment includes: burning goggles, chainsaw pants, chemical goggles, chemical suits and
aprons, cold weather clothing, dust masks, face shields, fire-retardant clothing, gloves, hard
hats, hearing protection, high visibility safety vests, hoods, safety goggles, safety helmets and
safety toes footwear. 7136
7137
POLICY
A senior management statement which guides administration, reflects managements attitudes
and commitment to safety and health, and defines the authority and respective relationships
required to accomplish the organizations objectives.
POSITIVE ISOLATION
The blinding off, plugging or the complete removal and blanking off of inter-connecting piping,
vessels or sewers which may contain hazardous material.
7146
PPM 7147
Parts Per Million
PRESSURE VESSELS
Devices designed to contain gas or vapour under pressure.
PREVENTABLE MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENT
A preventable accident is any occurrence involved in a Company owned, leased, rented or
operated vehicle which results in property damage and/or personal injury regardless of who
was injured, what property was damaged, to what extent, or where it occurred, in which the 7156
driver in question failed to do everything the worker reasonably could have done to prevent the 7157
occurrence.
PROCEDURE
An established and defined method of performing specified work.
PRODUCT IDENTIFIER
The brand name, code name or code number specified by a supplier, or the products chemical
name, common name, generic name or trade name. This should be the name under which the 7166
product is sold. 7167
PSV
Pressure Safety Valve
PURGE
To rid of impurities or undesirable by bleeding, venting, etc., generally with steam, inert gas,
nitrogen or C0
2
.
QUALIFIED PERSON 7176
A person designated by the employer as capable (by experience, education and/or specified 7177
training) to properly fulfill the required function.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
Refers to any respiratory protective device or system designed to protect the wearer from
inhalation of toxic or irritating substances. It can include air-purifying respirators, supplied air
respirators or self-contained breathing apparatus.
RESTRICTED SPACE
An enclosed or partially enclosed space that is not designed or intended for continuous human 7186
occupancy with a restricted means of entry or exit and may become hazardous to a worker 7187
entering it because of its design, construction, location or atmosphere; the work activities,
materials or substances in it; provision of first aid, evacuation, rescue or other emergency
response service is compromised or of other hazards relating to it.
SAFE WORK PERMIT
A written record that authorizes specific work at a specific work location. It identified the known
hazards and safe work practices required for the work.
SAFE WORK PROCEDURE 7196
A set of guidelines for performing specific work assignments properly (efficiently, safely, 7197
productively).
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
Equipment used to reduce the consequences of worker exposure to various work site hazards.
Safety equipment includes oxygen and other monitors, personal protective equipment, safety
belts, lanyards and lifelines.
SECURE
Refers to an energy-isolating device that cannot be released or activated by removing any 7206
activating device, attaching a lock to the energy-isolating device that is operated by a key or 7207
similar device, or attaching to the energy-isolating device a mechanism other than a lock which
is designed to withstand inadvertent opening without the use of excessive force, unusual
measures, or destructive techniques.
SCBA
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
SNUBBING
Means the act of moving tubulars into or out a wellbore when pressure is contained in the well 7216
through the use of stripping components or closed blowout preventers (BOPs) and mechanical 7217
force is required to move the tubular in order to overcome hydraulic force exerted on the
tubular in the wellbore.
SPECIFICATIONS
The written instructions, procedures, drawings, or other documents of a professional engineer
or employer. They can relate to equipment, work process or operation.
SPOIL
The material resulting from an excavation. 7226
7227
STANDARD
The defined criterion of effective performance.
SUB-CONTRACTOR
An individual or company hired to perform all or part of the work contracted to someone else.
TDG
Transportation of Dangerous Goods (Act)
7236
THRESHOLD LIMIT VALVE (TLV) 7237
Concentration of airborne materials which are used as guides in the control of health hazards
and represent time weighted averaged concentration to which workers may be repeatedly
exposed eight (8) hours per day over extended periods without adverse effects.
TOXIC SUBSTANCE
Any substance that is present or has the potential to be present in concentrations which may
adversely affect the health of an exposed individual, as defined by provincial chemical
exposure regulations.
7246
TOXICITY 7247
The ability of a chemical to cause harmful effects in a biological system.
TRENCH
A narrow excavation made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater
than the width, but the width of a trench is not greater than 4.6m (15 feet).
TRENCH SHIELD
A shoring system composed of steel plate and bracing, welded or bolted together to support
the walls of a trench from the ground level to the trench bottom. The shield can be moved along 7256
as the work progresses. 7257
UEL
Upper explosive limit, or the maximum proportion of vapour or gas in air above which
propagation of flame does not occur.
VAPOUR 7266
Gaseous phase of a substance which is liquid at normal temperature and pressure. 7267
WCB
Workers Compensation Board
WORK POSITIONING SYSTEM
Means a system of components attached to a vertical safety line and including a full body
harness, descent controllers and positioning lanyards used to support or suspend a worker in
tension at a work position.
7276
WHMIS 7277
Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System
WORKER
An employee under the supervision of a manager or supervisor.
ZERO ENERGY
A piece of equipment is in a state of zero energy when all sources of energy (e.g. electrical,
mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic pressures, spring tension, gravitational etc.) are effectively
blocked or isolated and physically prevented from being energized by a isolation device. 7286
7287
OPX Consulting Inc. Section 17-1
17.0 FORMS & CHECKLISTS
HARVARD Policy on Health, Safety and the Environment
HARVARD Policy on Violence and Harassment
HARVARD Policy on Drug and Alcohol 7296
HARVARD Safety Statement 7297
Worksite Safety Plan Checklist
Well Safety Check and Hazard ID
Hazard Identification and Control
Work Permit
HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire 7306
HSE Handbook Review Questionnaire Answer Key 7307
Health, Safety and Environment Management Review
Drill and Completions HSE Meeting Report 7316
Lease Construction Tailgate Meeting Form 7317
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
Harassment and Violence Workplace Policy
Harvard Energy Ltd. will not tolerate unlawful workplace conduct,
including discrimination, intimidation/harassment or violence. Harvard is
dedicated to maintaining a positive workplace where everyone adheres to
relevant human rights legislation and acts ethically, honestly and treats
colleagues with dignity, fairness, and respect. 646
647
This policy applies to management, employees, and contractors of
Harvard. This policy further applies to interactions on or off Company
premises and includes formal and informal Company social gatherings,
conferences and client-related events. This policy is not intended to
constrain reasonable and appropriate consensual social interactions.
Harassment whether or not it is intentional or directed toward a specific
person, includes unwanted physical, verbal, written, electronic, graphic or
non-verbal behavior that results in intimidation hostility or violence or
contributes to an offensive workplace. 656
657
Any incident or complaint involving alleged harassment or
threatened/actual violence should be reported promptly to either any
member of the Board of Directors or any Officer of the Corporation. Any
incident or complaint will be treated sensitively, promptly and in
confidence, to the extent practical; and investigate thoroughly.
Harvard will attempt resolution, however, disciplinary action up to and
including termination can be taken for violations of this policy. Filing a
known false complaint or retaliation against complaints is not tolerated 666
and will be subject to disciplinary action, also including termination. 667
676
677
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
Alcohol and Drug Policy
Harvard Energy Ltd. is committed to protecting the health and safety of
all individuals affected by our activities as well as the communities in
which we work. We recognize that the use of illicit drugs and the
inappropriate use of alcohol and medication can adversely affect job
performance, the work environment and the safety of our employees,
contractors and the public. 686
687
This policy relates to all management, employees and contractors when
they are engaged in Company business, working on or off Company
premises. Harvards contractors are expected to develop and enforce
Alcohol and Drug policies that are consistent with the policy.
The following are expressly prohibited while on Company business or
Company premises:
The use of possession, distribution, offer for sale of illicit drugs or 696
illicit drug paraphernalia; 697
The unauthorized use, possession, distribution, offering for sale of

alcoholic beverages;
The possession of prescribed medication not authorized or

specifically prescribed for personal use;
Reporting for duty impaired by any of the foregoing substances.

Investigation procedures that may be utilized in support of this Policy
include:
706
Pre-assignment testing if in safety sensitive situations; 707
Reasonable cause testing;
Post-incident testing;
Reasonable searches of Company grounds;
Impaired driving investigations.

Disciplinary action up to and including termination will be taken for
violations of this policy.
716
717
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
SAFETY STATEMENT
6
TO BE POSTEDAT EVERY WORK SITE 7
Well/Facility Name: ________________________________________________________________
TO: ALL EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYERS AT THIS SITE
HARVARD ENERGY IS COMMITTED TO A SAFE WORKING ENVIRONMENT. SAFETY
WILL NOT BE COMPROMISED BY USING UNSAFE EQUIPMENT OR PROCEDURES. THE 16
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY TO ALL HARVARD OPERATED WORK SITES. 17
1. All supervisory personnel, whether consultants or Harvard employees, and
contractor personnel employed at this site must have received suitable training
and be sufficiently experienced to carry out his/her job duties.
2. Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment must be worn on work sites as
indicated by a completed Hazard Assessment. This may include hard hats,
hearing protection, CSA approved footwear, eye protection and other Personal
Protective Equipment as required. 26
27
3. All unsafe equipment or working conditions must be reported to your supervisor
or the well site supervisor immediately. Should the unsafe condition not be
rectified the personnel involved should report to the following by collect
telephone call:
Project Manager: ______________________________________________________
Business:_______________________ Cell: _________________________
Operations Manager:___________________________________________________ 36
Business:_______________________ Cell: _________________________ 37
4. Regular safety meetings and inspections must be carried out and properly
documented.
5. Any accident, whether lost time or otherwise, unsafe acts or near misses must
be reported immediately by the work site supervisor to the above by telephone
and in writing by the next morning. The contractors written report, and if
required, copies of the applicable provincial W.C.B. forms MUST BE FAXED TO
THE CALGARY OFFICE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. 46
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
WORK SITE SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST
(Drilling & Completions Supervisors)
OPERATOR:
LOCATION:
WELL SITE SUPERVISOR: 6
RIG# / RIG MANAGER: 7
DATES: From: To:
The Operator is designated as the Prime Contractor for this operation. The Well Site Supervisor is
the agent of the Operator. The following checklist summarizes the key elements of the required work
site safety plan. Well Site Supervisors are requested to submit the completed checklist upon
completion of the job.
YES NO N/A
GENERAL 16
Have you reviewed and posted HARVARDs HS&E Policy & Safety Statement? 17
Have all identified landowner requirements been identified and addressed?
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENTS / INSPECTIONS
Is a Hazard Assessment completed for each task being conducted?
Are the results of Hazard Assessments reviewed during the Safety Meeting Process?
Review Well Site Layout (as per provincial regulatory requirements).
Have the rig anchors been installed and tested as required?
Are CAODC rig inspections or equivalent being completed as required?
Have you received copies of all inspections completed on the worksite? 26
Has the CAODC BOP been completed as required? 27
Have the mouse/rat holes been identified prior to moving completion rig on site.
SAFETY COMMUNICATION
Are Safety Meetings held on regular basis?
Are the meetings documented and are you receiving copies of the meeting minutes?
As the Supervisor have you attended pre-job safety meetings for critical/non critical
operations?
Have you reviewed regulatory permits and license conditions? 36
Safe Work Permits: have you identified requirements and issued necessary permits? 37
Has a pre-job tailgate safety meeting been conducted prior to each specialized
operation?
INCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION
Are Contractors and their personnel aware of the HARVARD incident reporting procedures,
and are they complying?
Are you ensuring all incidents/near misses are investigated reported and corrective
measures implemented?
46
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING 47
Has the Corporate/Site Specific ERP been reviewed with onsite personnel?
Have emergency numbers and directions to lease been posted and is a map of area
available for quick reference?
Are lease signs adequate to direct emergency response workers to the site?
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
YES NO N/A
Have muster points been identified and all personnel aware of them?
Are First Aid/Emergency Services available including a transportation method? 56
Are supplies well maintained and do they meet regulated standards? 57
Has the communication equipment on the worksite been tested for emergency response
procedures?
HAVE SAFE WORK PROCEDURES BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR THE FOLLOWING JOB
HAZARDS?
Sour operations.
Hot work.
Confined space / Restriced space entry.
Overhead power lines. 66
Hazardous materials. 67
Ground disturbances (buried pipelines, electrical, telephone)
Control Hazardous Energy
Pressure testing.
Radioactive sources.
Appropriate work procedures available on-site and posted as required.
Fall protection to include use of man basket & high angle rescue training.
Other non-regular operations. _____________________________
Well flow back operations including DST testing.
LEL Monitoring. 76
77
WORKER HEALTH AND SAFETY
Is appropriate personal protective equipment and other safety equipment available and
being used by all workers? (i.e. F. R. clothing).
Is the PPE and safety equipment in good working order and is there a preventative
maintenance and inspection program for equipment?
Is there special monitoring equipment available? (i.e. H
2
S, LEL).
Have you review local access hazards and speed limits?
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 86
Have all workers on site completed an HARVARD Safety Orientation (Handbooks) and do 87
they have an orientation hardhat sticker?
Have you collected the orientation quizzes/acknowledgement sheets from the workers?
First Aid/CPR; verify number of qualified people available on site _______
H
2
S
; verify number of qualified people on site ________.
Blow out prevention certification: Rig Manager ____ Drillers ____ Site Supervisor ____
WHMIS / TDG: Rig Manager ____ Drillers ____ Crew ____ Site Supervisor ____
CONTRACTOR SAFETY PROGRAMS
Do Contractors have safety programs in place and available on site? 96
97
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Have fuels and chemicals are properly stored?
Is the required waste handling, storage and disposal procedures in place?
Have all spills been cleaned up immediately and reported?
CAMP (If Applicable)
Are there adequate smoke detectors and fire extinguishers?
Are regular emergency drills conducted, and do they correct deficiencies identified?
Have Camp Rules been posted at the main entrance and kitchen area of camp? 106
107
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
WELL SITE SUPERVISORS COMMENTS:
SUPERVISOR DATE
116
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
Well Safety Check & Hazard Identification
Facility Name: Date Inspected:
Location: Completed by: 6
7
Item
Comments and/or if answered
Unacceptable, describe Action Proposed /
Control
Date
Completed
Frequency of
Follow-up
SITE
Proper signage
Housekeeping. general appearance
Snow removal - sufficient or piled By
doors or on pipes.
Driving Hazards flagged
(risers, lines, etc)
Bull plugs in place
Fire extinguisher access and
inspection dates
Piping secured
Slipping and tripping hazards
Location access, road
Flammable liquid storage (safe
distance from heaters)
Proper storage of chemicals
Adequate WHIMIS labeling
Date PSVs serviced
Vegetation Control
Steps and handrails
Vibration
Shutdowns not bypassed
Safety equipment: SCBA
Burn Blankets
Eye wash stations
First aid kits, clean/full
ESDVs in service and block valves
locked open
Combustible materials present
Guards on moving equipment
satisfactory
Electrical equipment secure
Tanks Secondary Containment
Truck Loading cable, containment
1 = Acceptable X = Unacceptable N/A = Not applicable/assessed
F
SERVICE RIG INSPECTION CHECKLIST
NOTE: ANY HAZARD OR DEFICIENCY MUST HAVE AN EXPLANATION AND BE CORRECTED
*Transcribed from the CAODC Manual*
Company: ______________________________________________ Rig No.: _____________ Rig Mgr: _____________________________________________
Rig Operator: ___________________________________________ Operating Company: _________________________________________________________
Operating Company Representative: _________________________ Date: _____ _____ _____ Time: __________ am/pm Location: _____________________
(yr) (mo) (day)
Current Operation Being Performed: _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
GENERAL RIG
1 All guards in place and in good condition Yes ______ No ______
2 Matting in good condition Yes ______ No ______
3 Leveling jacks properly matted, locked and
derrick centered over well properly Yes ______ No ______
4 Guy lines properly anchored Yes ______ No ______
- Pull tested Yes ______ No ______
- Rating __________________ lbs.
5 Escape line pull test preformed Yes ______ No ______
- Rating __________________ lbs.
6 Guy line come-alongs, etc. in good condition Yes ______ No ______
7 Minimum required clamps properly installed on:
(a) Guy lines Yes ______ No ______
(b) Load lines Yes ______ No ______
(c) Escape line Yes ______ No ______
8 Air shutoffs checked by operator and operational Yes ______ No ______
9 Emergency shutoff control positions:
(1) Operators panel Yes ______ No ______
(2) Sandline controls Yes ______ No ______
10 Operators controls properly marked Yes ______ No ______
11 Weight indicator working properly Yes ______ No ______
12 Crown saver - Installed N/A _______ Yes ______ No ______
- Set and tested Yes ______ No ______
13 Exhaust pointed away from well and shielded Yes ______ No ______
14 Railings in place on side walkways and stairs Yes ______ No ______
15 Condition of handrailings, walkways and stairs Good ______ Hazard ______
16 Hand tools: condition, clean and properly stored Good ______ Hazard ______
17 Working floor, housekeeping, toe plates, ladders
and handrails Good ______ Hazard ______
18 Catwalk conditions N/A _______ Good ______ Hazard ______
19 Walkway from ground to catwalk (stairs) Yes ______ No ______
20 Walkway from working floor to catwalk or ground Yes ______ No ______
21 Rig properly secured in drawworks gear Good ______ Hazard ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
DRAWWORKS
22 Conditions of drill line (slipped regularly) Good ______ Hazard ______
(a) Slip and cut record Yes ______ No ______
23 Sufficient wraps (min.7) left on drum with blocks
down Yes ______ No ______
24 Braking system - Linkage/pin satisfactory Yes ______ No ______
- Block wear Good ______ Hazard ______
25 Condition of sandline & rope socket to sinker bars Good ______ Hazard ______
26 Handling winch/line Good ______ Hazard ______
Condition at: - Winch anchor points Good ______ Hazard ______
- Winch line Good ______ Hazard ______
- Winch line thimble Good ______ Hazard ______
- Tall chain Good ______ Hazard ______
- Safety hook Good ______ Hazard ______
- Hydraulic hoses & connections Good ______ Hazard ______
- upper shivs & assembly Good ______ Hazard ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
MAST
27 Stand pipe properly anchored to mast Yes ______ No ______
28 Kelly hose in good condition Yes ______ No ______
29 Kelly hose safety lines or chain attached to derrick
and swivel ends while in use Yes ______ No ______
31 Ladders in good condition Yes ______ No ______
32 Rod basket in good condition N/A _______ Yes ______ No ______
33 Crown sheaves greased and in good condition Yes ______ No ______
34 Safety cables attached to fingers on tubing board Yes ______ No ______
35 Derrick locking pins in place Yes ______ No ______
36 Derrick hydraulic system in good condition Yes ______ No ______
37 Mast lighting secured adequately Yes ______ No ______
38 Dead lines anchor and retainer properly placed Yes ______ No ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
TRAVELING ASSEMBLY
40 Blocks - nuts, safety pins in place and in
good condition Yes ______ No ______
- Sheave guards/lock in good condition Yes ______ No ______
41 Balls/links - good condition Yes ______ No ______
42 Elevators - good condition Yes ______ No ______
43 Rod hook - good condition Yes ______ No ______
44 Transfer elevators - good condition Yes ______ No ______
45 Safety latch/ring in place Yes ______ No ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
POWER TONGS
46 Back-up in place and functional Yes ______ No ______
47 Torque arms safety line, clamps in good
48 Tong positioner - operational and in good
49 Hoses, gauges and hydraulic fittings in good
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
ELECTRICAL/LIGHTING
50 Light bulbs enclosed with vapour-proof and
shatter-proof covers Yes ______ No ______
51 Covers on unused receptacles Yes ______ No ______
52 Light switches vapour-proof Yes ______ No ______
53 Electric motors within 8.5 metres radius must
be explosion-proof Yes ______ No ______
54 Equipment properly grounded Yes ______ No ______
55 All cords and plug ends in good condition Yes ______ No ______
56 Proper clearance from power lines Yes ______ No ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
RIG PUMP AND TANK
57 Condition of pipe and unions Good ______ Hazard ______
58 Pump and return lines laid out and secured Yes ______ No ______
59 Kill line attached to well with valve open
(steel lines only) Yes ______ No ______
60 Pressure relief valve (proper size and rating) Yes ______ No ______
61 Relief valve set at or below system working
pressure NOTE: Only shear pins appropriate Yes ______ No ______
to the pop valve requirements as specified by
the manufacturer shall be used
62 Relief valve discharge points down and away
from pump motor and is securely fastened Yes ______ No ______
NOTE: No valve on relief line
63 Manifold conditions Good ______ Hazard ______
64 Check valve in place on pump discharge Yes ______ No ______
65 Exhaust away from rig tank Yes ______ No ______
66 Emergency shutoff checked and operational Yes ______ No ______
67 Pump controls properly marked Yes ______ No ______
68 All railings in place on walkways/stairs of rig
pumps and tank Yes ______ No ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
DOCUMENTATION
69 Necessary transportation documentation and
equipment present (i.e. registration, insurance) Yes ______ No ______
70 Required inspection certificates available Yes ______ No ______
71 Derrick log book available and updated Yes ______ No ______
F
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
BLOWOUT PREVENTER SYSTEM
72 BOP function tested - From remote controls Yes ______ No ______
- From accumulator controls Yes ______ No ______
73 All studs used on BOP stack Yes ______ No ______
74 Hydraulic preventers installed Yes ______ No ______
- Pipe rams Yes ______ No ______
- Blind rams Yes ______ No ______
- Annular preventer Yes ______ No ______
75 Condition of ram rubbers and elements Good ______ Hazard ______
76 Fire-shielded hoses and their condition within 7 metres
of wellhead Good ______ Hazard ______
77 Remote stand 7 metres from well - Class I & II
- Refer to BOP regulations Yes ______ No ______
- Or at remote accumulator - Class III Yes ______ No ______
78 Nitrogen back-up supply pressure __________________kPa
- Min. 12,500 kPa if annular preventer is installed
- Min. 7,000 kPa when only rams are installed
79 Pre-charge check date ____/____/____ Good ______ Hazard ______
80 BOP's adequately heated Yes ______ No ______
81 Lines protected in vehicle crossing area when
remote accumulator is used Yes ______ No ______
82 Safety valve fully opened with proper thread
connection on rig floor c/w closing wrench Yes ______ No ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
ENVIRONMENTAL
83 All equipment free of leakage Yes ______ No ______
- If no, adequately contained Yes ______ No ______
84 Rig site free of material that may create a fire
hazard NOTE: Equipment spacing must ensure
unimpeded access to well at all times Yes ______ No ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
BOILER
85 Chemical storage Good ______ Hazard ______
86 Blowdown line labeled Yes ______ No ______
87 Pop valve line labeled Yes ______ No ______
88 Controls - Labeled Yes ______ No ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
HEALTH & SAFETY
89 Occupational Health and Safety manual at rig
site Yes ______ No ______
90 Proper BOP regulations at rig site (i.e. G-37) Yes ______ No ______
91 Clothing policy in place Yes ______ No ______
92 Rig Safety Equipment:
(a) CSA approved full body harness Yes ______ No ______
(b) Escape line and buggy at station of work Yes ______ No ______
93 Wind flags -Guy lines Yes ______ No ______
- Pump/tank area Yes ______ No ______
94 Clothing - Hard hats Yes ______ No ______
- Safety boots Yes ______ No ______
- Protective clothing Yes ______ No ______
95 Safety glasses or goggles available Yes ______ No ______
96 Hearing protection available Yes ______ No ______
97 Fire extinguishers: - Minimum 4 working and
readily available for use (13.6 kg) Yes ______ No ______
- Extinguishers in good condition Yes ______ No ______
98 First aid kit adequately stocked Yes ______ No ______
99 Record book in place Yes ______ No ______
100 Eyewash bottle Yes ______ No ______
101 Stretcher and blanket Yes ______ No ______
102 H2S detector - Chemical tube type Yes ______ No ______
103 Breathing apparatus requirements met Yes ______ No ______
- Bottles full Yes ______ No ______
- Spare bottles Yes ______ No ______
- Date of hydrostatic test on bottles ____/____/____
104 Signs - No smoking Yes ______ No ______
- H2S area (if applicable) Yes ______ No ______
- No vehicles beyond this point Yes ______ No ______
105 Housekeeping - Rig Good ______ Hazard ______
- Changeroom Good ______ Hazard ______
- Vehicles Good ______ Hazard ______
- Rig pump Good ______ Hazard ______
- Rig tank Good ______ Hazard ______
- Lease Good ______ Hazard ______
- Boilers N/A _______ Good ______ Hazard ______
Winterizing - Pre-tab, heaters etc. Yes ______ No ______
106 Condition of Fall Protection equipment Good ______ Hazard ______
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
OTHER COMMENTS ON THIS INSPECTION:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
VALID CERTIFICATES ON LEASE:
Rig Manager: ______________________
BOP _________ Exp. ____/____
H2S Exp. ____/____
TDG Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________
Operator: _________________________
BOP _________ Exp. ____/____
H2S Exp. ____/____
TDG Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________
Derrickman: _______________________
BOP _________ Exp. ____/____
H2S Exp. ____/____
TDG Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________
Floorhand: ________________________
BOP _________ Exp. ____/____
H2S Exp. ____/____
TDG Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________
Floorhand: ________________________
BOP _________ Exp. ____/____
H2S Exp. ____/____
TDG Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________
Other: ____________________________
BOP _________ Exp. ____/____
H2S Exp. ____/____
TDG Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________
Other: ____________________________
BOP _________ Exp. ____/____
H2S Exp. ____/____
TDG Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________
Other: ____________________________
BOP _________ Exp. ____/____
H2S Exp. ____/____
TDG Exp. ____/____
Other: ____________________________
N ROUGH IN LEASE DIAGRAM
Water/fuel tanks WT/FT
Mud Pump MP
Boiler B
Light Plant LP
Crew change unit CCU
Accumulator ACC
Fire Extinguisher FE
Others Specify
Inspection completed by: _________________________ Position: ______________
In company with:________________________________ Position: ______________
50 m
25 m
Page 1 of 3
DRILLING RIG INSPECTION CHECKLIST
CONTRACTOR: ________________________________________________________ RIG NO.: _______ RIG MGR.: ___________________________________________________________
LEASE LOCATION AND LSD: __________________________________________________________________________________________ CRITICAL SOUR WELL (Y/N): ______________
INSPECTED BY: _____________________________________________________________________________________________ DATE: ______/______/______ TIME: ____________ hrs
(Yr) (Mo) (Day ) (24 hr clock)
Mark a check if adequate A or inadequate I or blank If not applicable
(Note: Any INADEQUATE must have an explanation and be corrected)
(A) / (I)
A. FUEL/WATER TANKS
01. No leaks
02. Pumps guarded
03. Signs at water/fuel tanks:
a) No smoking sign posted
b) Fuel sign posted
c) Dangerous Goods placard posted
B. BOILER HOUSE
04. No clothing etc.
05. Sight glass guarded
06. Pump guarded
08. Safety valves: one year certificate
09. Boiler 25 m from wellheads
10. Housekeeping
11. Flammables removed from around boiler
12. Boiler License posted
13. Blow down line location & installation
of steam deflector
14. Fuel/water and steamline leaks
15. Chemical addition vessel (pot) at boiler
properly labeled (WHMIS)
C. GENERATOR BUILDING
16. Generator/motor control centre -
size; condition
17. Receptacles/circuit breakers identified
18. Properly grounded (2 grd rods 3 m apart)
19. Wiring off the ground & properly secured
20. No clothing/storage
21. Fans and belts guarded
22. No fuel/oil leaks
23. Compressor belts guarded
25. All lights protected
26. Housekeeping
27. Rubber mat on floor at Motor Control Centre
28. Battery condition
29. Signs at Generator Building
a) Auto Start sings posted
c) Electrical/High Voltage signs posted
d) Water Hose Caution sign posted
e) Lockout and Procedures
31. Current turned off prior to
connecting/disconnecting extension cords
D. ACCUMULATOR AND TOOL HOUSE
32. No leaks/spillage
33. N2 bottles (12500 kPa/1800 psi)
34. Housekeeping
35. Storage of compressed gas cylinders,
secured
36. Controls identified/accessible
37. Safety device blind/sheer ram controls
39. Grinder tool rest
40. Eye protection available
41. Compressor guarded
42. Signs at Accumulator and Tool House
a) Eye Protection signs posted
b) Auto Start signs: compressor / accum pump
c) Dangerous Goods placard/WHIMS label
43. Accumulator reservoir vented outside of
building/enclosure
E. MUD PUMP AREA
44. Pop valve shear pin correct size and length
45. Pop valve cover in place
46. Guards in place and in good repair
47. Hoses safely chained
48. Fire extinguisher (No.________)
49. Housekeeping
(A) / (I)
50. Piping, valves and unions meet pressure
rating
51. Pulsation dampeners
53. Pop/bleed off lines secured and drained
54. Signs at Mud Pump area:
a) Lockout Procedures posted
b) Auto Start sign posted
c) Hearing Protection sign posted
d) No Smoking sign posted
F. MUD TANK AREA
56. Mud degasser(s) (size and placement)
57. Shale shaker belts guarded
58. Handrails, walkways
59. Adequate ventilation
61. Personal protective equipment
eye protection, dust masks,
rubber gloves/apron
62. Housekeeping
63. Tank level indicators operative
64. Trip tank level indicator
Tank location_____________________________
65. Mud van, stairs, lighting
66. Safety line rail sump side of tanks
68. Sings at Mud Tank area:
a) Eye Protection at hoppers
b) No Smoking signs posted
c) Corrosive sign at caustic drum
d) Applicable WHIMS labeling
69. Wiring/electrical fixtures conditions
C. SUBSTRUCTURE
70. General condition
71. Matting condition
72. Drive pins installed c/w safety pins
73. Spreaders in place
74. Vent doors/fan
75. Illumination
76. Winterization condition
77. Hydraulic control lines condition
fire guarded hose
78. Flow nipple split
79. Stripper/mud catcher split
80. Scaffolding/ladder(s) condition
81. Cellar area cribbed and drained
83. Housekeeping (oil leaks, etc.)
H. BOPS
84. BOP and rig equipment conform to
Government regulations
85. BOP secured properly
86. Non-steel hydraulic lines fire sheathed
87. Mud gas separator adequately connected
meets minimum requirements, including
line size and tie down
88. Required casing wear tests being preformed
89. BOP pressure tests recorded and test
procedures satisfactory
90. Adequate heating
91. Manual ram locking wheels available
I. DOGHOUSE
92. Heated as per regulations
93. Adequate exits
94. Intercom meets regulations
95. Storage area, crew change area
96. Housekeeping
98. Eye and hearing protection available
99. Eyewash available
Page 2 of 3
(A) / (I)
100. First Aid kit stocked and cleaned
101. Safety belts
102. Condition of available hand tools
103. BOP controls, electrical, manual, air
104. Bulletin board
105. Drilling License posted
107. Signs at Doghouse:
a) Hard Hat sign posted
c) No Smoking sign posted
d) Maximum holdback casing pressure posted
e) Blowout procedure posted and readable
f) MSDS available
J. BREATHING APPARATUS INSPECTION
109. Number of packs available
110. Location of air packs
_________________________________
111. General condition of apparatus and case
112. Condition of face piece
113. Condition of nose cup
114. Cylinder pressure
115. Low pressure alarm operational
116. Cleanliness and storage
117. Positive pressure capability
118. Number/condition of spare cylinders
119. Location of spare cylinder (chained)
________________________________
120. Cascade system or safety trailer
121. SCBA cylinders hydrostatic test dates current
122. Other ___________________________
K. RIG FLOOR
123. Lockout on drawworks
124. Compound/drawworks guard
125. Crown saver (check)
126. Catline
127. Catline divider and spool
128. Spinning chain/wrench line
129. Headache post
130. Kelly cock condition
131. Kelly hose condition
132. Kelly hose safety line both ends
133. Line spooler/safety line
134. Backup post condition
135. Tongs condition
136. Tong line and tong line clamps
137. Slips condition
138. Dog collar condition
139. Stabbing valve and handle and X/O subs
140. Test plugs
141. Mud can condition
142. Drilling controls and identification
143. Brake handle hold-down cable/chain
144. Non-skid material around rotary
145. Lighting operational, floor and motor area
146. Motors:
a) Fans and belts guarded
b) No fuel/oil leaks
c) Motor shutoff
d) Fire extinguisher (No. ______)
e) Exhaust system
147. Stairs (min. 3 exits) from rig floor
148. Warning horn working
149. Hydromatic and guards
150. Brakes satisfactory
151. Tugger line condition, guards
152. V-door opening safety chained
L. DERRICK (Certification Date:____________________________________________)
154. Block hanging line
155. Bumper blocks secured
156. Fingers straight
157. Fingers chained
158. Wind board installed
159. Ladder condition
160. Escape line installed. No blockage of
line (i.e. tank or vehicle)
161. Escape buggy installed and accessible
162. Climbing device/cages
163. Derrickhands belt and condition
164. Guy lines/outrigger
(A) / (I)
165. Condition of crown sheaves
166. No loose tools equipment cabled on derrick
167. All safety pins in place, secured
168. Lighting operational and safety
cables/chains attached
169. Inspection prior to raising/lowering
170. Condition of tong counterweight assembly
M. TRAVELING ASSEMBLY
172. Blocks
173. Bails/links
174. Elevators/latches
175. Weight indicator assembly
176. Weight indicator safety line
177. Automatic driller
178. Drilling line condition (slip/cut program)
179. Deadline anchor condition
N. PIPE RACK AREA
180. Racks butt firmly to each other and
catwalk
181. Catwalk in good condition
182. Stairs in good condition
183. Pipe rack level
184. Pipe rack ends properly pinned
185. Spacer between racks sturdy and secure
186. Derrick stand in good condition
187. Housekeeping
188. V-door ramp in good condition
189. Catwalk, tugger, guarded
190. Lay down line and block condition
191. Layers of drill pipe or casing properly
choked
O. MANIFOLD HOUSE
193. Heated
194. Valve handles installed
195. Proper gauges installed and positioned
196. Drill pipe pressure gauge installed
197. Unobstructed view to rig floor
198. Housekeeping
199. Manifold design meets Government requirements
200. Flare lines properly secured
201. Lighting operational
202. Choke/valve open to degasser
203. Well to:
- End of flare line 50 m
- Rubbish burn pile 50 m
- Crude oil storage tank 50 m
204. Signs at Manifold House:
a) Hold Back Pressure notice posted
b) No Smoking sign posted
205. Choke and degasser lines and manifold prepared
P. LEASE AREA
206. Lease clean and dry
207. Flare pit properly dug 50 m from wellbore
208. Adequate ditching and drainage
209. Incinerator/garbage bin
210. Open pits (e.g. sump) guarded/fenced
211. Sump fluids properly contained
212. Lease properly diked
213. Overhead lines flagged
214. Signs at Lease area:
a) H2S Warning signs, if applicable
b) Poisonous Gas signs posted
c) Tight Hole Status sigh posted
Q. CAMP/GENERAL FACILITIES
215. Propane tanks location (No._______)
Propane distance from camp (min. 4 m)
216. Garbage disposal: incinerator - bins
217. Walkways
218. Kitchen First Aid kit
219. Kitchen fire extinguisher
220. Fire extinguisher (No._______)
Page 3 of 3
(A) / (I)
221. Generator Building:
a) Grounded
b) No clothing, storage
c) No fuel/oil leaks
d) Fire extinguisher
222. Furnace rooms
223. No unnecessary storage
224. Fire alarm system
225. Bedrooms exit to outside (shutters open)
227. Housekeeping
228. Signs at Camp area:
a) Hearing Protection sign posted
229. Exit signs over doors installed and
illuminated
230. Emergency lighting installed and functional
R. RIG SITE TRAILERS
233. Propane system
234. Door or knock out window (bedroom)
236. Intercom
237. Smoke detectors
238. Gas detection equipment
239. Breathing apparatus
241. First Aid Kit
S. TICKETS/DOCUMENTS (where not applicable)
242. BOP checks daily with record
243. BOP drill with records and signs by
Rig Manager and Foreman
244. Motor kills weekly with records
245. Trip sheets completed
246. Weekly safety meeting with records
247. Well control ticket: Rig Manager and Foreman
248. BOP ticket Drillers
249. First Aid certificate (one per crew)
250. H2S training (all crew members)
251. Drilling prognosis
252. Emergency Response Plan
253. Well Site Emergency Contingency Manual
254. Company policy statement posted
255. Government Regulations available
256. OH&S Regulations available
257. Drilling Rig Health and Safety Committee
Guidelines
258. WHMIS training all crew members
259. MSDS available current
260. Daily rig check by Foreman and Rig Manager
261. Slip and cut program recorded
262. Equipment certification/maintenance records
available and current
263. Clothing policy posted
264. New employee orientation training
(A) / (I)
T. SAFETY/GENERAL
265. Condition of electrical tools
266. Personal safety equipment being used
267. Visitor hard hats
268. Toxic gas equipment (detector and tubes)
269. Oxygen resuscitator available
270. Adequate emergency vehicle available
271. Accident reporting and recoding
272. Directional rig signs
273. Stretcher, location (No.________)
274. Condition of handrails and stairs
toe boards
275. Fire retardant clothing available
276. Fire extinguishers checked weekly and
hydrostatic test dates are current
277. Suitcasing/walkways
U. ENVIRONMENT POLICY AND PROCEDURES
278. Company manual(s) On-site and Current
279. CAODC Waste Wall Chart Posted
280. Contractual Responsibilities Reviewed
V. GENERAL LEASE CONDITIONS
281. Lease site clean and free of debris
282. Special Conditions
283. Berm integrity
W. SPILL RESPONSE
284. Employees trained
285. Sorbents available
286. Spill response report form available
287. Emergency response procedure
X. WASTE MANAGEMENT
288. Waste separated into hazardous/non-hazardous
289. Secondary containment for hazardous waste
290. Waste bin in good condition
291. Recyclable waste properly segregated and stored
292. Non-Hazardous recyclable waste properly
segregated and stored
293. Light plant waste properly stored
Y. WASTE DOCUMENTATION
294. Waste manifests complete and maintained on file
295. Used oil recycled and documented
296. Used oil filters recycled/drained and documented
297. Oily rags recycled and documented
298. Batteries recycled and documented
299. Glycol recycled/properly disclosure and documented
300. Land filled wastes and sites indicated and
properly documented
Z. COMMENTS/EXPLANATIONS
DRILLING FOREMAN__________________________________________________________ SIGNATURE____________________________________________________________________
RIG MANAGER _______________________________________________________________ SIGNATURE___________________________________________________________________
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
Page1of 2
Monthly Health, Safety &
Environment Meeting
Report
Location: Start Time:
Adjournment Time:
Chair Person: Date:
Meeting Agenda:
Presentation (video / speaker / other):
Old Business: (record outstanding issues until resolution)
Action #
Mo/Yr
Action By
Closure
Date
Additional Agenda Items:
Action #
Mo/Yr
Action By
Closure
Date
New Business:
Action #
Mo/Yr
Action By
Closure
Date
Handouts Circulated:
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
Page2of 2
Health, Safety &Environment Meeting Report Page 2
Incident Reviews:
Action #
Mo/Yr
Action By
Closure
Date
Safety Grams / Regulatory Bulletins:
Action #
Mo/Yr
Action By
Closure
Date
Hazard Alerts:
Action #
Mo/Yr
Action By
Closure
Date
Next Meeting Location: Date:
Start Time:
Chair Person: Topic:
Attendee Sign In:
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION & CONTROL
Thepurposeof thisformistoensureawritten, documentedprocess, whichbothidentifieshazardsandestablishescontrolsfor all
workplacetasks. Emphasisshouldbeplacedontheelimination of existinghazards.
Corporation: Work Permit # (if applicable):
Location: Date:
Task:
REFERENCE LIST OF POSSIBLE HAZARDS:
List all hazards associated with the task in the spaces provided below. Please consider all hazards and not just the references listed.
Ground Disturbance (Excavation/Trenching)
Working around moving vehicles
Road/Lease Conditions Protruding Objects/Pinch Points
Excessive Noise/Vibration
Extreme Weather Exposure
Overhead Hazards (powerlines)
Noxious Vapours (Benzene) Suspended Overhead Equip.
REFERENCE LIST OF POSSIBLE CONTROLS
List a control (s) for each identified hazard in the space provided below. Please consider all controls, not just the reference list given.
Confined Space Permits/Plans
LEL Monitoring/Function Testing
Safety Standby/Safety Watch
Secondary Containment/Spill Control
Explosion Proof Equipment
Safety Harness/Lifeline/Fall Protection Plan
Unsure? Call a Supervisor!
HAZARDS CONTROLS
Signature Printed Name
Tailgate Meetings
Flammable Gas
Flammable Liquids
Pressure
H
2
S
Iron Sulphides
NORM/Asbestos
Chemicals
Rotating Equipment
Driving Hazards/ATV use
Fatigue
Inadequate Equipment Guards
Slips/Trips
Warning Signs
Hot/Cold Piping Equipment
Working at heights
Working Alone
Wildlife Encounters
Violence/Harassment
Restricted Areas
Muster Area
Confined Space / Restricted Space
Poor Illumination
Defective Tools/Equipment
Hoisting Equipment
Corporation Policies
High LEL & H
2
S Shutdowns
Safe Work Practices
House Keeping
Incident Reporting/Investigation
Air Monitoring
Isolation (Blinding/Blocking)
Forced Ventilation
SCBA/SABA
Hearing Protection
Safe Work Permits
Fire Extinguishers
First Aid Plan
Training/Certifications
Equipment De-energized
Safety Inspections (CAODC, walkabouts etc.)
IDENTIFIED HAZARDS & CONTROLS
This Hazard Identification & Control Form completed by:
Personal H
2
S Monitor Guards/Shields
Respirator
Wash Facilities
Audits/HSE Contract Inspections
PPE (Fire Retardant Coveralls)
Permit Hot Cold
Clearance Confined Space/ Restricted Space
Order Requested by: PERMIT No:
Supervision Continuous Intermittent
Description of Work to be Done / Comments:
COMMUNICATION PROCEDURES
Req'd Complete N/A Req'd Complete N/A
1 Job discussed with Worker/Contractor/Maintenance 24 Stand -by Man/Continuous Gas Monitoring
2 Work Procedures Reviewed 25 Electrical Equipment/Valve Handles Locked & Tagged
3 Safety Regulations Received/Reviewed 26 Grounding/Bonding Required
4 M.S.D.S. Reviewed 27 Equipment Cooled/Ventilated/Isolated
5 Safety Meetings 28 Blinds Installed/Bleeds Open
6 Area Roped Off & Warning Signs Up 29 Vessels/Lines Purged
7 Radio on Hand 30 Shoring/Cut Back Required
8 Review Code of Practice (Site Specific)
9 Specific Training Identified PERSONAL PROTECTIVE & SAFETY EQUIPMENT
31 Air Hood/Dust Respirators
HAZARDS 32 Breathing Air - SABA / SCBA
10 Combustible Material Removed 33 Face Shield/Goggles/Safety Glasses
11 Drains Covered/Sumps Covered and Sealed 34 Hearing Protection
12 No Vessels/Pumps to be Vented/Depressured 35 Protective Clothing
13 Overheard Lines, Clearance Established 36 Safety Harness and Life Line
14 Underground Line, Located & Identified 37 Safety Belt and Lanyard
15 Other Hazardous Material 38 Explosion Proof & Low Voltage Electrical Equipment
16 High Voltage 39 Air Movers/Ventilators
17 Intrinsically Safe Equipment 40 Scaffolding
41 Wash Facilities
EMERGENCY PLANNING
18 Safe Egress from Work Areas Identified
19 Fire Extinguisher Ready to Use Note: Completed checkbox , should be completed by permit receiver after
20 Steam/Water hose Ready to Use all requirements have been met.
21 Emergency Air horn
22 ERP Manual Discussed
23 Atmosphere Testing (Explosive, Toxic & Oxygen Deficiency ) Record Below
AREA FREE OF
( appropriate box)
N
/
A
N
/
A
N
/
A
N
/
A
Combustible Gas (vapour) % LEL % LEL % LEL % LEL
Hydrogen Sulphide ppmH
2
S ppmH
2
S ppmH
2
S ppmH
2
S
Toxic Gas ppmH
2
S ppmH
2
S ppmH
2
S ppmH
2
S
Oxygen Content % O
2
% O
2
% O
2
% O
2
Tester's Signature
N
O
T
E
Validity (Permit - only valid for single shift)
Issued Date: Time: Expiry Date: Time:
We have read & understand the required precautions/instructions.
Approval by: Accepted By:
work indicated above has either been: completed or
cannot be continued until the issuance of a new work permit.
Signed:
Contractor Representative/Worker Supervisor
This permit is valid only as long as work conditions existing at the time of its issuance continue and expires upon occurrence of any hazard such as gas leak, liquid spill, drastic operating change in equipment, or change in
wind direction blowing vapours into the work area. Any worker will have the right to stop the job if he has reasonable grounds to believe that the job is, or likely to become unsafe. Work shall not resume until a new permit is
issued.
Supervisor Contractor Representative/Worker
Hours
RETESTS
SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS, INSTRUCTIONS & EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
Hours Hours
RETESTS
Hours
FIRST TEST RETESTS
WORK
Location:
Contractor:
Please ensure you have provided all information for the incident you are reporting Note: See Instructions in Section 6.0 for completing form.
ENVIRONMENT NEAR MISS INJURY VEHICLE RELEASE INTERIM REPORT
SAFETY PROPERTY DAMAGE NON CONFORMANCE / COMPLIANCE FINAL REPORT
DISTRICT: FIELD: Date of Occurrence: Date Reported:
YYYY / MM / DD TIME YYYY / MM / DD TIME
LOCATION ERCB / MEM Name: Time:
LSD SEC TWP MEI / SEM / NEB Name: Time:
W MER WCB / OH&S Name: Time:
EXACT LOCATION OF INCIDENT: AEP / MELP Name: Time:
POLICE Name: Time:
LANDOWNER Name: Time:
PROVIDE AN EXACT DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INCIDENT, NON CONFORMANCE AND / OR PROPERTY AFFECTED: (attach diagram if appropriate)
EQUIPMENT / VEHICLE INFORMATION - (including QMP) VEHICLE FORM ATTACHED UNIT NO.
SEVERITY POTENTIAL Minor Serious Major PROBABILITY OF OCCURRENCE Seldom Occasional Frequent
INJURY INFORMATION COPY OF APPLICABLE WCB FORM ATTACHED
First Aid Medical Aid Lost Time Fatality Other Specify
Injured party: Employee Public Contractor (Company Name) :
Name: Employee # Phone #
Address: City: Occupation:
Postal Code: Experience: Yrs Injured Part of Body
Immediate Supervisor: Modified Work _________________________________________________________________________
Any product spill - Off Lease, Into a Water Course, or Over 2m on Lease is to be reported. On Lease spills under 2m do not need to be reported.
ENVIRONMENTAL Liquid Other Terrain Affected Land Water Both
Contained on Lease? Yes No Rehabilitation Required ? Yes No Waste Manifest Yes No Public Complaint? Yes No
Gas: Water Base Material (m
3
) PW FW Liquid Hydrocarbon (m
3
): Other:
Discharged: Discharged: Discharged: Discharged:
Sweet/Sour Recovered: Recovered: Recovered:
H
2
S %: Smoke: Yes No Odour: Yes No Noise: Yes No Wind Direction:
CONTROL MEASURES INCLUDING A DESCRIPTION OF CLEAN UP AND REHABILITATION: (Recovered product recycled? - Contaminated Soil? - Treated? Hauled Away? - Where?)
Quantab Values:
Amendments Applied: Date: Government File: Date Rehab Completed:
Calcium Nitrate: kg Ammonium Nitrate: kg Seed Mixture Applied: Other: Straw etc.
VESSEL / PIPELINE INFORMATION - (if applicable)
License No. Line No: Line OD (mm):
Grade: MOP (kPa): Type of Wrap:
Internal Coat: Yes No Wall Thickness (mm): Normal OP. Press (kPa):
Depth of Cover (m): Type: Vessel I.D. #:
NON CONFORMANCE RELATED TO: Repairs or Alterations Material or Specification changes Page 1 of 2
N
O
T
I
F
I
C
A
T
I
O
N
Please ensure you have provided all information for the incident you are reporting
Summarize all costs relating to incident Indicate Final Costs Estimated Costs Company Third Party
Estimated Repair / Replacement Costs $ Final Repair / Replacement Costs $ Estimated Clean-Up Costs $ Final Clean-Up Costs $
What was the cause of the accident? (Determine the cause by analyzing all factors concerned. A person, a machine, or a physical condition? How? Why?
A. Describe any UNSAFE CONDITIONS:
CONGESTED WORK AREA OR RESTRICTED ACTION DEFECTIVE TOOLS, EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE:
UNSAFE FLOOR, RAMPS, STAIRWAYS OR ROADWAY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE (GASES, DUST SMOKE, VAPOUR)
INADEQUATE GUARDS OR PROTECTION INADEQUATE OR IMPROPER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT IMPROPER MATERIAL STORAGE
INADEQUATE WARNING SYSTEM HIGH OR LOW TEMPERATURE INADEQUATE VENTILATION
EXCESSIVE NOISE INADEQUATE / EXCESSIVE ILLUMINATION POOR HOUSEKEEPING
RADIATION EXPOSURE INTERNAL CORROSION / EROSION
UNSTABLE GROUND CONDITIONS EQUIPMENT FAILURE (WEAR & TEAR)
B. Describe any UNSAFE ACTS:
VIOLENCE / HARASSMENT
FAILURE TO SECURE / LOCK-OUT FAILURE TO USE PROPER TOOLS OR EQUIPMENT FAILURE TO USE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
FAILURE TO USE GUARDS PROVIDED IMPROPER LIFTING, LOWERING OR CARRYING MAKING SAFETY DEVICES INOPERABLE
IMPROPER LOADING OR PLACEMENT UNSAFE POSITION FOR TASK SERVICING EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION
OPERATING AT UNSAFE SPEED OPERATING WITHOUT AUTHORITY INFLUENCE OF ALCOHOL AND/OR DRUGS
USING DEFECTIVE EQUIPMENT USING EQUIPMENT IMPROPERLY LACK OF SKILL OR KNOWLEDGE
UNNECESSARY HASTE HORSEPLAY UNSAFE ACT OF OTHER (3RD PARTY)
UNAWARE OF HAZARD PHYSICAL LIMITATION / MENTAL ATTITUDE FATIGUE
CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN TO ADDRESS THE ROOT CAUSES OF THE INCIDENT:
Explain what you have done or what you recommended to prevent a recurrence of a similar incident / accident
IMPROVED LAYOUT OR DESIGN IMPROVED / INCREASED SUPERVISION ADDITIONAL / PROPER JOB PROCEDURES
IMPROVED CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS IMPROVED HIRING STANDARDS INCREASED ON THE JOB INSTRUCTION
IMPROVED EQUIPMENT STANDARDS IMPROVED JOB PLACEMENT STANDARDS INCREASED ENFORCEMENT OF WORK STANDARDS
IMPROVED PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE IMPROVED JOB PLANNING METHODS INCREASED ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
INCREASED INSPECTION / MAINTENANCE FREQUENCY ADDITIONAL TRAINING OR AWARENESS ADDITIONAL CONTRACTOR CONTROLS
CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN FOR QMP CONFORMANCE:
SUBMITTED BY: (please PRINT) REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY:
DATE
FORWARD REPORT TO: Page 2 of 2
Covering Costs
SUPERINTENDENT / MANAGER SUPERVISOR / FOREMAN SIGNATURE INCIDENT REPORTED BY
WHEN?
WHAT?
WHO?
DATE SIGNATURE: INSPECTOR
FOLLOW-UP ASSIGNMENTS:
This report is required as part of Harvard obligations under the Occupational Health & Safety Act of Alberta and is subject to the protections of sections 18 and 19 of that act. Further, any
statements given herein are made subject to the protections provided by section 6 of the Alberta Evidence Act and section 5 of the Canada Evidence Act to the extent that they may apply.
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
HS & E HANDBOOK REVIEW QUESTIONNAIRE
Name (please print): Date:
3266
Company: 3267
guidelines and procedures. The initial step to accomplish this is an orientation to our Health,
answers are not provided. It is acceptable to use the handbook to find the answers. Return the 3276
review checklist to your supervisor or HARVARD Representative. 3277
of the environment:
a) employees
b) management 3286
c) contractors 3287
d) everyone
injury you should:
b) refuse to perform the task 3296
c) be extra careful as you carry out the assigned task 3297
b) go have coffee
3306
3307
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
EMERGENCIES
c) be memorized 3316
b) siren
c) flashing light
6) Which of the following shows the correct emergency response actions? 3326
3327
aid, secure the area, and protect equipment only if it is safe to do so.
d) try to fix what went wrong so no one will find out about it.
7) You must present yourself for work: 3336
3337
a) physically fit
b) mentally fit
c) head and facial hair at a length that does not present a hazard
d) all of the above
b) where ever you want 3346
c) outside of buildings only 3347
9) You are not permitted to do which of the following at an HARVARD work site:
c) harass other workers because of their race, sex, age or religion.
d) all of the above
3356
3357
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
10) It is the Contractors responsibility to: 3366
3367
c) take steps necessary to ensure the safety of your employees and sub-contractors
d) all of the above
b) determine if an ambulance is required and where it is to be positioned 3376
c) ensure that workers are aware of the location of all first aid supplies 3377
d) all of the above
c) safety glasses and hearing protection 3386
include:
c) nylon outerwear
d) both a & b
3396
HAZARDS 3397
14) When lighting fired heaters and furnaces, face shields and gloves must be worn:
a) true
b) false
3406
a) identify and document the hazards 3407
c) both a) and b)
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
16) Prior to any work being done in an area containing a flammable substance, testing may be
necessary:
a) true 3416
b) false 3417
17) When entering a sour location, employees are to ensure that:
a) H
2
d) all of the Above
18) The term Hot Work refers to: 3426
3427
b) any work where a flame is used or sparks and other sources of
ignition could be produced
temperatures
a) 80 dBA 3436
b) 90 dBA 3437
c) 75 dBA
d) 85 dBA
a) metre
b) 10 metres
c) 20 metres 3446
d) 3 metres 3447
a) true
b) false
3456
22) Employers should hold regular safety meetings at least once a month for the following 3457
purposes:
d) both a & c
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
SAFE WORK PERMITS & CLEARANCES 3466
3467
23) Before beginning any work at a HARVARD location, you must determine if a work permit
a) true
b) false
3476
a) a permit that is used for ongoing tasks where specific guidelines have been established 3477
d) both a & b
a) fixed immediately or reported to a supervisor 3486
b) brought up at the next safety meeting 3487
ENVIRONMENT
26) Only supervisors are responsible for meeting regulations and industry guidelines:
a) true
b) false
3496
27) We must all take necessary steps to prevent spills and control emissions: 3497
a) true
b) false
SOUR SERVICE
a) 1 PPM H
2
S or greater
b) 10 PPM H
2
S or greater 3506
c) 100 PPM H
2
S or greater 3507
d) 1000 PPM H
2
S or greater
INVESTIGATING REPORTING INCIDENTS
d) b and c 3516
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
3517
a) before anything else
c) within a week
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING
3526
31) Good housekeeping is: 3527
b) good to do when you have the time
c) mandatory
WHMIS/TDG
3536
a) review the MSDS sheet 3537
d) move the chemicals outside
DRIVING CONDUCT
a) be competent in their ability to operate an ATV 3546
b) drive the ATV in accordance with local regulations 3547
d) all of the above
34) Driving incident are the leading cause of injury, fatalities and property damage in the oil and gas
industry.
a) true
b) false 3556
3557
ANSWER KEY
HS & E HANDBOOK REVIEW QUESTIONNAIRE
Name (please print): ANSWER KEY Date:
Company: 3566
3567
guidelines and procedures. The initial step to accomplish this is an orientation to our Health,
review checklist to your supervisor or HARVARD Representative. 3576
3577
of the environment:
a) employees
b) management
c) contractors 3586
d) everyone 3587
injury you should:
c) be extra careful as you carry out the assigned task 3596
d) ask someone else to do the job for you 3597
b) go have coffee
3606
3607
EMERGENCIES
c) be memorized
d) all of the above
5) It is recommended that at least one vehicle have a 3616
3617
b) siren
c) flashing light
b) get out, sound alarm, assess situation, assist others, call for medical 3626
aid, secure the area, and protect equipment only if it is safe to do so. 3627
d) try to fix what went wrong so no one will find out about it
a) physically fit
b) mentally fit 3636
c) head and facial hair at a length that does not present a hazard 3637
d) all of the above
3646
9) You are not permitted to do which of the following at a HARVARD work site: 3647
c) to harass other workers because of their race, sex, age or religion.
d) all of the above
3656
3657
c) take steps necessary to ensure the safety of your employees and sub-contractors 3666
d) all of the above
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 3676
3677
d) all of the above
include: 3686
3687
c) nylon outerwear
d) both a & b
HAZARDS
14) When lighting fired heaters and furnaces, face shields and gloves are to worn:
a) true 3696
b) false 3697
a) identify and document the hazards
c) both a) and b)
3706
16) Prior to any work being done in an area containing a flammable substance testing may be 3707
necessary:
a) true
b) false
17) When entering a sour location employees are to ensure that:
a) H
2
b) communication equipment is in good working order 3716
c) a breathing apparatus in working order and with an adequate supply of air must be available 3717
d) all of the Above
18) The term Hot Work refers to:
b) any work where a flame is used or sparks and other sources of ignition could
be produced
temperatures 3726
3727
a) 80 dBA
b) 90 dBA
c) 75 dBA
d) 85 dBA
there is a potential of a fall of more than: 3736
3737
a) metre
b) 10 metres
c) 20 metres
d) 3 metres
known and workers are aware of all activities, hazards and applicable work practices. 3746
3747
a) true
b) false
22) Employers should hold regular safety meetings at least once a month for the following
purposes:
c) to determine if there are any matters pertinent to health and safety 3756
d) both a & c 3757
23) Before beginning any work at a HARVARD location you must determine if a work permit
a) true
b) false
3766
24) A Blanket Work Permit refers to: 3767
d) both a & b
25) Unsafe working conditions found during inspections should be: 3776
3777
ENVIRONMENT
26) Only Supervisors are responsible for meeting regulations and industry guidelines:
a) true 3786
b) false 3787
a) true
b) false
SOUR SERVICE
a) 1 PPM H
2
S or greater 3796
b) 10 PPM H
2
S or greater 3797
c) 100 PPM H
2
S or greater
d) 1000 PPM H
2
S or greater
INVESTIGATING REPORTING INCIDENTS
c) incidents and infractions 3806
d) b and c 3807
a) before anything else
c) within a week
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING 3816
3817
b) good to do when you have the time
c) mandatory
WHMIS/TDG
32) Before handling chemicals you should: 3826
3827
d) move the chemicals outside
DRIVING CONDUCT
3836
a) be competent in their ability to operate an ATV 3837
d) all of the above
34) Driving incidents are the leading cause of injury, fatalities and property damage in the oil and gas
industry:
a) true
b) false 3846
3847
Page 1 of 3
Contractor Company: ________________________________________________ Date: ____________________________
Address: __________________________________________________________ Phone:____________________________
Service Provided: ___________________________________________________ Location: _________________________
Issued By: Harvard Representative _________________________________ Phone: _________________________

Received By: Contractor Representative ________________________________ Phone: ___________________________
Management Involvement Not Applicable (NA) Unsatisfactory (U) Satisfactory (S) U S
1. Is there a written safety program (company manual) ?
2. Does management regularly tour worksites to observe work practices and site conditions? (When)
Comments:___________________________________________________________________________________________
Records Management and documentation
1. Is all critical data for operation and environmental concerns stored onsite and updated?
Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Quality Management
1. Is there a Quality Management system and do contractors follow that system?
Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Communication
1. Is the permit system being used? (ie:safe work permits, hot work permits)
2. Are Loss Control Meetings taken place in a timely manner?
3. Are Risk Management and OH&S bulletins posted and discussed?
Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Emergency Response Planning
1. Is the area emergency Response Plan in place and up-to-date?
2. Are there regular exercises and training to implement the ERP?
Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Hazard Identification Control
1. Are Equipment and vehicles inspected and at what frequency? (Show examples and completed documentation.)
2. Is there a system for hazard assessment, reporting and follow-up (written or verbal)?
Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
HEALTH, SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT
MANAGEMENT REVIEW
Note: If unsatisfactory is selected, an explanation must be provided in the Comments section. The contractor is
responsible to ensure that all deficiencies in this inspection are corrected.
Page 2 of 3
Rules and Work Procedures U S
1. Are there procedures for high risk or critical work? Are they available and used?
2. Are there written emergency plans available and communicated to personnel at the work site?
i) ERP ii) Emergency Transportation Plan iii) Working Alone
Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Incident Reporting
1. Do you have an incident reporting process?
2. Do you have a near miss/incident reporting form that includes follow-up?
3. Are incidents reported and was the problem rectified the previous near miss or accident, and were management
and workers involved in the solutions?
Comments: _________________________________________________________________________________________
Training N/A U S
1. Have you received a safety orientation? (What and When)
2. How often are Loss Control meetings held? (Show examples and documentation)
3. Is the appropriate training in place?
4. First Aid Training
5. H
2
S Training
6. WHMIS Training
7. TDG Training
8. Fire Extinguisher or Fire Fighting Training
9. Job Specific Training/Certification
Personal Protective Equipment N/A U S
1. Is the appropriate PPE available and being used?
2. Hard Hat
3. Safety Glasses or Eye Protection
4. Footwear
5. Protective Clothing
6. Hearing Protection
7. Respiratory Protection (For the Nature of the Hazard)
8. Personal Monitor or H
2
S Detector
9. Communication Equipment
Comments: ________________________________________________________________________________________
Safety Equipment N/A U S
1. Is the appropriate Safety Equipment available and being used?
2. Fire Fighting Equipment (ie: inspected, tagged, accessible and condition)
3. Rotating Equipment Guards
4. First Aid Kit
5. Fall Arrest Equipment (including ladders, steps or stairways, safety belts and lanyards)
6. Bonding and Grounding Equipment
7. Emergency Shut Down and Alarm Systems (including diesel positive air shutoffs and backup alarms)
Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________________
Page 3 of 3
Contractors N/A U S
1. Is the contractor aware of the safety expectations and standards of the Corporation?
Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________________
Environmental, Storage and Handling
1. Are potential environmental concerns addressed and corrected?
2. D-58 Compliance (Proper waste storage, ie: filters, contaminated soil and fluid. Show waste manifests.)
3. D-55 Compliance (ie: double walled tanks, tank condition, secondary containment.)
Comments____________________________________________________________________________________________
Note: The following questions must be completed by the Harvard Issuer.
Does this Management Review warrant a follow-up work site inspection by a Harvard Representative? YES NO
Instructions for Health, Safety and Environment Management Review.

Purpose
1. Harvard representatives hiring contractor(s) are obligated to ensure that the contractor(s) is working
within the terms and requirements of the job of project. The Management Review is designed as the go
see step in the process of establishing Harvard due diligence. The frequency of the review is
dependent on the knowledge and experience of the contractor(s), the nature of the work and the associated
hazards.
2. The review is designed for use by a Harvard Representative with the questions focused in the area of
the contractors work site safety management and the minimum Corporation and Regulatory requirements.
3. The review is designed as a mechanism to trigger a more detailed inspection coordinated by the
Corporation should the results of the review not meet expectations.
4. The intent is to improve contractor work site safety performance in alignment with the Harvard HSE
program
Process
1. Harvard Representative conducts a Management Review for Contractor.
2. Leave copy with Contractor to manage any follow up.
3. Harvard Representative completes bottom section which identifies whether or not the Contractor
requires a more detailed inspection by Corporation.
4. Harvard Representative will forward a copy to Harvard Calgary Office.
5. Harvard Calgary Office will coordinate follow up inspection of the contractor.
PHOTOCOPY DISTRIBUTION: Contractor Harvard Representative Harvard - Calgary office
OPX Consulting Inc.
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN CHECKLIST
PROJECT: ____________________________________________ DATE: _________________
CONTRACTOR: _______________________________________________________________
6636
SAFETY
HAZARD REVIEW
First Aid Kits on Site
Contractor has Safety Program on Site and
Responsible for Worker Safety
Safety Meeting Requirements Established
Safety Committee (Multi-Contractor)
Contractor Safety Meetings
Tailgate Meetings
Housekeeping Procedures Reviewed
Work Permit Requirements Established
Safety Equipment Requirements Determined
Personal Protection Equipment Requirements
Determined
Location of Safety and Emergency Equipment
Established
Driving Procedures Established
Vehicle and Equipment Operation Procedures
Established
Accident/Incident Reporting Procedures Reviewed
Authority of Supervisor to Shut Down Work
Identified
Site Inspection to Identify, Assess and
Communicate Hazards - documented
H
2
S and Respiratory Equipment Review
Overhead Power Lines
Equipment/Material Lifts
Ground Disturbance / Location of Buried Lines
and Equipment
Hot Work
Combustible Atmospheres
Confined Space Entry / Restricted Space
WHMIS
Trenching
Energy Isolation Procedures
PROJECT SCOPE EMERGENCY
Scope of Work Reviewed
Restricted Work Areas Established (Where
Applicable)
Project Schedule Reviewed
Hours of Work Established
Harvard Emergency Response Plan
Reviewed
Emergency Procedures Reviewed
Contact Information Sheet Posted
Safe Areas Established
First Aid Personnel Identified
Fire Extinguisher Stations Established
Method to Track Number of Workers on Site
Established
Plant Emergency AlarmOperation (Where
Applicable)
ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW OTHER (list)
Topsoil Handling and Site Grading
Fuel and Chemical Storage
Waste Handling, Storage and Disposal
Equipment Oil Changes
6637
OPX Consulting Inc. Section 15-3
EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION
LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LOCATION:
LONGITUDE: _________________________ LATITUDE:
FIRST AID NAMES: ____________________________________________________ ______
DOCTOR LOCATION: ___________________________________________________ _______ 6646
TELEPHONE NUMBER: _____________________________ CELL: 6647
AMBULANCE LOCATION:
HOSPITAL LOCATION:
FIRE DEPARTMENT LOCATION:
TELEPHONE NUMBER:
POLICE LOCATION:
TELEPHONE NUMBER:
HELICOPTER FIRM: 6656
TELEPHONE NUMBER: _____________________________ CELL: 6657
REGULATORYCONTACT: ERCB B.C.O.G.C.
NAME: ___________________ PHONE: ______________________CELL:
ENVIRONMENT/FORESTRY
NAME: ___________________ PHONE: _____________________ CELL:
LOCAL MUNICIPALITY (Director of Disaster Services)
NAME: ___________________ PHONE: _____________________ CELL:
SAFETYPROGRAMMANUAL
CONSTRUCTION HSE MEETINGREPORT
DATE: TIME OF MEETING: _____________ LENGTH:
OPERATION: FACILITY PIPELINE SITE/LOCATION:
CONTRACTOR(S):
6
7
CONTRACTOR SUPERVISOR(S):
Harvard REPRESENTATIVE:
OUTSTANDINGCONCERNS: RECOMMENDED ACTION: TARGET DATE:
NEWCONCERNS: RECOMMENDED ACTION: TARGET DATE:
OTHER TOPICS DISCUSSED:
TRAINING GIVEN:
16
_______________________________________ 17
REPRESENTATIVE SIGNATURE
OPX Consulting Inc.
SAFETY MEETING ATTENDANCE
CONTRACTOR: MEETING DATE:
NAME SIGNATURE
Ver. 1.0
GROUND DISTURBANCE PERMIT
Location:
Project Activities: NewInstallation Tie-in/Re-entry Repairs
CompanyRepresentative: Reclamation Construction Other
Contractor: Date:
If ANY of theitemslistedareansweredNO, proceedingwithany grounddisturbancemaycontravenecompanypolicy, andmayresult ininjuryto
personnel, damagetoequipment, or environment. Supervisor approval isrecommended. Documentationof decisionis required.
RECORD CONFIRMATION
YES NO N/A
1. Doyouhaveacopyof theSurveyDrawingfor thewell site, accessroad, and/or proposedgrounddisturbancearea?
*NOTE* If the survey drawing is older than 60 days, consideration should be given to getting an updated survey drawing.
2. Doyouhaveacopyof theSurfaceAcquisitionreport?
3. DoesthesurveydrawingTableof CrossingmatchwiththeSurfaceAcquisitionReport Tableof Crossings?
4. If questions1-3areN/A, hastheproposedareaof thedisturbanceandbuffer zonebeenelectronicallyscanned?
5. Doyouhavearecent copyof theLandTitleCertificateor PublicLandStandingReport?
6. Doyouhaveacopyof themost recent Provincial/CompanyPipelinebaselinemap?
7. DidyounotifytheLandAgent (CrownLand) or LandOwner (FreeholdLand) of your intentionsandreviewanyexistingunderground
facilities? Name:
8. Doyouhaveacopyof all CrossingAgreementsfor anyfacilityidentifiedwithin30metresof theworkarea?
9. Didyouadheretothecrossingnotificationrequirements?
10. Didyoucontact local Productionofficeandreviewscopeof workandcrossings?
Name:
11. Haveall pipelines, power lines, andutilitiesinthe30metresearch/controlledareabeenidentified?
12. HastheOne Call System beennotifiedof our intentions?
VISUAL INSPECTION
1. Areall buriedpipelines, power lines, or utilitiesidentifiedonabovedrawings, andstakedonthegroundinproposedarea?
2. Areoverheadpower lineCautionSignsinplace?
3. Areall thelocatestakesor marksreferencedtofixedfeatures?
4. Areall of thelineswithinthe30meter search/controlledzoneidentifiedontheground?
5. Arethereanysignsof newgrounddisturbanceswithintheproposedworkingarea, includingthesearch/controlledzone? Thismay
includepipelines, power lines, GasCo-op, utilitycables, newclearings, roadconstruction, pipelinesigns, settlement, vegetation
color changeor growth. If thereisanyvisual signof activitythat isnot reflectedonSurveyDrawing, re-surveyingshouldbe
considered.
PRE-CONSTRUCTION
1. Istheproposedgrounddisturbanceexpectedtobeanydepthbelowthesurface?
*CAUTION* - any depth below the surface is a general rule. Ground disturbances located at any depth may encounter lines
improperly installed or changed due to shifting ground disturbances. Additional crossing material should be considered.
2. Arethereanypipelines, power lines, or utilitycablesbeingcrossedwithinthe5meterswherenoright-of-wayor withinthedistance
outlineincrossingagreements?
3. AreALL theconditionsof theCrossingAgreementsbeingmet?
4. Haveall theundergroundfacilitiesbeenexposedasper thecompanyrequirements, crossingagreements, andtheRegulations?
5. Distancetowhichmechanical equipment maybeoperatedafter exposurefromagreement mm
6. Didyouconduct apre-jobtaskmeetingwithforemanandequipment operators? ReviewProcedures&ERP.
NOTE: This document is designedtobeaGUIDEtotheminimumsafety standards for GroundDisturbance. Refer totheProvincial Regulations, Company Standard
Safety Practices Manual, contractors safety program, and Provincial Health &Safety Statute and Regulations for further details. If project involves inter-
provinceactivity, theNational Energy Boardhasadditional requirements. SEE NEXT PAGE FOR REFERENCES.
Comments:
Company
Representative:
Contractor
Representative:
Ver. 1.0
DEFINITIONS
GROUND DISTURBANCE - is any work, operation, or activity without limitation that results in a disturbance of
the earth at any depth.
SEARCH AREA- is the 30 meters surrounding the ground disturbance area in which all reasonably necessary
precautions must be taken to determine whether or not an underground facility exists.
NOTIFICATION - Every owner within the ground disturbance area and the 30 meter search area must be
notified of the nature and schedule of the ground disturbance. Notification must be done as per the crossing
agreement or as per provincial Regulations of a minimum of 2 working days and a maximum of 7 working
days, or greater, as specified in the crossing agreement.
CROSSING AGREEMENTS (also referred to as APPROVALS) - Anytime a ground disturbance takes place
within a right-of-way, or within 5 meters of a facility where there is no right-of-way, an approval must be in
writing.
NOTE: A crossing agreement is commonly used as the approval and does not mean an actual crossing is
taking place.
HAND EXPOSURE - Hand exposure must be done if the ground disturbance crosses or is carried out within 5
meters of an existing underground facility before commencing any mechanical excavation. When exposing the
underground facility it must be done sufficiently to identify the facility. Excavation techniques have been
developed using water or air jets. These have generally been accepted, although all procedures may not have
specific regulatory approval. Care should be taken to evaluate the best method of hand exposure, taking into
consideration, damage to coatings, and methods of soil disposal.
CAUTION: Even after hand exposure, mechanical equipment must not be used within the distance
specified on the crossing agreement, OR, if a crossing agreement is not present, not closer than
60 cm. to the underground facility.
REFERENCES
ITEMS # 1, 2, 3, 5, & 6 Your surveyors or line locating company usually provide these items.
ITEM # 5: For Freehold Land, this is referred to as Certificate of Title which includes
registered ownership and any incumbencies against the property. For Public Lands,
this is referred to as the Public Land Standing Report, which includes a listing of
any registered dispositions against the property.
ITEM # 10: Plot Plans or lease drawings should be obtained and discussed with area Operations
Personnel. Experienced company personnel familiar with area operations may have
knowledge of pipelines or utilities not otherwise documented.
ITEM # 12: One-Call Systems provide a no-charge, computerized communication service to
advise and help the ground disturber with the location of buried pipelines and utilities.
CAUTION: Not all companies are One-Call System members, and as such, it is
probable that not all underground facility owners will be notified that you are creating
a ground disturbance in the area. It is necessary to perform all the steps to a ground
disturbance to ensure as far as it is reasonable and practicable, what is in the ground
before you start to dig.
GENERAL: The Provincial Acts and Regulations should be available for reference and further resources.
Contractor Name: Date:
INSURANCE
A. Certificate of Insurance
B. $2 million minimum general commercial liability insurance
C. $2 million minimum automotive liability insurance
D. Worker's Compensation coverage
SAFETY PROGRAM
A. Has the contractor submitted a current safety program manual?
B. Does the program meet the criteria of the base safety program?
A. Workers Compensation: WCB Number:
Statement Date:
Employer Rate:
Industry Rate:
B. Occupational Health and Safety Statement Date:
Employer Lost Time Rate:
Industry Lost Time Rate:
C. Lost Time Accidents in the Past 3 Years
DATE DESCRIPTION
D. Medical Aid Cases in Past 3 Years
DATE DESCRIPTION
Page 1of 1
CONTRACTOR SAFETY EVALUATION
Yes No
Yes No
ACCIDENT HISTORY
Ver 1.0
BACK FILL INSPECTION FORM
NAME OF EXISTING FACILITY OWNER
PROJECT:
Crossing
Agreement Number
AB/BC LSD SEC TWP RGE W M
BC QTR UNIT BLOCK /MAP SUBDIV SHEET
TYPE OF FACILITY: (CheckOne)
Pipeline
Road
Rail Road
Water Course
Data Cable
Other: (Specify)
Typeof Damage
Damagerepair satisfactory
Regulatoryagenciesnotifiedif damage
Indicate approximate location on above plan
Existing
Existing
Depth Existing
Depth Existing Depth NewPL
Depth New
Pipeli ne - R/W
OR
R.R.
Road
River
Bed
Dept h Dept h
Grade
Cased
Uncased
Road, RR X-ing River/Creek R/W
INDICATE:
1. Depthtoexistingline(OnElevation)
2. Depthtonewlineaboveor belowexistingline(OnElevation)
3. Cathodicprotectioninstalled: YES NO
4. If yes, what typeof protection?
Owner of foreignor existingfacility: Sizeandconditionof existingfacility:
(New) oil, gas, water, etc.: Contractor doingwork:
Approval
Print Name DateCompleted Company Signature
Print Name DateCompleted Contract Signature
Drilling/Completions/Workovers
Pre-job Safety Meeting Form
Date: _______________________________________________________________________
Location: _______________________________________________________________________
Harvard Supervisor: _____________________________________________________________
Rig # / Rig Manager: ______________________________________________________________
Safety Meeting Discussion
(Topics should include job scope, PPE requirements, specific hazards, people responsibilities)
Persons in Attendance
Name (Please Sign) Company
Supervisor Signature: _______________________________________________________________
Location:_____________________ Date:________________________
Contractor:____________________ Project#:_____________________
Employees Present: Print Signature
________________________________ _____________________________
________________________________ _____________________________
________________________________ _____________________________
________________________________ _____________________________
________________________________ _____________________________
________________________________ _____________________________
Site Specific Hazard Identification
Yes No N/A Action to be Taken
Location of:
Buried Pipelines ______________________________
Buried Cables ______________________________
Overhead Lines ______________________________
Wellhead ______________________________
Sumps ______________________________
Digging Sumps ______________________________
Knocking Down Trees ______________________________
Leveling and Slopes ______________________________
Towing of Trucks ______________________________
U/G & O/H Utilities ______________________________
Ditch Cut ______________________________
Digging Burrows/Snakepits ______________________________
Driving Speed Limits ______________________________
Other Personnel/Equipment ______________________________
PPE Required ______________________________
Emergency Contact #s ______________________________
Other ______________________________
Other ______________________________
Worksite Plan _______________________ ____________________
Company Representative (Print) Signature
________________________________ ___________________________
Contractor Representative (Print) Signature

Harvard

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Harvard

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

6

The unauthorized use, possession, distribution, offering for sale of

The possession of prescribed medication not authorized or

Reporting for duty impaired by any of the foregoing substances.

Pre-assignment testing if in safety sensitive situations; 707

Reasonable cause testing;

Reasonable searches of Company grounds;

Impaired driving investigations.

Instructions for Health, Safety and Environment Management Review.

The unauthorized use, possession, distribution, offering for sale of

The possession of prescribed medication not authorized or

Reporting for duty impaired by any of the foregoing substances.

Pre-assignment testing if in safety sensitive situations; 707

Reasonable cause testing;

Reasonable searches of Company grounds;

Impaired driving investigations.

Instructions for Health, Safety and Environment Management Review.

Você também pode gostar